1. 大篇
1礼敬彼世尊、阿拉汉、正自觉者
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa
2律藏
Vinayapiṭake
3大品部
Mahāvaggapāḷi
41. 大篇
1. Mahākhandhako
51. 菩提论
1. Bodhikathā
1那时,世尊——那位佛陀——初成正觉,住在优楼频螺的尼连禅河岸边,一棵菩提树下。接着,世尊在菩提树下单跏趺坐,整整七天,体验着解脱之乐。然后,世尊在那一夜的最初时分,对缘起进行了顺向和逆向的深思:‘以无明为缘而有行;以行为缘而有识;以识为缘而有名色;以名色为缘而有六处;以六处为缘而有触;以触为缘而有受;以受为缘而有渴爱;以渴爱为缘而有取;以取为缘而有有;以有为缘而有生;以生为缘而有老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼生起——就这样,这整个苦蕴集起了。’‘而正是由于无明的无余、消散和灭尽,才有行的灭尽;由于行灭,识便灭;由于识灭,名色便灭;由于名色灭,六处便灭;由于六处灭,触便灭;由于触灭,受便灭;由于受灭,渴爱便灭;由于渴爱灭,取便灭;由于取灭,有便灭;由于有灭,生便灭;由于生灭,老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼也就灭尽了——就这样,这整个苦蕴灭尽了。’”
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā uruvelāyaṃ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre bodhirukkhamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho. Atha kho bhagavā bodhirukkhamūle sattāhaṃ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvedī . Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā paṭhamaṃ yāmaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ anulomapaṭilomaṃ manasākāsi – ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ, saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti – evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. ‘‘Avijjāyatveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho, saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho, viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho, nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho, saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho, phassanirodhā vedanānirodho, vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho, taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho , upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho, bhavanirodhā jātinirodho, jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti – evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’ti.
2那时,世尊明白了这个道理后,便在那时发出了这样一首自说偈:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
3‘确实,当诸法现前时,
‘‘Yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā;
4在那精进、禅修的婆罗门面前,
Ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa;
5那时,他的一切疑惑就都消除了,
Athassa kaṅkhā vapayanti sabbā;
6因为他了知了诸法及其因。’
Yato pajānāti sahetudhamma’’nti.
2接着,世尊在那一夜的中夜时分,对缘起进行了顺向和逆向的深思:‘以无明为缘而有行……中略……就这样,这整个苦蕴集起了……中略……灭尽了。’
Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā majjhimaṃ yāmaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ anulomapaṭilomaṃ manasākāsi – ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hotī…pe… nirodho hotī’’ti.
8那时,世尊明白了这个道理后,便在那时自说了这首偈颂——
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
9“当诸法确实显现时,
‘‘Yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā;
10对那精勤、禅修的婆罗门,
Ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa;
11那时,他的一切疑惑都消失,
Athassa kaṅkhā vapayanti sabbā;
12因为他了知了诸缘的彻底灭尽。”
Yato khayaṃ paccayānaṃ avedī’’ti.
3那时,世尊在后夜时分,以心意顺、逆地观察缘起:‘以无明为缘而有行,以行为缘而有识,以识为缘而有名色……(中略)……这样,整个苦蕴就集起了……(中略)……就灭尽了。’
Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā pacchimaṃ yāmaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ anulomapaṭilomaṃ manasākāsi – ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti…pe… nirodho hotī’’ti.
14那时,世尊了知了这个义理后,在那个时刻,发出了这首感兴偈:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
15“当诸法确实显现时,
‘‘Yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā;
16对那精勤、禅修的婆罗门,”
Ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa;
17他击溃了魔军而安住,如同太阳照亮了虚空。
Vidhūpayaṃ tiṭṭhati mārasenaṃ;
18如同太阳照亮了虚空。"
Sūriyova obhāsayamantalikkha’’nti.
24菩提论完
Bodhikathā niṭṭhitā.
252. 牧羊人论
2. Ajapālakathā
4那时,过了七天之后,世尊从那个定中出来,从菩提树下来到牧羊人树那里。到了之后,便在牧羊人树下盘腿坐了七天,体验着解脱之乐。那时,有一位出身哼哼种姓的婆罗门来到世尊那里。到了之后,他与世尊互相问候致意。谈过了亲切的、令人难忘的话之后,他站在一旁。站在一旁的那位婆罗门对世尊这么说:"乔达摩先生,要怎样才算是一个婆罗门呢?还有,哪些是成就婆罗门的特质呢?"那时,世尊知道了这件事的义理后,就在那个时刻,说出了这段感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā bodhirukkhamūlā yena ajapālanigrodho tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā ajapālanigrodhamūle sattāhaṃ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvedī. Atha kho aññataro huṃhuṅkajātiko brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kittāvatā nu kho, bho gotama, brāhmaṇo hoti, katame ca pana brāhmaṇakaraṇā dhammā’’ti? Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
20不傲慢、无垢秽、善调御自己的人,
Yo brāhmaṇo bāhitapāpadhammo;
21已到达终极智慧、完成了清净梵行的人,
Nihuṃhuṅko nikkasāvo yatatto;
22他才有资格依法宣称自己是梵天的宣说者,
Vedantagū vusitabrahmacariyo;
23他在世间任何地方都没有‘自我的膨胀’。”
Dhammena so brahmavādaṃ vadeyya;
24于世间任何处他无傲慢。」
Yassussadā natthi kuhiñci loke’’ti.
32牧羊人论完
Ajapālakathā niṭṭhitā.
333. 目真邻德论
3. Mucalindakathā
5那时,世尊过了七天,从那个定中出定,从牧羊人树那里到了目支邻陀那里。到了之后,在目支邻陀树下,他以单一跏趺坐的方式坐了七天,体验着解脱之乐。就在那个时候,一个不合时宜的巨大乌云出现了,带来了持续七天的寒冷、刮风和暴雨天气。那时,龙王目支邻陀从自己的住处出来,用身体在佛陀的身上缠绕了七圈,并用他巨大的颈部皮褶遮盖在佛陀的头顶,站着心想:‘不要寒冷侵扰世尊,不要炎热侵扰世尊,不要让蚊虫、风、热、爬虫类接触到世尊’。然后,龙王目支邻陀过了七天,知道天空已经晴朗没有云了,便从世尊身上把缠绕的身体解开,收起自己的形态,变成一个青年男子的模样,站在世尊面前,双手合十,礼敬世尊。那时,世尊知道了这件事,在那个时刻,说出了这首感兴偈:
Atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā ajapālanigrodhamūlā yena mucalindo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā mucalindamūle sattāhaṃ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvedī. Tena kho pana samayena mahā akālamegho udapādi, sattāhavaddalikā sītavātaduddinī. Atha kho mucalindo nāgarājā sakabhavanā nikkhamitvā bhagavato kāyaṃ sattakkhattuṃ bhogehi parikkhipitvā uparimuddhani mahantaṃ phaṇaṃ karitvā aṭṭhāsi – ‘‘mā bhagavantaṃ sītaṃ, mā bhagavantaṃ uṇhaṃ, mā bhagavantaṃ ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphasso’’ti . Atha kho mucalindo nāgarājā sattāhassa accayena viddhaṃ vigatavalāhakaṃ devaṃ viditvā bhagavato kāyā bhoge viniveṭhetvā sakavaṇṇaṃ paṭisaṃharitvā māṇavakavaṇṇaṃ abhinimminitvā bhagavato purato aṭṭhāsi pañjaliko bhagavantaṃ namassamāno. Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
26“满足者的独处是快乐,对于已闻法、已见法的人;
‘‘Sukho viveko tuṭṭhassa, sutadhammassa passato;
27世间对众生不害与自制,是快乐。
Abyāpajjaṃ sukhaṃ loke, pāṇabhūtesu saṃyamo.
28脱离欲染在世间是快乐,超越诸欲是快乐;
‘‘Sukhā virāgatā loke, kāmānaṃ samatikkamo;
29破除‘我是’之慢,这才是最上的快乐。”
Asmimānassa yo vinayo, etaṃ ve paramaṃ sukha’’nti.
39目真邻德论完
Mucalindakathā niṭṭhitā.
404. 王住处论
4. Rājāyatanakathā
6那时,世尊过了七天,从那个定中出定,从目支邻陀树那里到了王舍树那里。到了之后,在王舍树下,他以单一跏趺坐的方式坐了七天,体验着解脱之乐。就在那个时候,多波富沙和跋利迦这两位商人,从伍卡拉这个地方出发,正在那条路上旅行。那时,一位与多波富沙和跋利迦商人有血缘亲属关系的天神,对这两位商人说:‘这位,亲爱的先生们,是刚刚成为正自觉者的世尊,正住在王舍树下。你们去吧,用炒面和蜜糖团去供养那位世尊。这对你们会有长久的利益与安乐。’于是,多波富沙和跋利迦这两位商人,就拿着炒面和蜜糖团,到世尊那里去了。到了之后,他们礼敬世尊,站在一边。站在一边后,两位商人这样对世尊说:‘尊者,为了我们长久的利益与安乐,请世尊接受这些炒面和蜜糖团’。那时,世尊心里想:‘如来确实不能用手接受东西。那我该用什么来接受这炒面和蜜糖团呢?’ 那时,四大王天知道了世尊心里的想法,就从四个方向,向世尊呈上了四个石质的钵,说:‘尊者,请世尊就在这里,接受这些炒面和蜜糖团吧’。世尊就用那个贵重的石质钵,接受了炒面和蜜糖团,接受后便用了餐。那时,两位商人知道世尊已经吃完,手从钵上放下来,就以头面顶礼世尊的脚,然后对世尊说:‘尊者,我们从今天开始,活着尽形寿,归依世尊,也归依法。请世尊记持我们为近事男。’他们就是世界上最早受二归依语的近事男。
Atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā mucalindamūlā yena rājāyatanaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā rājāyatanamūle sattāhaṃ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvedī. Tena kho pana samayena tapussa bhallikā vāṇijā ukkalā taṃ desaṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Atha kho tapussabhallikānaṃ vāṇijānaṃ ñātisālohitā devatā tapussabhallike vāṇije etadavoca – ‘‘ayaṃ, mārisā, bhagavā rājāyatanamūle viharati paṭhamābhisambuddho; gacchatha taṃ bhagavantaṃ manthena ca madhupiṇḍikāya ca patimānetha; taṃ vo bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti. Atha kho tapussabhallikā vāṇijā manthañca madhupiṇḍikañca ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho tapussabhallikā vāṇijā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘paṭiggaṇhātu no, bhante, bhagavā manthañca madhupiṇḍikañca, yaṃ amhākaṃ assa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘na kho tathāgatā hatthesu paṭiggaṇhanti. Kimhi nu kho ahaṃ paṭiggaṇheyyaṃ manthañca madhupiṇḍikañcā’’ti? Atha kho cattāro mahārājāno bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya catuddisā cattāro selamaye patte bhagavato upanāmesuṃ – ‘‘idha, bhante, bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu manthañca madhupiṇḍikañcā’’ti. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā paccagghe selamaye patte manthañca madhupiṇḍikañca, paṭiggahetvā paribhuñji. Atha kho tapussabhallikā vāṇijā bhagavantaṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ viditvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ (onītapattapāṇiṃ viditvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ) etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ete mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma dhammañca, upāsake no bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupete saraṇaṃ gate’’ti. Te ca loke paṭhamaṃ upāsakā ahesuṃ dvevācikā.
42王住处论完
Rājāyatanakathā niṭṭhitā.
435. 梵天劝请论
5. Brahmayācanakathā
7那时,世尊过了七天,从那个定中出定,从王舍树那里到了牧羊人(的)榕树那里。在那里,世尊就住在牧羊人的榕树下。那时,世尊在独处、隐居的时候,心里生起了这样的念头:‘我所证得的这个法,是深邃、难见、难懂的,它是寂静的、殊妙的、无法靠逻辑推论的、微细的、只有智者才能体会的。而这里的人们,却乐于执著,喜欢执著,为执著而欢喜。对于这乐于执著、喜欢执著、为执著而欢喜的人们来说,这件事是很难看到的,这就是‘此有故彼有’的缘起法;这件事也是极其难看到的,那就是一切行的寂止、一切依着的彻底舍离、贪爱的灭尽、离欲、灭、涅槃。更何况,如果我去宣说这个法,而他人却不能理解我,那对我来说只会带来疲劳,只会带来困扰’。于是,一些以往从未听闻过的、令人惊叹的偈颂,在世尊心中浮现:
Atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā rājāyatanamūlā yena ajapālanigrodho tenupasaṅkami. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā ajapālanigrodhamūle viharati. Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘‘adhigato kho myāyaṃ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo. Ālayarāmā kho panāyaṃ pajā ālayaratā ālayasammuditā. Ālayarāmāya kho pana pajāya ālayaratāya ālayasammuditāya duddasaṃ idaṃ ṭhānaṃ yadidaṃ idappaccayatāpaaccasamuppādo; idampi kho ṭhānaṃ sududdasaṃ yadidaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, pare ca me na ājāneyyuṃ, so mamassa kilamatho, sā mamassa vihesā’’ti. Apissu bhagavantaṃ imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṃsu pubbe assutapubbā –
32“我通过艰难证得此,现在何必宣说它;
‘‘Kicchena me adhigataṃ, halaṃ dāni pakāsituṃ;
33被贪欲与嗔恚所征服的人,是无法善巧地觉悟这个法的。
Rāgadosaparetehi, nāyaṃ dhammo susambudho.
34它是逆流而行的、精微的、深奥的、难以看见的、极其细密的;
‘‘Paṭisotagāmiṃ nipuṇaṃ, gambhīraṃ duddasaṃ aṇuṃ;
35那些被贪欲染着的人看不见它,因为他们被一片愚昧所遮蔽。
Rāgarattā na dakkhanti, tamokhandhena āvuṭā ’’ti.
36那时,世尊这样思惟着,心就倾向了少事务、不乐于说法,而不是倾向于宣说教法。
Itiha bhagavato paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṃ namati, no dhammadesanāya.
8那时,娑婆主梵天以他的心感知了世尊心中的想法后,便这样想:“唉,这世间实在是完蛋了!唉,这世间实在是毁灭了!因为一位如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者的心,竟然倾向少事务、不乐于说法,而不倾向于说法。”于是,娑婆主梵天——就像一位强壮的汉子能伸展他弯曲的手臂,或弯曲他伸展的手臂一样快——瞬间从梵天世界消失,出现在了世尊的面前。接着,娑婆主梵天把上衣搭在一个肩头,右膝跪在地上,朝着世尊的方向合掌致敬,然后对世尊这样说:“尊者啊,请世尊说法吧!请善逝说法吧!这世间存在着尘垢很少的众生,他们若没有听到法就会退堕,他们会是可以了知法义的人啊。”娑婆主梵天这样说了,说完之后,又更进一步地说道:
Atha kho brahmuno sahampatissa bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya etadahosi – ‘‘nassati vata bho loko, vinassati vata bho loko, yatra hi nāma tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa appossukkatāya cittaṃ namati , no dhammadesanāyā’’ti. Atha kho brahmā sahampati – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya evameva – brahmaloke antarahito bhagavato purato pāturahosi. Atha kho brahmā sahampati ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā dakkhiṇajāṇumaṇḍalaṃ pathaviyaṃ nihantvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘desetu, bhante, bhagavā dhammaṃ, desetu sugato dhammaṃ. Santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti , bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro’’ti. Idamavoca brahmā sahampati, idaṃ vatvāna athāparaṃ etadavoca –
38从前在摩揭陀国人中出现过一个
‘‘Pāturahosi magadhesu pubbe;
39被那些带有杂质的人思考出来的不纯净之法。
Dhammo asuddho samalehi cintito;
40请打开这扇不死之门吧!
Apāpuretaṃ amatassa dvāraṃ;
41让他们聆听无垢者所觉悟的法吧。
Suṇantu dhammaṃ vimalenānubuddhaṃ.
42如同一个人站在山顶的岩石上,
‘‘Sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhito;
43能清晰地看见四周所有的人们,
Yathāpi passe janataṃ samantato;
44同样地,善慧者啊,你登上了法的宫殿,
Tathūpamaṃ dhammamayaṃ sumedha;
45登上了高楼,成为具足全知之眼的人,
Pāsādamāruyha samantacakkhu;
46请以离忧之心,俯视这些沉溺于忧伤的众生,
Sokāvatiṇṇaṃ janatamapetasoko;
47请观察这些被生与老压迫的人吧。
Avekkhassu jātijarābhibhūtaṃ.
48起来吧,英雄,战胜战场的人!
‘‘Uṭṭhehi vīra vijitasaṅgāma;
49作向导者,在这世间无债而行;
Satthavāha aṇaṇa vicara loke;
50请世尊说法吧;
Desassu bhagavā dhammaṃ;
51会有理解法的人。
Aññātāro bhavissantī’’ti.
52这样说后,世尊对娑婆主梵天说了这话:‘梵天啊,我也有这个想法——“我所证得的这个法,是甚深的、难见的、难觉的、寂静的、微妙的、不是思惟所能及的、微细的、聪慧者才能了解的。然而,这世代众生却乐于执著,喜爱执著,欢喜执著。对于这乐于执著、喜爱执著、欢喜执著的世代众生来说,要看到这缘起——即‘此有故彼有’的道理,是很难的;要看到这‘一切行的止息,一切依着的舍离,渴爱的灭尽,离欲,灭,涅槃’,更是难上加难。我如果说法,而他人不能理解我,那对我来说只是疲劳,只是困扰罢了。”而且,梵天啊,以前从未听闻过的、这些不可思议的偈颂,浮现在我心中——
[ Evaṃ vutte bhagavā brahmānaṃ sahampatiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mayhampi kho, brahme, etadahosi – ‘adhigato kho myāyaṃ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo. Ālayarāmā kho panāyaṃ pajā ālayaratā ālayasammuditā. Ālayarāmāya kho pana pajāya ālayaratāya ālayasammuditāya duddasaṃ idaṃ ṭhānaṃ yadidaṃ idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppādo; idampi kho ṭhānaṃ sududdasaṃ yadidaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, pare ca me na ājāneyyuṃ, so mamassa kilamatho, sā mamassa vihesā’ti. Apissu maṃ, brahme, imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṃsu pubbe assutapubbā –
53“我艰难证得的法,现在不必公开它;
‘Kicchena me adhigataṃ, halaṃ dāni pakāsituṃ;
54被贪与瞋压垮的人,是难以觉悟这个法的。
Rāgadosaparetehi, nāyaṃ dhammo susambudho.
55“这是逆流而上的、微妙的、甚深的、难见的、精细的法;
‘Paṭisotagāmiṃ nipuṇaṃ, gambhīraṃ duddasaṃ aṇuṃ;
56那些染着于贪爱的人看不见它,因为他们被一团黑暗覆盖了。”
Rāgarattā na dakkhanti, tamokhandhena āvuṭā’ti.
57那时,梵天啊,当我这样思惟时,心倾向于不热衷,而非说法。
Itiha me, brahme, paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṃ namati no dhammadesanāyā’’ti.
58第二次,娑婆主梵天又对世尊这样说:“尊者,请世尊说法吧,请善逝说法吧!有些众生是少尘垢的性行,由于没听到法而退失,他们将会成为知法者。”娑婆主梵天说了这番话,说完之后又接着说:
Dutiyampi kho brahmā sahampati bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘desetu, bhante, bhagavā dhammaṃ, desetu sugato dhammaṃ; santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro’’ti. Idamavoca brahmā sahampati, idaṃ vatvāna athāparaṃ etadavoca –
59“过去在摩揭陀国曾出现,
‘‘Pāturahosi magadhesu pubbe;
60被垢秽者思惟过的不净法;
Dhammo asuddho samalehi cintito;
61请打开这扇不死之门,
Apāpuretaṃ amatassa dvāraṃ;
62让他们听闻无瑕者所证悟的法。
Suṇantu dhammaṃ vimalenānubuddhaṃ.
63“就像站在山顶的岩石上,
‘‘Sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhito;
64那样便能遍见四方的人们;
Yathāpi passe janataṃ samantato;
65那智慧的觉者,就像登上一座高楼一样,
Tathūpamaṃ dhammamayaṃ sumedha;
66登上宫殿,普眼者!
Pāsādamāruyha samantacakkhu;
67看看这深陷忧愁的人们,
Sokāvatiṇṇaṃ janatamapetasoko;
68看看这些被生与老完全击垮的众生。
Avekkhassu jātijarābhibhūtaṃ.
69起来吧,英雄!战胜了烦恼的战场,
‘‘Uṭṭhehi vīra vijitasaṅgāma;
70您是商队的向导,是清净无债的人,请您行走于世间。
Satthavāha aṇaṇa vicara loke;
71请宣说教法吧,世尊!
Desassu bhagavā dhammaṃ;
72将会有能完全理解它的人。
Aññātāro bhavissantī’’ti.
73世尊再次对娑婆主梵天这样说:“梵天啊,我自己也这么想过:‘我所证悟的这个法,是甚深的、难见的、难觉悟的、寂静的、殊胜的、非逻辑推论所能达到的、微妙的、唯智者能体验的。然而,众生却乐于执着,喜好执着,欢喜于执着。对于乐于执着、喜好执着、欢喜于执着的众生来说,这种即此缘性之缘起是很难见到的;而这个一切行的寂止、一切依着的舍离、贪爱的灭尽、离欲、灭、涅槃,更是极难见到的。如果我去宣说法,而他人不理解我,那只会使我疲累,只会使我受到困扰。’梵天啊,那时我心中竟然浮现出前所未闻的这些偈颂:
Dutiyampi kho bhagavā brahmānaṃ sahampatiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mayhampi kho, brahme, etadahosi – ‘adhigato kho myāyaṃ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo. Ālayarāmā kho panāyaṃ pajā ālayaratā ālayasammuditā. Ālayarāmāya kho pana pajāya ālayaratāya ālayasammuditāya duddasaṃ idaṃ ṭhānaṃ yadidaṃ idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppādo; idampi kho ṭhānaṃ sududdasaṃ yadidaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, pare ca me na ājāneyyuṃ, so mamassa kilamatho, sā mamassa vihesā’ti. Apissu maṃ, brahme, imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṃsu pubbe assutapubbā –
74‘我艰难证得的法,现在不必去宣说;
‘Kicchena me adhigataṃ, halaṃ dāni pakāsituṃ;
75被贪与瞋所征服的人,是难以真正领悟这法的。
Rāgadosaparetehi, nāyaṃ dhammo susambudho.
76‘这法逆世俗之流、微细、甚深、难见、极其精微;
‘Paṭisotagāmiṃ nipuṇaṃ, gambhīraṃ duddasaṃ aṇuṃ;
77染着于贪欲的人看不见它,会被黑暗的堆积所覆盖。’
Rāgarattā na dakkhanti, tamokhandhena āvuṭā’ti.
78梵天啊,当我这样思惟时,心便倾向于懈怠,而不倾向于说法。”
Itiha me, brahme, paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṃ namati, no dhammadesanāyā’’ti.
79第三次,娑婆主梵天对世尊这样说:“大德!请世尊说法,请善逝说法。这世间有那些生来尘垢较少的众生,他们若没有听闻法便会退失,但将来一定会有法的了悟者。”娑婆主梵天说了这番话后,接着又说了以下这些:
Tatiyampi kho brahmā sahampati bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘desetu, bhante, bhagavā dhammaṃ, desetu sugato dhammaṃ. Santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro’’ti. Idamavoca brahmā sahampati, idaṃ vatvāna athāparaṃ etadavoca –
80“从前在摩揭陀国出现过的,
‘‘Pāturahosi magadhesu pubbe;
81那些充满污垢的人,想出来的法也是不净的;
Dhammo asuddho samalehi cintito;
82请打开那不死之门吧!
Apāpuretaṃ amatassa dvāraṃ;
83让他们听闻那由无垢者所彻悟的法。
Suṇantu dhammaṃ vimalenānubuddhaṃ.
84就像有人站在山顶的岩石上,
‘‘Sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhito;
85便能够遍见四周的一切人群,
Yathāpi passe janataṃ samantato;
86智慧的您啊,也是如此——请登上这由法所成的高楼,
Tathūpamaṃ dhammamayaṃ sumedha;
87您这位具足全眼者,若登上高楼,
Pāsādamāruyha samantacakkhu;
88虽自己已远离忧愁,却看见沉陷于忧苦中的众生。
Sokāvatiṇṇaṃ janatamapetasoko;
89请看看那些被生老压垮的众生吧。
Avekkhassu jātijarābhibhūtaṃ.
90起来吧,英雄!你已征服了战场。
‘‘Uṭṭhehi vīra vijitasaṅgāma;
91商队的向导啊,无债一身轻地在世间游化吧。
Satthavāha aṇaṇa vicara loke;
92请宣说正法吧,世尊。
Desassu bhagavā dhammaṃ;
93必定会有人能了悟的。
Aññātāro bhavissantī’’ti.
9那时,世尊了知了梵天的劝请,又出于对众生的悲悯,便以佛眼观察世间。世尊用佛眼遍观世间,看见众生中,有的尘垢少,有的尘垢多;有的根器利,有的根器钝;有的相貌好,有的相貌差;有的容易教导,有的难以教导;其中有些人平时能看见来世的过患与怖畏,有些人则看不见。正如在青莲池、红莲池或白莲池中,有一些青莲、红莲或白莲,生在水中,长在水中,还没长出水面,沉在水下生长;有一些青莲、红莲或白莲,生在水中,长在水中,刚好与水面齐平;还有一些青莲、红莲或白莲,生在水中,长在水中,却已冒出水面,不被水所沾染。同样地,世尊以佛眼观察世间,看见众生也是如此,有尘垢少的,有尘垢多的……乃至有人害怕来世过患,有人不害怕。看完之后,世尊便以偈颂回答娑婆主梵天:
Atha kho bhagavā brahmuno ca ajjhesanaṃ viditvā sattesu ca kāruññataṃ paṭicca buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokesi. Addasā kho bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye, appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante. Seyyathāpi nāma uppaliniyaṃ vā paduminiyaṃ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṃ vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni anto nimuggaposīni , appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni samodakaṃ ṭhitāni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni udakaṃ accuggamma ṭhitāni anupalittāni udakena, evamevaṃ bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento addasa satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye, appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante; disvāna brahmānaṃ sahampatiṃ gāthāya paccabhāsi –
95不死之门已经为他们敞开,
‘‘Apārutā tesaṃ amatassa dvārā;
96让那些有耳的人,生起信心吧!
Ye sotavanto pamuñcantu saddhaṃ;
97「我先前说出的那些,都带着伤害的念头;梵天啊,那精妙的法,我那时没在人间宣说。」
Vihiṃsasaññī paguṇaṃ na bhāsiṃ;
98在人中,梵天,我已说了殊胜的法。
Dhammaṃ paṇītaṃ manujesu brahme’’ti.
99那时,娑婆主梵天心想:「世尊已经给我说法开示的机会了。」他向世尊行礼,右绕三圈后,就在那里消失了。
Atha kho brahmā sahampati ‘‘katāvakāso khomhi bhagavatā dhammadesanāyā’’ti bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatthevantaradhāyi.
113梵天劝请论完
Brahmayācanakathā niṭṭhitā.
1146. 五群论
6. Pañcavaggiyakathā
10那时,世尊心里想:「我应该先为谁说法呢?谁能很快理解这个法呢?」接着,世尊想到:「这位阿罗逻·迦罗摩,聪明、能干、有智慧,很久以来尘垢就很少。我先为阿罗逻·迦罗摩说法吧,他能很快理解这个法。」这时,一位看不见的天神向世尊报告说:「尊者,阿罗逻·迦罗摩已经去世七天了。」世尊自己也生起了这样的认知:「阿罗逻·迦罗摩已经去世七天了。」那时,世尊心里想:「阿罗逻·迦罗摩的损失真大啊。如果他听到这个法,肯定能很快领悟。」接着,世尊又想:「那么,我应该先为谁说法呢?谁能很快理解这个法呢?」世尊接着想到:「这位优陀迦·罗摩子,聪明、能干、有智慧,很久以来尘垢就很少。我先为优陀迦·罗摩子说法吧,他能很快理解这个法。」这时,那位看不见的天神又向世尊报告说:「尊者,优陀迦·罗摩子昨天晚上去世了。」世尊自己也生起了这样的认知:「优陀迦·罗摩子昨天晚上去世了。」那时,世尊心里想:「优陀迦·罗摩子的损失也真大啊。如果他听到这个法,肯定能很快领悟。」
Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ? Ko imaṃ dhammaṃ khippameva ājānissatī’’ti? Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ kho āḷāro kālāmo paṇḍito byatto medhāvī dīgharattaṃ apparajakkhajātiko; yaṃnūnāhaṃ āḷārassa kālāmassa paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, so imaṃ dhammaṃ khippameva ājānissatī’’ti. Atha kho antarahitā devatā bhagavato ārocesi – ‘‘sattāhakālaṅkato, bhante, āḷāro kālāmo’’ti. Bhagavatopi kho ñāṇaṃ udapādi – ‘‘sattāhakālaṅkato āḷāro kālāmo’’ti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘mahājāniyo kho āḷāro kālāmo; sace hi so imaṃ dhammaṃ suṇeyya, khippameva ājāneyyā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ? Ko imaṃ dhammaṃ khippameva ājānissatī’’ti? Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ kho udako rāmaputto paṇḍito byatto medhāvī dīgharattaṃ apparajakkhajātiko; yaṃnūnāhaṃ udakassa rāmaputtassa paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, so imaṃ dhammaṃ khippameva ājānissatī’’ti. Atha kho antarahitā devatā bhagavato ārocesi – ‘‘abhidosakālaṅkato, bhante, udako rāmaputto’’ti. Bhagavatopi kho ñāṇaṃ udapādi – ‘‘abhidosakālaṅkato udako rāmaputto’’ti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘mahājāniyo kho udako rāmaputto; sace hi so imaṃ dhammaṃ suṇeyya, khippameva ājāneyyā’’ti
101那时,世尊心里想:「那么,我应该先为谁说法呢?谁能很快理解这个法呢?」接着,世尊想到:「那五位比丘帮我很多忙,在我精勤修行的时候照料过我。我先为那五位比丘说法吧。」然后,世尊又想:「现在那五位比丘住在哪里呢?」世尊用清净、超越常人的天眼,看到那五位比丘正住在波罗奈的仙人坠处鹿野苑。于是,世尊在优楼毗罗随心自在地住了一段时间后,就朝着波罗奈的方向游化而去。
Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ? Ko imaṃ dhammaṃ khippameva ājānissatī’’ti? Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘bahukārā kho me pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū, ye maṃ padhānapahitattaṃ upaṭṭhahiṃsu; yaṃnūnāhaṃ pañcavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyya’’nti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘kahaṃ nu kho etarahi pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū viharantī’’ti? Addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena pañcavaggiye bhikkhū bārāṇasiyaṃ viharante isipatane migadāye. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena bārāṇasī tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi.
11那时,一位名叫优波迦的邪命外道,在伽耶和菩提迦耶之间的路上,看见世尊正走在大路上。看到后,他对世尊说:「朋友,你诸根清净,肤色纯净明亮。朋友,你是跟随谁出家的?谁是你的老师?你认同谁的法呢?」听完这话,世尊用偈颂回答优波迦邪命外道说:
Addasā kho upako ājīvako bhagavantaṃ antarā ca gayaṃ antarā ca bodhiṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannaṃ, disvāna bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. Kaṃsi tvaṃ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito? Ko vā te satthā? Kassa vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ rocesī’’ti? Evaṃ vutte bhagavā upakaṃ ājīvakaṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi –
103「我战胜了一切,了知一切,
‘‘Sabbābhibhū sabbavidūhamasmi,
104于一切法中无染着;
Sabbesu dhammesu anūpalitto;
105断舍一切者,在渴爱灭尽中解脱,
Sabbañjaho taṇhākkhaye vimutto,
106我自己觉证了它,又能去教导谁呢?
Sayaṃ abhiññāya kamuddiseyyaṃ.
107我没有老师,无人与我等同;
‘‘Na me ācariyo atthi, sadiso me na vijjati;
108在这包括天人的世间,没有与我相当的人。
Sadevakasmiṃ lokasmiṃ, natthi me paṭipuggalo.
109因为我是世间的阿拉汉,我是无上的导师;
‘‘Ahañhi arahā loke, ahaṃ satthā anuttaro;
110我是唯一的等正觉者,我已清凉,已经寂灭。
Ekomhi sammāsambuddho, sītibhūtosmi nibbuto.
111为了转动法轮,我将前往迦尸城;
‘‘Dhammacakkaṃ pavattetuṃ, gacchāmi kāsinaṃ puraṃ;
112在这盲目的世间,我将击响不死的大鼓。
Andhībhūtasmiṃ lokasmiṃ, āhañchaṃ amatadundubhi’’nti.
113“正如你所说的那样,道友,你堪称‘无边的胜利者’。”
Yathā kho tvaṃ, āvuso, paṭijānāsi, arahasi anantajinoti.
114“只有像我这样已证得诸漏灭尽的人,才是真正的胜利者。
‘‘Mādisā ve jinā honti, ye pattā āsavakkhayaṃ;
115我已战胜了一切恶不善法,所以,优波迦啊,我才是一位胜利者。”
Jitā me pāpakā dhammā, tasmāhamupaka jino’’ti.
116听了这话,邪命外道优波迦说了句“但愿如此吧,朋友”,摇了摇头,便拐上另一条岔路离开了。
Evaṃ vutte upako ājīvako hupeyyapāvusoti vatvā sīsaṃ okampetvā ummaggaṃ gahetvā pakkāmi.
12那时,世尊一路次第游行,来到了波罗奈的仙人堕处鹿野苑,五位比丘所在的地方。五位比丘远远地看见世尊正走过来,看见后,他们便互相约定说:“道友们,那个沙门乔达摩来了,他生活奢侈,放弃了精进,已经退转到奢侈享乐中了。我们不应向他顶礼,不应起身迎接,也不应替他接过衣钵。不过,可以为他设一个座位,如果他想坐,就让他坐下吧。”然而,当世尊一步步走近五位比丘时,五位比丘却无法遵守自己的约定。他们不由自主地起身迎向世尊,其中一位接过了世尊的衣钵,一位铺设了座位,一位端来了洗脚水,一位摆好了脚凳,一位放好了擦脚板。世尊在铺好的座位上坐了下来,坐下后便洗了脚。但他们仍然用名字和“道友”这种称呼来招呼世尊。见此情形,世尊便对五位比丘这样说:“比丘们,不要用名字和‘道友’这种称呼来招呼如来。比丘们,如来是阿拉汉、正自觉者。比丘们,请仔细听好,不死之门已经被找到,我来教导你们,我来为你们说法。只要你们按照教导去实践,不久之后,你们这些善家子弟为了那个至高目标而正确地离家出走、出家修行,最终就会在现世通过自己的亲证、证悟后,圆满成就梵行的最终目标而安住。”听了这话,五位比丘对世尊这样说:“乔达摩道友,你过去即使修那些戒行、那些法门、那些苦行,都没有证得超越凡人的圣智殊胜见,如今你生活奢侈,放弃了精进,退转到奢侈享乐中了,又怎么可能证得超越凡人的圣智殊胜见呢?”听了这话,世尊对五位比丘这样说:“比丘们,如来并非生活奢侈,没有放弃精进,也没有退转到奢侈享乐中。比丘们,如来是阿拉汉、正自觉者。比丘们,请仔细听好,不死之门已经被找到,我来教导你们,我来为你们说法。只要你们按照教导去实践,不久之后,你们这些善家子弟为了那个至高目标而正确地离家出走、出家修行,最终就会在现世通过自己的亲证、证悟后,圆满成就梵行的最终目标而安住。”第二次,五位比丘又对世尊说了同样的话……第二次,世尊又对五位比丘说了同样的话……第三次,五位比丘又对世尊这样说:“乔达摩道友,你过去即使修那些戒行、那些法门、那些苦行,都没有证得超越凡人的圣智殊胜见,如今你生活奢侈,放弃了精进,退转到奢侈享乐中了,又怎么可能证得超越凡人的圣智殊胜见呢?”听了这话,世尊对五位比丘这样说:“比丘们,你们以前可曾听我这样说过这样的话吗?”“从来没有,尊者。”“比丘们,如来是阿拉汉、正自觉者。比丘们,请仔细听好,不死之门已经被找到,我来教导你们,我来为你们说法。只要你们按照教导去实践,不久之后,你们这些善家子弟为了那个至高目标而正确地离家出走、出家修行,最终就会在现世通过自己的亲证、证悟后,圆满成就梵行的最终目标而安住。”世尊最终说服了五位比丘。于是,五位比丘便开始认真听从世尊的教导,倾耳聆听,心中升起了求证道果的决心。
Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena bārāṇasī isipatanaṃ migadāyo, yena pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami. Addasaṃsu kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ; disvāna aññamaññaṃ katikaṃ saṇṭhapesuṃ – ‘‘ayaṃ, āvuso, samaṇo gotamo āgacchati, bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya. So neva abhivādetabbo, na paccuṭṭhātabbo, nāssa pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ; api ca kho āsanaṃ ṭhapetabbaṃ, sace so ākaṅkhissati nisīdissatī’’ti. Yathā yathā kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū upasaṅkamati, tathā tathā pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū nāsakkhiṃsu sakāya katikāya saṇṭhātuṃ . Asaṇṭhahantā bhagavantaṃ paccuggantvā eko bhagavato pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahesi, eko āsanaṃ paññapesi, eko pādodakaṃ, eko pādapīṭhaṃ, eko pādakaṭhalikaṃ upanikkhipi. Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane; nisajja kho bhagavā pāde pakkhālesi. Apissu bhagavantaṃ nāmena ca āvusovādena ca samudācaranti. Evaṃ vutte bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘mā, bhikkhave, tathāgataṃ nāmena ca āvusovādena ca samudācaratha . Arahaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sammāsambuddho, odahatha, bhikkhave, sotaṃ, amatamadhigataṃ, ahamanusāsāmi, ahaṃ dhammaṃ desemi. Yathānusiṭṭhaṃ tathā paṭipajjamānā nacirasseva – yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti tadanuttaraṃ – brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘tāyapi kho tvaṃ, āvuso gotama, iriyāya , tāya paṭipadāya, tāya dukkarakārikāya nevajjhagā uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ, kiṃ pana tvaṃ etarahi, bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya, adhigamissasi uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesa’’nti? Evaṃ vutte bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, tathāgato bāhulliko, na padhānavibbhanto, na āvatto bāhullāya; arahaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sammāsambuddho. Odahatha, bhikkhave, sotaṃ, amatamadhigataṃ, ahamanusāsāmi , ahaṃ dhammaṃ desemi. Yathānusiṭṭhaṃ tathā paṭipajjamānā nacirasseva – yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti tadanuttaraṃ – brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭhevadhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ…pe…. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavoca…pe…. Tatiyampi kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘tāyapi kho tvaṃ, āvuso gotama, iriyāya, tāya paṭipadāya, tāya dukkarakārikāya nevajjhagā uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ, kiṃ pana tvaṃ etarahi, bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya, adhigamissasi uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesa’’nti? Evaṃ vutte bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘abhijānātha me no tumhe, bhikkhave, ito pubbe evarūpaṃ pabhāvitameta’’nti ? ‘‘Nohetaṃ, bhante’’. Arahaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sammāsambuddho, odahatha, bhikkhave, sotaṃ, amatamadhigataṃ, ahamanusāsāmi, ahaṃ dhammaṃ desemi. Yathānusiṭṭhaṃ tathā paṭipajjamānā nacirasseva – yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti tadanuttaraṃbrahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭhevadhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathāti. Asakkhi kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū saññāpetuṃ. Atha kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ sussūsiṃsu, sotaṃ odahiṃsu, aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhāpesuṃ.
13那时,世尊便对五位比丘说:
Atha kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū āmantesi –
119“比丘们,出家之人不应亲近两个极端。是哪两个呢?一个是沉溺于感官欲乐的低俗、粗鄙、凡夫、非圣、无益的欲乐享受;另一个是自苦其身、痛苦、非圣、无益的自我折磨。比丘们,如来通过避开这两个极端,已经证悟了中道,这条道能使人眼界清明、心生智慧,导向寂静、通智、完全的觉悟和涅槃。比丘们,哪一条是如来所证悟的、能使人眼界清明、心生智慧,导向寂静、通智、完全的觉悟和涅槃的中道呢?那就是这八支圣道,即:正见、正思惟、正语、正业、正命、正精进、正念、正定。比丘们,这就是如来所证悟的中道,它能使人眼界清明、心生智慧,导向寂静、通智、完全的觉悟和涅槃。
‘‘ Dveme, bhikkhave , antā pabbajitena na sevitabbā. Katame dve ? Yo cāyaṃ kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogo hīno gammo pothujjaniko anariyo anatthasaṃhito, yo cāyaṃ attakilamathānuyogo dukkho anariyo anatthasaṃhito. Ete kho, bhikkhave, ubho ante anupagamma, majjhimā paṭipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā, cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati. Katamā ca sā, bhikkhave, majjhimā paṭipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā, cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati? Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati, sammāsamādhi. Ayaṃ kho sā, bhikkhave, majjhimā paṭipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā, cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati.
14“比丘们,这是关于苦的圣谛。生是苦,老是苦,病是苦,死是苦,与不喜欢的相处是苦,与喜欢的分离是苦,求不得也是苦。简单来说,五取蕴本身就是苦。比丘们,这是关于苦之集起的圣谛。那就是那种会导致再生的贪爱,它与喜乐和激情相伴,到处寻找欢喜,也就是:对感官欲望的渴爱、对存在的渴爱、对不存在的渴爱。
‘‘Idaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ. Jātipi dukkhā, jarāpi dukkhā, byādhipi dukkho, maraṇampi dukkhaṃ, appiyehi sampayogo dukkho, piyehi vippayogo dukkho, yampicchaṃ na labhati tampi dukkhaṃ. Saṃkhittena, pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā. ‘‘Idaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccaṃ – yāyaṃ taṇhā ponobbhavikā nandīrāgasahagatā tatratatrābhinandinī, seyyathidaṃ – kāmataṇhā, bhavataṇhā, vibhavataṇhā.
121“比丘们,这就是苦灭圣谛——也就是对那种渴爱的彻底无余褪去、灭尽、舍离、弃绝、解脱、不粘着。“比丘们,这就是导向苦灭的道行圣谛——也就是这八支圣道,即:正见、正思惟、正语、正业、正命、正精进、正念、正定。
‘‘Idaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ – yo tassā yeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodho, cāgo, paṭinissaggo, mutti, anālayo. ‘‘Idaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ – ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati, sammāsamādhi.
15“比丘们,在以前从未听闻过的法上,我生起了眼,生起了智,生起了慧,生起了明,生起了光:‘这是苦圣谛。’“比丘们,在以前从未听闻过的法上,我生起了眼,生起了智,生起了慧,生起了明,生起了光:‘这苦圣谛应被彻知。’“比丘们,在以前从未听闻过的法上,我生起了眼,生起了智,生起了慧,生起了明,生起了光:‘这苦圣谛已被彻知。’
‘‘Idaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi , āloko udapādi. Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ pariññeyyanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ pariññātanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.
123“比丘们,在以前从未听闻过的法上,我生起了眼,生起了智,生起了慧,生起了明,生起了光:‘这是苦集圣谛。’“比丘们,在以前从未听闻过的法上,我生起了眼,生起了智,生起了慧,生起了明,生起了光:‘这苦集圣谛应被断除。’“比丘们,在以前从未听闻过的法上,我生起了眼,生起了智,生起了慧,生起了明,生起了光:‘这苦集圣谛已被断除。’
‘‘Idaṃ dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccaṃ pahātabbanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccaṃ pahīnanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.
124“比丘们,在以前从未听闻过的法上,我生起了眼,生起了智,生起了慧,生起了明,生起了光:‘这是苦灭圣谛。’“比丘们,在以前从未听闻过的法上,我生起了眼,生起了智,生起了慧,生起了明,生起了光:‘这苦灭圣谛应被证悟。’“比丘们,在以前从未听闻过的法上,我生起了眼,生起了智,生起了慧,生起了明,生起了光:‘这苦灭圣谛已被证悟。’
‘‘Idaṃ dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ sacchikātabbanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ sacchikatanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.
125“比丘们,在以前从未听闻过的法上,我生起了眼,生起了智,生起了慧,生起了明,生起了光:‘这是导向苦灭的道行圣谛。’“比丘们,在以前从未听闻过的法上,我生起了眼,生起了智,生起了慧,生起了明,生起了光:‘这导向苦灭的道行圣谛应被修习。’“比丘们,在以前从未听闻过的法上,我生起了眼,生起了智,生起了慧,生起了明,生起了光:‘这导向苦灭的道行圣谛已被修习。’
‘‘Idaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ bhāvetabbanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ bhāvitanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.
16“比丘们,只要我在这四圣谛上,像这样三转十二行相、如实的知见还未彻底清净,那么,比丘们,在包括天神、摩罗、梵天在内的世间,在包括沙门、婆罗门、天神、人类在内的众生中,我就不曾宣称:‘我已证悟无上正等正觉。’“但是,比丘们,一旦我在这四圣谛上,像这样三转十二行相、如实的知见彻底清净了,那时,比丘们,在包括天神、摩罗、梵天在内的世间,在包括沙门、婆罗门、天神、人类在内的众生中,我就宣称:‘我已证悟无上正等正觉。’然后我生起了这样的知见:‘我的解脱是不可动摇的,这是最后一生,现在不再有未来的存在了。’”世尊如此说。内心喜悦的五比丘们,对世尊所说感到欢喜满意。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca me, bhikkhave, imesu catūsu ariyasaccesu evaṃ tiparivaṭṭaṃ dvādasākāraṃ yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ na suvisuddhaṃ ahosi, neva tāvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti paccaññāsiṃ. Yato ca kho me, bhikkhave, imesu catūsu ariyasaccesu evaṃ tiparivaṭṭaṃ dvādasākāraṃ yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ suvisuddhaṃ ahosi, athāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti paccaññāsiṃ. Ñāṇañca pana me dassanaṃ udapādi – akuppā me vimutti, ayamantimā jāti, natthi dāni punabbhavo’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā attamanā pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti .
127就在这段解说正被宣说的时候,尊者憍陈如生起了远离尘垢、远离污秽的法眼:“凡是任何有集起性质的东西,那全部都有灭尽的本质。”
Imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne āyasmato koṇḍaññassa virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti.
17而当世尊转动了法轮时,地居天神们纷纷宣告:“世尊在波罗奈的鹿野苑,转动了这无上的法轮,这是任何沙门、婆罗门、天神、摩罗、梵天,乃至世间中任何人都无法逆转的。”听到了地居天神的声音后,四大王天也纷纷宣告……四大王天的声音被听到后,三十三天……夜摩天……兜率天……化乐天……他化自在天……梵身天也纷纷宣告:“世尊在波罗奈的鹿野苑,转动了这无上的法轮,这是任何沙门、婆罗门、天神、摩罗、梵天,乃至世间中任何人都无法逆转的。”就这样,在那一个刹那,在那一个片刻,在那一个须臾之间,这声音直达梵天世界。而这个一万个轮围世界震动、大震动、剧震动;一道无量广大的光明在世间显现,超越了天神们自身的天威。这时,世尊发出这样的感叹:“憍陈如确实已经了悟了,憍陈如确实已经了悟了!”正是因此,憍陈如尊者便得到了“阿若憍陈如”这个名字。
Pavattite ca pana bhagavatā dhammacakke, bhummā devā saddamanussāvesuṃ – ‘‘etaṃ bhagavatā bārāṇasiyaṃ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ, appaṭivattiyaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmi’’nti. Bhummānaṃ devānaṃ saddaṃ sutvā cātumahārājikā devā saddamanussāvesuṃ…pe… cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ saddaṃ sutvā tāvatiṃsā devā…pe… yāmā devā…pe… tusitā devā…pe… nimmānaratī devā…pe… paranimmitavasavattī devā…pe… brahmakāyikā devā saddamanussāvesuṃ – ‘‘etaṃ bhagavatā bārāṇasiyaṃ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmi’’nti. Itiha, tena khaṇena, tena layena tena muhuttena yāva brahmalokā saddo abbhuggacchi. Ayañca dasasahassilokadhātu saṃkampi sampakampi sampavedhi ; appamāṇo ca uḷāro obhāso loke pāturahosi, atikkamma devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi – ‘‘aññāsi vata, bho koṇḍañño, aññāsi vata bho koṇḍañño’’ti. Iti hidaṃ āyasmato koṇḍaññassa ‘aññāsikoṇḍañño’ tveva nāmaṃ ahosi.
18那时,具寿阿若憍陈如已经亲见法、证得法、了知法、深入法、超越了疑惑、远离了彷徨、获得了自信、在导师的教法中不再依赖他人。他对世尊这样说:'尊者,愿我在世尊跟前得以出家,得以受具足戒。'世尊说:'来吧,比丘。法已经被完善地宣说了,去过梵行生活吧,为了彻底地灭尽痛苦。'这便成了那位具寿的具足戒。
Atha kho āyasmā aññāsikoṇḍañño diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṃkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘labheyyāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyaṃ upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Ehi bhikkhū’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, cara brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva tassa āyasmato upasampadā ahosi.
19那时,世尊不断地以佛法开示去教导、去指引其余的那些比丘。当世尊以佛法开示去教导、指引具寿瓦波和具寿跋地亚的时候,他们生起了远离尘垢、远离污秽的法眼:'任何有集起性质的东西,那全部都有灭尽的性质。'
Atha kho bhagavā tadavasese bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi. Atha kho āyasmato ca vappassa āyasmato ca bhaddiyassa bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṃ anusāsiyamānānaṃ virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti.
131他们已经亲见法、证得法、了知法、深入法、超越了疑惑、远离了彷徨、获得了自信、在导师的教法中不再依赖他人。他们对世尊这样说:'尊者,愿我们在世尊跟前得以出家,得以受具足戒。'世尊说:'来吧,比丘们。法已经被完善地宣说了,去过梵行生活吧,为了彻底地灭尽痛苦。'这便成了那些具寿的具足戒。
Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Etha bhikkhavo’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi.
132那时,世尊用自己那份带回来的食物来维持生活,并不断地以佛法开示去教导、去指引其余的那些比丘。三位比丘去乞食后带回来的东西,六个人靠此维持生活。当世尊以佛法开示去教导、指引具寿摩诃男和具寿阿说示的时候,他们生起了远离尘垢、远离污秽的法眼:'任何有集起性质的东西,那全部都有灭尽的性质。'他们已经亲见法、证得法、了知法、深入法、超越了疑惑、远离了彷徨、获得了自信、在导师的教法中不再依赖他人。他们对世尊这样说:'尊者,愿我们在世尊跟前得以出家,得以受具足戒。'世尊说:'来吧,比丘们。法已经被完善地宣说了,去过梵行生活吧,为了彻底地灭尽痛苦。'这便成了那些具寿的具足戒。
Atha kho bhagavā tadavasese bhikkhū nīhārabhatto dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi. Yaṃ tayo bhikkhū piṇḍāya caritvā āharanti, tena chabbaggo yāpeti. Atha kho āyasmato ca mahānāmassa āyasmato ca assajissa bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṃ anusāsiyamānānaṃ virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti . Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Etha bhikkhavo’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi.
20那时,世尊对五群比丘说:
Atha kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū āmantesi –
134'比丘们,色身不是我。如果这色身是我,那么这色身就不会导致疾病了,而且对于色身,人们也能这样要求:“让我的色身是这样,让我的色身不是那样”。可是,比丘们,正因为色身不是我,所以色身才会导致疾病,而且对于色身,人们无法这样要求:“让我的色身是这样,让我的色身不是那样”。感受,不是我。如果这感受是我,那么这感受就不会导致疾病了,而且对于感受,人们也能这样要求:“让我的感受是这样,让我的感受不是那样”。可是,比丘们,正因为感受不是我,所以感受才会导致疾病,而且对于感受,人们无法这样要求:“让我的感受是这样,让我的感受不是那样”。想,不是我。如果这想是我,那么这想就不会导致疾病了,而且对于想,人们也能这样要求:“让我的想是这样,让我的想不是那样”。可是,比丘们,正因为想不是我,所以想才会导致疾病,而且对于想,人们无法这样要求:“让我的想是这样,让我的想不是那样”。诸行,不是我。如果这些行是我,那么这些行就不会导致疾病了,而且对于诸行,人们也能这样要求:“让我的诸行是这样,让我的诸行不是那样”。可是,比丘们,正因为诸行不是我,所以诸行才会导致疾病,而且对于诸行,人们无法这样要求:“让我的诸行是这样,让我的诸行不是那样”。识,不是我。如果这识是我,那么这识就不会导致疾病了,而且对于识,人们也能这样要求:“让我的识是这样,让我的识不是那样”。可是,比丘们,正因为识不是我,所以识才会导致疾病,而且对于识,人们无法这样要求:“让我的识是这样,让我的识不是那样”。'
‘‘Rūpaṃ, bhikkhave, anattā. Rūpañca hidaṃ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṃ rūpaṃ ābādhāya saṃvatteyya, labbhetha ca rūpe – ‘evaṃ me rūpaṃ hotu, evaṃ me rūpaṃ mā ahosī’ti. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ anattā, tasmā rūpaṃ ābādhāya saṃvattati, na ca labbhati rūpe – ‘evaṃ me rūpaṃ hotu, evaṃ me rūpaṃ mā ahosī’ti. Vedanā, anattā. Vedanā ca hidaṃ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṃ vedanā ābādhāya saṃvatteyya, labbhetha ca vedanāya – ‘evaṃ me vedanā hotu, evaṃ me vedanā mā ahosī’ti. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, vedanā anattā, tasmā vedanā ābādhāya saṃvattati, na ca labbhati vedanāya – ‘evaṃ me vedanā hotu, evaṃ me vedanā mā ahosī’ti. Saññā, anattā. Saññā ca hidaṃ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṃ saññā ābādhāya saṃvatteyya, labbhetha ca saññāya – ‘evaṃ me saññā hotu, evaṃ me saññā mā ahosī’ti. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, saññā anattā, tasmā saññā ābādhāya saṃvattati, na ca labbhati saññāya – ‘evaṃ me saññā hotu, evaṃ me saññā mā ahosī’ti. Saṅkhārā, anattā. Saṅkhārā ca hidaṃ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissaṃsu, nayidaṃ saṅkhārā ābādhāya saṃvatteyyuṃ, labbhetha ca saṅkhāresu – ‘evaṃ me saṅkhārā hontu, evaṃ me saṅkhārā mā ahesu’nti. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā anattā, tasmā saṅkhārā ābādhāya saṃvattanti, na ca labbhati saṅkhāresu – ‘evaṃ me saṅkhārā hontu, evaṃ me saṅkhārā mā ahesu’nti. Viññāṇaṃ, anattā. Viññāṇañca hidaṃ , bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṃ viññāṇaṃ ābādhāya saṃvatteyya , labbhetha ca viññāṇe – ‘evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ hotu, evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ mā ahosī’ti. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṃ anattā, tasmā viññāṇaṃ ābādhāya saṃvattati, na ca labbhati viññāṇe – ‘evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ hotu, evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ mā ahosī’ti.
21'比丘们,你们觉得呢,色身是恒常的还是无常的?''是无常的,尊者。''那么,凡是无常的,是苦还是乐呢?''是苦,尊者。''那么,凡是无常、苦、具有变坏性质的东西,合适把它看作是“这是我的,这是我,这是我的自我”吗?''不合适,尊者。''感受是恒常的还是无常的?''是无常的,尊者。''那么,凡是无常的,是苦还是乐呢?''是苦,尊者。''那么,凡是无常、苦、具有变坏性质的东西,合适把它看作是“这是我的,这是我,这是我的自我”吗?''不合适,尊者。''想是恒常的还是无常的?''是无常的,尊者。''那么,凡是无常的,是苦还是乐呢?''是苦,尊者。''那么,凡是无常、苦、具有变坏性质的东西,合适把它看作是“这是我的,这是我,这是我的自我”吗?''不合适,尊者。''诸行是恒常的还是无常的?''是无常的,尊者。''那么,凡是无常的,是苦还是乐呢?''是苦,尊者。''那么,凡是无常、苦、具有变坏性质的东西,合适把它看作是“这是我的,这是我,这是我的自我”吗?''不合适,尊者。''识是恒常的还是无常的?''是无常的,尊者。''那么,凡是无常的,是苦还是乐呢?''是苦,尊者。''那么,凡是无常、苦、具有变坏性质的东西,合适把它看作是“这是我的,这是我,这是我的自我”吗?''不合适,尊者。'
‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti? Aniccaṃ, bhante . Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti? Dukkhaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ – etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attāti? No hetaṃ, bhante. Vedanā niccā vā aniccā vāti? Aniccā, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti? Dukkhaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ – etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attāti? No hetaṃ, bhante. Saññā niccā vā aniccā vāti? Aniccā, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti? Dukkhaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ – etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attāti? No hetaṃ, bhante. Saṅkhārā niccā vā aniccā vāti? Aniccā, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ, dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti? Dukkhaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ – etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attāti? No hetaṃ, bhante. Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti? Aniccaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ, dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti? Dukkhaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ – etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attāti? No hetaṃ, bhante.
22'因此,比丘们,对于任何色身,无论是过去的、未来的、现在的,内在的或外在的,粗大的或细微的,低劣的或殊胜的,远处的或近处的,所有的色身,都应该以正确的智慧如实地看待:这不是我的,这不是我,这不是我的自我。对于任何感受,无论是过去的、未来的、现在的,内在的或外在的,粗大的或细微的,低劣的或殊胜的,远处的或近处的,所有的感受,都应该以正确的智慧如实地看待:这不是我的,这不是我,这不是我的自我。对于任何想,无论是过去的、未来的、现在的,内在的或外在的,粗大的或细微的,低劣的或殊胜的,远处的或近处的,所有的想,都应该以正确的智慧如实地看待:这不是我的,这不是我,这不是我的自我。对于任何行,无论是过去的、未来的、现在的,内在的或外在的,粗大的或细微的,低劣的或殊胜的,远处的或近处的,所有的行,都应该以正确的智慧如实地看待:这不是我的,这不是我,这不是我的自我。对于任何识,无论是过去的、未来的、现在的,内在的或外在的,粗大的或细微的,低劣的或殊胜的,远处的或近处的,所有的识,都应该以正确的智慧如实地看待:这不是我的,这不是我,这不是我的自我。'
‘‘Tasmātiha , bhikkhave, yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ rūpaṃ – netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti – evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yā kāci vedanā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā yā dūre santike vā, sabbā vedanā – netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti – evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yā kāci saññā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā yā dūre santike vā, sabbā saññā – netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti – evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ye keci saṅkhārā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā ye dūre santike vā, sabbe saṅkhārā – netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti – evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ – netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti – evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ.
23“比丘们,当有听闻的圣弟子这样观察时,便对物质厌离,对感受厌离,对想厌离,对种种意志活动厌离,对识厌离。厌离了,就离欲;离欲了,就解脱;解脱时,便有了‘已解脱’的智慧,他知道:‘生已灭尽,梵行已立,应做之事已做完,不再有这轮回的状态了。’”
‘‘Evaṃ passaṃ, bhikkhave, sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmimpi nibbindati, vedanāyapi nibbindati, saññāyapi nibbindati, saṅkhāresupi nibbindati, viññāṇasmimpi nibbindati; nibbindaṃ virajjati; virāgā vimuccati; vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti, ‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānātī’’ti.
24世尊说了这些话。五比丘听了世尊所说,心中欢喜,随喜世尊的教导。就在这段开示被宣说时,五比丘的心,通过不执取,从各种烦恼中解脱了出来。那时,世间有了六位阿拉汉。
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti . Imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne pañcavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsu. Tena kho pana samayena cha loke arahanto honti.
154五群论完
Pañcavaggiyakathā niṭṭhitā.
155第一诵品
Paṭhamabhāṇavāro.
1567. 出家论
7. Pabbajjākathā
25那时,在波罗奈城,有一个名叫耶舍的良家子弟,是富商的儿子,从小生活养尊处优。他有三座宫殿:一座供冬季使用,一座供夏季使用,一座供雨季使用。在雨季的宫殿里,他被无男人的歌舞伎乐所环绕侍奉,整整四个月都不下到地面上的宫殿。一天,这位在五种欲乐中完全满足、备享快乐的良家子弟耶舍,早早地睡着了;他的侍从们也睡着了;一盏油灯彻夜燃烧。然后,良家子弟耶舍早早地醒了过来,看见自己的侍从们正在熟睡:有人的腋下夹着小竖琴,有人的脖子上挂着小鼓,有人的腋下夹着铙钹,有人披头散发,有人流着口水,有人在说梦话。他感觉眼前这一切就像一处停尸场。看到这景象,他心中生起了过患感,他的心倾向于厌离。于是,良家子弟耶舍发出这样的感叹:‘实在令人压抑啊!实在令人逼迫啊!’
Tena kho pana samayena bārāṇasiyaṃ yaso nāma kulaputto seṭṭhiputto sukhumālo hoti. Tassa tayo pāsādā honti – eko hemantiko, eko gimhiko, eko vassiko. So vassike pāsāde cattāro māse nippurisehi tūriyehi paricārayamāno na heṭṭhāpāsādaṃ orohati. Atha kho yasassa kulaputtassa pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitassa samaṅgībhūtassa paricārayamānassa paṭikacceva niddā okkami, parijanassapi niddā okkami, sabbarattiyo ca telapadīpo jhāyati. Atha kho yaso kulaputto paṭikacceva pabujjhitvā addasa sakaṃ parijanaṃ supantaṃ – aññissā kacche vīṇaṃ, aññissā kaṇṭhe mudiṅgaṃ, aññissā kacche āḷambaraṃ, aññaṃ vikesikaṃ, aññaṃ vikkheḷikaṃ, aññā vippalapantiyo, hatthappattaṃ susānaṃ maññe. Disvānassa ādīnavo pāturahosi, nibbidāya cittaṃ saṇṭhāsi. Atha kho yaso kulaputto udānaṃ udānesi – ‘‘upaddutaṃ vata bho, upassaṭṭhaṃ vata bho’’ti.
140接着,良家子弟耶舍穿上黄金拖鞋,向着自己家的大门走去。非人众生为他打开了门,心想:‘不要让任何人成为良家子弟耶舍从在家生活走向出家的障碍。’然后,良家子弟耶舍向着城门走去。非人众生为他打开了门,心想:‘不要让任何人成为良家子弟耶舍从在家生活走向出家的障碍。’然后,良家子弟耶舍向仙人堕处的鹿野苑走去。
Atha kho yaso kulaputto suvaṇṇapādukāyo ārohitvā yena nivesanadvāraṃ tenupasaṅkami. Amanussā dvāraṃ vivariṃsu – mā yasassa kulaputtassa koci antarāyamakāsi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyāti . Atha kho yaso kulaputto yena nagaradvāraṃ tenupasaṅkami. Amanussā dvāraṃ vivariṃsu – mā yasassa kulaputtassa koci antarāyamakāsi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyāti. Atha kho yaso kulaputto yena isipatanaṃ migadāyo tenupasaṅkami.
26那时,世尊在夜晚接近拂晓时起身,正在露天处经行。世尊远远地看到良家子弟耶舍走过来,便从经行道下来,坐在为祂铺设好的座位上。这时,良家子弟耶舍走近世尊不远的地方,发出了感叹:‘实在令人压抑啊!实在令人逼迫啊!’于是,世尊对良家子弟耶舍说:‘耶舍,这里并不压抑,这里也没有逼迫。来,耶舍,坐下吧,我将为你说法。’良家子弟耶舍听了,心想‘据说这里不压抑、没有逼迫’,满心欢喜、雀跃,脱下黄金拖鞋,走到世尊那里,向世尊行礼后,坐在一旁。世尊为坐在一旁的良家子弟耶舍次第说法,即:讲布施、讲持戒、讲升天;解说欲乐的过患、卑劣与染污;解说出离的功德。当世尊知道良家子弟耶舍的心已准备好、柔软、没有障碍、喜悦、净信时,才向他开示佛陀们独有的最崇高的教法:苦、苦的集、苦的灭、灭苦之道。就像一块洁净、去除了黑渍的布能完全吸收染料一样,同样地,就在那个座位上,良家子弟耶舍生起了远离尘垢、无有瑕疵的法眼:‘凡是有集起性质的东西,那一切也都是有灭尽性质的。’
Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya ajjhokāse caṅkamati. Addasā kho bhagavā yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ, disvāna caṅkamā orohitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho yaso kulaputto bhagavato avidūre udānaṃ udānesi – ‘‘upaddutaṃ vata bho, upassaṭṭhaṃ vata bho’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idaṃ kho, yasa, anupaddutaṃ, idaṃ anupassaṭṭhaṃ. Ehi yasa, nisīda, dhammaṃ te desessāmī’’ti. Atha kho yaso kulaputto – idaṃ kira anupaddutaṃ , idaṃ anupassaṭṭhanti haṭṭho udaggo suvaṇṇapādukāhi orohitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho yasassa kulaputtassa bhagavā anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ, kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ, nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā bhagavā aññāsi yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ kallacittaṃ, muducittaṃ, vinīvaraṇacittaṃ, udaggacittaṃ, pasannacittaṃ, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā taṃ pakāsesi – dukkhaṃ, samudayaṃ, nirodhaṃ, maggaṃ. Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva yasassa kulaputtassa tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti.
27这时,良家子弟耶舍的母亲登上宫殿,没看到耶舍,便去到了富商居士那里,对富商居士说:‘居士啊,你的儿子耶舍不见了。’于是,富商居士向四方派出信使,然后亲自前往仙人堕处的鹿野苑。富商居士看到了那双被脱下的黄金拖鞋,见后便顺着踪迹找去。世尊远远地看到富商居士走过来,见后,世尊心想:‘让我显现一个这样的神通变化,使得坐在此处的富商居士,看不到就坐在此处的良家子弟耶舍。’于是,世尊显示了那样的神通变化。富商居士走到世尊那里,对世尊说:‘尊者,世尊您见到良家子弟耶舍了吗?’世尊回答道:‘居士,坐吧。说不定,当你坐在此地时,就能看到也坐在这里的良家子弟耶舍了。’于是,富商居士心想:‘听说我只要坐在这里,就能看到坐在这里的良家子弟耶舍了。’他满怀欢喜,向世尊行礼后,坐在一旁。世尊为坐在一旁的富商居士次第说法,即:讲布施、讲持戒、讲升天;解说欲乐的过患、卑劣与染污;解说出离的功德。当世尊知道富商居士的心已准备好、柔软、没有障碍、喜悦、净信时,才向他开示佛陀们独有的最崇高的教法:苦、苦的集、苦的灭、灭苦之道。就像一块洁净、去除了黑渍的布能完全吸收染料一样,同样地,就在那个座位上,富商居士生起了远离尘垢、无有瑕疵的法眼:‘凡是有集起性质的东西,那一切也都是有灭尽性质的。’这时,已经亲自见到法、证得法、了知法、深入法、超越疑惑、没有彷徨、获得自信、在导师的教法中不需依赖他人的富商居士,对世尊说:‘太殊胜了,尊者!太殊胜了,尊者!尊者,就像把倒扣的翻正过来,把遮盖的揭开,为迷路者指明道路,在黑暗中持来油灯,让有眼者能看见事物;同样地,世尊用种种方式阐明了法。尊者,我归依世尊、归依法、归依比丘僧团。请世尊接受我为近事男,从今日起,直到生命结束,我都已归依。’他成了世间第一位三语归依的近事男。
Atha kho yasassa kulaputtassa mātā pāsādaṃ abhiruhitvā yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ apassantī yena seṭṭhi gahapati tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘putto te, gahapati, yaso na dissatī’’ti. Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati catuddisā assadūte uyyojetvā sāmaṃyeva yena isipatanaṃ migadāyo tenupasaṅkami. Addasā kho seṭṭhi gahapati suvaṇṇapādukānaṃ nikkhepaṃ, disvāna taṃyeva anugamāsi . Addasā kho bhagavā seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ, disvāna bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ tathārūpaṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkhareyyaṃ yathā seṭṭhi gahapati idha nisinno idha nisinnaṃ yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ na passeyyā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā tathārūpaṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharesi. Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘api, bhante, bhagavā yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ passeyyā’’ti? Tena hi, gahapati, nisīda, appeva nāma idha nisinno idha nisinnaṃ yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ passeyyāsīti. Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati – idheva kirāhaṃ nisinno idha nisinnaṃ yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ passissāmīti haṭṭho udaggo bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho seṭṭhissa gahapatissa bhagavā anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ, kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ, nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā bhagavā aññāsi seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ kallacittaṃ, muducittaṃ, vinīvaraṇacittaṃ, udaggacittaṃ, pasannacittaṃ, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā, taṃ pakāsesi – dukkhaṃ, samudayaṃ, nirodhaṃ, maggaṃ. Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya evameva seṭṭhissa gahapatissa tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti. Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṃkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante, seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya – cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantīti – evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dhammañca, bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti . Sova loke paṭhamaṃ upāsako ahosi tevāciko .
28就在为其父说法时,良家子弟耶舍观照着正如他所见、正如他所了知的那个境界,他的心通过不执取,从各种烦恼中解脱了出来。这时,世尊心想:‘在给良家子弟耶舍的父亲说法时,他观照着正如他所见、正如他所了知的那个境界,他的心通过不执取,从烦恼中解脱了。良家子弟耶舍已经不可能再退转回到低俗的欲乐中,像以前做在家人时那样享受了。现在,让我收起那个神通变化吧。’于是世尊收起了那个神通变化。富商居士看到良家子弟耶舍坐在那里,便对他说:‘孩子耶舍啊,你的母亲正沉浸在悲痛忧伤中,你要救你母亲的命啊!’这时,良家子弟耶舍望向了世尊。于是世尊对富商居士说:‘居士,你怎么想呢?一位有学的智慧、有学的知见,已经如你一样见到并了知法义的人,当他观照着正如他所见、正如他所了知的境界时,他的心通过不执取,从烦恼中解脱了。居士,这样的人,还可能退转回去,像以前做在家人时那样享受欲乐吗?’‘那是不可能的,尊者。’‘居士,良家子弟耶舍,正是以有学的智慧、有学的知见,如你一样,已经见到并了知法义。在观照着正如他所见、正如他所了知的境界时,他的心通过不执取,从烦恼中解脱了。居士,良家子弟耶舍,已经不可能再退转回到低俗的欲乐中,像以前做在家人时那样享受了。’富商居士说:‘尊者,这真是良家子弟耶舍的获益,真是良家子弟耶舍的大收获啊!因为良家子弟耶舍的心,已经通过不执取,从烦恼中解脱了。尊者,请世尊今天接受我的供养,并由良家子弟耶舍作为随行比丘吧。’世尊以沉默表示了应允。富商居士知道世尊应允了,便从座起,向世尊行礼,右绕一圈后,离开了。在富商居士离开后不久,良家子弟耶舍对世尊说:‘尊者,我可以在世尊座下出家,接受具足戒吗?’世尊说:‘来吧,比丘!法已善说,修习清净的梵行,以彻底灭尽痛苦吧。’这就是这位尊者接受具足戒的经过。那时,世间有了七位阿拉汉。
Atha kho yasassa kulaputtassa pituno dhamme desiyamāne yathādiṭṭhaṃ yathāviditaṃ bhūmiṃ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucci. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘yasassa kho kulaputtassa pituno dhamme desiyamāne yathādiṭṭhaṃ yathāviditaṃ bhūmiṃ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ. Abhabbo kho yaso kulaputto hīnāyāvattitvā kāme paribhuñjituṃ, seyyathāpi pubbe agārikabhūto; yaṃnūnāhaṃ taṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ paṭippassambheyya’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā taṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ paṭippassambhesi. Addasā kho seṭṭhi gahapati yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ nisinnaṃ, disvāna yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mātā te tāta, yasa, parideva sokasamāpannā, dehi mātuyā jīvita’’nti. Atha kho yaso kulaputto bhagavantaṃ ullokesi. Atha kho bhagavā seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, yassa sekkhena ñāṇena sekkhena dassanena dhammo diṭṭho vidito seyyathāpi tayā? Tassa yathādiṭṭhaṃ yathāviditaṃ bhūmiṃ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ. Bhabbo nu kho so, gahapati, hīnāyāvattitvā kāme paribhuñjituṃ seyyathāpi pubbe agārikabhūto’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Yasassa kho, gahapati, kulaputtassa sekkhena ñāṇena sekkhena dassanena dhammo diṭṭho vidito seyyathāpi tayā. Tassa yathādiṭṭhaṃ yathāviditaṃ bhūmiṃ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ. Abhabbo kho, gahapati, yaso kulaputto hīnāyāvattitvā kāme paribhuñjituṃ seyyathāpi pubbe agārikabhūto’’ti. ‘‘Lābhā, bhante, yasassa kulaputtassa, suladdhaṃ, bhante, yasassa kulaputtassa, yathā yasassa kulaputtassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ. Adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā ajjatanāya bhattaṃ yasena kulaputtena pacchāsamaṇenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho yaso kulaputto acirapakkante seṭṭhimhi gahapatimhi bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘labheyyāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyaṃ upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Ehi bhikkhū’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, cara brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva tassa āyasmato upasampadā ahosi. Tena kho pana samayena satta loke arahanto honti.
162亚萨出家完
Yasassa pabbajjā niṭṭhitā.
29然后,世尊在午前时分,穿好下衣,拿着钵和外衣,由具寿耶舍作为随行比丘在后,前往富商居士的住处。到了之后,坐在铺设好的座位上。这时,具寿耶舍的母亲和前妻,来到世尊那里,向世尊行礼后,坐在一旁。世尊为她们次第说法,即:讲布施、讲持戒、讲升天;解说欲乐的过患、卑劣与染污;解说出离的功德。当世尊知道她们的心已准备好、柔软、没有障碍、喜悦、净信时,才向她们开示佛陀们独有的最崇高的教法:苦、苦的集、苦的灭、灭苦之道。就像一块洁净、去除了黑渍的布能完全吸收染料一样,同样地,就在那个座位上,她们生起了远离尘垢、无有瑕疵的法眼:‘凡是有集起性质的东西,那一切也都是有灭尽性质的。’她们已经亲自见到法、证得法、了知法、深入法、超越疑惑、没有彷徨、获得自信、在导师的教法中不需依赖他人,对世尊说:‘太殊胜了,尊者!太殊胜了,尊者!……尊者,我们归依世尊、归依法、归依比丘僧团。请世尊接受我们为近事女,从今日起,直到生命结束,我们都已归依。’她们成了世间最初的三语归依的近事女。
Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya āyasmatā yasena pacchāsamaṇena yena seṭṭhissa gahapatissa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho āyasmato yasassa mātā ca purāṇadutiyikā ca yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Tāsaṃ bhagavā anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ, kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ, nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā tā bhagavā aññāsi kallacittā, muducittā, vinīvaraṇacittā, udaggacittā, pasannacittā, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā taṃ pakāsesi – dukkhaṃ, samudayaṃ, nirodhaṃ, maggaṃ . Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva tāsaṃ tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti. Tā diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante…pe… etā mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma, dhammañca, bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsikāyo no bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetā saraṇaṃ gatā’’ti. Tā ca loke paṭhamaṃ upāsikā ahesuṃ tevācikā.
145那时,耶舍尊者的母亲、父亲和他的前妻,亲手用丰盛的主食和非主食款待了世尊和耶舍尊者,直到他们吃饱、婉拒了更多食物。在世尊用完餐、将钵从手中拿开后,他们便坐到一边。接着,世尊通过佛法开示,教导、激励、鼓舞了耶舍尊者的母亲、父亲和前妻,令他们心生欢喜,然后从座位起身离开了。
Atha kho āyasmato yasassa mātā ca pitā ca purāṇadutiyikā ca bhagavantañca āyasmantañca yasaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā, bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ, ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmato yasassa mātarañca pitarañca purāṇadutiyikañca dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
30耶舍尊者的四位在俗家时的朋友——维玛罗、苏巴户、富楼那吉、嘎万巴提,他们都是波罗奈城里富豪家族或次等富豪家族的子弟。他们听说:‘据说那位良家子弟耶舍,剃除了须发,穿上袈裟,离开俗家,出家进入无家的生活。’听到这消息后,他们心想:‘显然,能让良家子弟耶舍剃除须发、穿上袈裟、离开俗家而进入无家生活的这个法、这个律,绝非等闲;这样的出家,绝非等闲。’于是,他们前往耶舍尊者那里。到了之后,向耶舍尊者行礼,然后站在一边。接着,耶舍尊者便带着这四位在俗时的朋友前往世尊那里。到了之后,向世尊行礼,然后坐在一边。坐在一边的耶舍尊者对世尊这样说:‘尊者,这是我的四位在俗时的朋友,都是波罗奈城里富豪或次等富豪家
Assosuṃ kho āyasmato yasassa cattāro gihisahāyakā bārāṇasiyaṃ seṭṭhānuseṭṭhīnaṃ kulānaṃ puttā – vimalo, subāhu , puṇṇaji, gavampati – yaso kira kulaputto kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitoti. Sutvāna nesaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘na hi nūna so orako dhammavinayo, na sā orakā pabbajjā, yattha yaso kulaputto kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito’’ti. Te yenāyasmā yaso tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ yasaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Atha kho āyasmā yaso te cattāro gihisahāyake ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā yaso bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ime me, bhante, cattāro gihisahāyakā bārāṇasiyaṃ seṭṭhānuseṭṭhīnaṃ kulānaṃ puttā – vimalo, subāhu, puṇṇaji, gavampati. Ime bhagavā ovadatu anusāsatū’’ti . Tesaṃ bhagavā anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi, yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā, taṃ pakāsesi dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ, seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva tesaṃ tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti. Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Etha bhikkhavo’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi. Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi. Tesaṃ bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṃ anusāsiyamānānaṃ anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsu. Tena kho pana samayena ekādasa loke arahanto honti.
166四居士友出家完
Catugihisahāyakapabbajjā niṭṭhitā.
31耶舍尊者的另外约五十位在俗时的朋友也听说了,他们都是来自各地的、前后相续世代良善家族的子弟。他们听说:‘那位良家子弟耶舍,剃除了须发,穿上袈裟,离开俗家,出家进入无家的生活。’听到这消息后,他们心想:‘显然,能让良家子弟耶舍剃除须发、穿上袈裟、离开俗家而进入无家生活的这个法、这个律,绝非等闲;这样的出家,绝非等闲。’于是,他们前往耶舍尊者那里。到了之后,向耶舍尊者行礼,然后站在一边。接着,耶舍尊者便带着这约五十位在俗时的朋友前往世尊那里。到了之后,向世尊行礼,然后坐在一边。坐在一边的耶舍尊者对世尊这样说:‘尊者,我的这约五十位在俗时的朋友,都是来自各地的、前后相续世代良善家族的子弟。请世尊教导、指引他们。’于是,世尊为他们次第说法,也就是说,他开示了布施的论题、持戒的论题、生天的论题,并揭示了感官欲乐的过患、卑劣、杂染,以及在出离中的功德利益。当世尊知道他们的心已经准备好、柔软、没有障碍、欢喜、净信时,他便开示了诸佛独有无比的法教——苦、苦的集起、苦的灭尽、趣向苦灭的道路。正如一块洁净、去除了黑点的布料,能完美地吸收染料一样,就在那座座位之上,他们生起了远离尘垢、无有瑕疵的法眼:‘任何有集起性质的法,全部都有灭去的性质。’他们已经亲见了法、证得了法、了知了法、彻底洞彻了法,度越了疑惑,远离了犹豫,在导师的教法中获得了不依赖他人的自信。他们对世尊这样说:‘尊者,我们能否在世尊座下出家,能否获得具足戒?’世尊说:‘来吧,比丘们!法已经被很好地宣说了,为了彻底地灭尽苦,来修习梵行吧!’这便是这些尊者获得具足戒的方式。接着,世尊用佛法开示教导、指引这些比丘。当这些比丘在世尊的佛法开示中接受教导和指引时,他们的心不再执取,而从诸漏中解脱出来。那时,世间有了六十一位阿拉汉。
Assosuṃ kho āyasmato yasassa paññāsamattā gihisahāyakā jānapadā pubbānupubbakānaṃ kulānaṃ puttā – yaso kira kulaputto kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitoti. Sutvāna nesaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘na hi nūna so orako dhammavinayo, na sā orakā pabbajjā, yattha yaso kulaputto kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito’’ti. Te yenāyasmā yaso tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ yasaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Atha kho āyasmā yaso te paññāsamatte gihisahāyake ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā yaso bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ime me, bhante, paññāsamattā gihisahāyakā jānapadā pubbānupubbakānaṃ kulānaṃ puttā. Ime bhagavā ovadatu anusāsatū’’ti. Tesaṃ bhagavā anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā, taṃ pakāsesi dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ, seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva tesaṃ tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti. Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Etha bhikkhavo’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi. Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi. Tesaṃ bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṃ anusāsiyamānānaṃ anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsu. Tena kho pana samayena ekasaṭṭhi loke arahanto honti.
168五十居士友出家完
Paññāsagihisahāyakapabbajjā niṭṭhitā.
169出家论完
Niṭṭhitā ca pabbajjākathā.
1708. 魔论
8. Mārakathā
32那时,世尊对比丘们说:‘比丘们,我已经从一切束缚中解脱了,无论那是属于天界的或是人间的。比丘们,你们也已经从一切束缚中解脱了,无论那是属于天界的或是人间的。比丘们,为了众多人的利益、为了众多人的安乐、为了对世间的悲悯,为了天神与人类的福祉、利益、安乐,出发游方去吧!不要两个人走同一条路。比丘们,去宣说法吧,这法在开头、中间、结尾都是吉祥的,有意义、有词句,去开显这完全圆满、全然清净的梵行吧。这世间有众生,他们只有少许的尘垢;由于没有听闻到法,他们正在退失;他们将会成为了解法义的人。比丘们,我呢,将为了说法,前往优楼频螺的将军村。’
Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘muttāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sabbapāsehi, ye dibbā ye ca mānusā. Tumhepi, bhikkhave , muttā sabbapāsehi, ye dibbā ye ca mānusā. Caratha, bhikkhave, cārikaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Mā ekena dve agamittha. Desetha, bhikkhave, dhammaṃ ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāsetha. Santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā , assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro. Ahampi, bhikkhave, yena uruvelā senānigamo tenupasaṅkamissāmi dhammadesanāyā’’ti.
33那时,邪恶的魔罗来到世尊那里。到了之后,用偈颂对世尊说:
Atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –
150‘你已被一切束缚所缚,无论是天界的还是人间的; 你已被大系缚所缚,沙门啊,你无法从我这里逃脱。’
‘‘Baddhosi sabbapāsehi, ye dibbā ye ca mānusā;
151‘我已从一切束缚中解脱,无论是天界的还是人间的;
Mahābandhanabaddhosi, na me samaṇa mokkhasī’’ti.
152「我已从一切系缚解脱,无论是天的或人的;
‘‘Muttāhaṃ sabbapāsehi, ye dibbā ye ca mānusā;
153我已经挣脱了大网,你,死神,已被我击溃。
Mahābandhanamuttomhi, nihato tvamasi antakāti.
154那个在空中游荡的陷阱,那个在心意中活动的陷阱,
‘‘Antalikkhacaro pāso, yvāyaṃ carati mānaso;
155我就要用它来束缚你,沙门,你无法从我这里逃脱。
Tena taṃ bādhayissāmi, na me samaṇa mokkhasīti.
156色、声、香、味,还有合心意的触,
‘‘Rūpā saddā rasā gandhā, phoṭṭhabbā ca manoramā;
157对这些东西,我的欲望已经消失了,你,死神,已被我击溃。
Ettha me vigato chando, nihato tvamasi antakā’’ti.
181于是恶魔——世尊知我,善逝知我——苦恼忧愁
Atha kho māro pāpimā – jānāti maṃ bhagavā, jānāti maṃ sugatoti dukkhī dummano
158他就在那里消失不见了。
Tatthevantaradhāyīti.
183魔论完
Mārakathā niṭṭhitā.
1849. 出家达上论
9. Pabbajjūpasampadākathā
34那时,比丘们从四面八方、各个地方带回了那些想要出家的人和想要受具足戒的人,心想:世尊会让他们出家,会给他们受具足戒的。结果,比丘们自己很辛苦,那些想要出家和受具足戒的人也很辛苦。那时,世尊独自在安静处时,心里生起了这样的念头:“现在,比丘们从四面八方、各个地方带回了那些想要出家和受具足戒的人,心想:‘世尊会让他们出家,会给他们受具足戒的。’结果,比丘们自己很辛苦,那些想要出家和受具足戒的人也很辛苦。我何不允许比丘们:‘诸比丘们,现在你们自己在任何方向、任何地方,都可以为人出家、为人受具足戒吧。’”那时,世尊在傍晚时分,从独自禅修中起身,以此因缘、以此事件,做了佛法开示后,对比丘们说:“诸比丘们,我独自在安静处时,心里生起了这样的念头:‘现在,比丘们从四面八方、各个地方带回了那些想要出家和受具足戒的人…… 我何不允许比丘们:诸比丘们,现在你们自己在任何方向、任何地方,都可以为人出家、为人受具足戒。’”诸比丘们,我现在允许你们:现在,你们自己在任何方向、任何地方,都可以为人出家、为人受具足戒。而且,诸比丘们,应该这样为人出家、为人受具足戒:
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū nānādisā nānājanapadā pabbajjāpekkhe ca upasampadāpekkhe ca ānenti – bhagavā ne pabbājessati upasampādessatīti. Tattha bhikkhū ceva kilamanti pabbajjāpekkhā ca upasampadāpekkhā ca. Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘‘etarahi kho bhikkhū nānādisā nānājanapadā pabbajjāpekkhe ca upasampadāpekkhe ca ānenti – bhagavā ne pabbājessati upasampādessatīti. Tattha bhikkhū ceva kilamanti pabbajjāpekkhā ca upasampadāpekkhā ca. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anujāneyyaṃ – tumheva dāni, bhikkhave, tāsu tāsu disāsu tesu tesu janapadesu pabbājetha upasampādethā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘idha mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘etarahi kho bhikkhū nānādisā nānājanapadā pabbajjāpekkhe ca upasampadāpekkhe ca ānenti bhagavā ne pabbājessati upasampādessatīti, tattha bhikkhū ceva kilamanti pabbajjāpekkhā ca upasampadāpekkhā ca, yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anujāneyyaṃ tumheva dāni, bhikkhave, tāsu tāsu disāsu tesu tesu janapadesu pabbājetha upasampādethā’’’ti, anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tumheva dāni tāsu tāsu disāsu tesu tesu janapadesu pabbājetha upasampādetha. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, pabbājetabbo upasampādetabbo –
160首先,让他剃除须发,穿上袈裟衣,把上衣搭在一肩,向比丘们的足下顶礼,蹲坐下来,让他合掌,然后应该教他这样说:“我归依佛,我归依法,我归依僧。我第二次归依佛,我第二次归依法,我第二次归依僧。我第三次归依佛,我第三次归依法,我第三次归依僧。”诸比丘们,我允许通过这三遍归依的方式出家并受具足戒。
Paṭhamaṃ kesamassuṃ ohārāpetvā , kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādāpetvā, ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ kārāpetvā, bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vandāpetvā, ukkuṭikaṃ nisīdāpetvā, añjaliṃ paggaṇhāpetvā, evaṃ vadehīti vattabbo – buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi; dutiyampi buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyampi dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyampi saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi; tatiyampi buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyampi dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyampi saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmī’’ti. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi tīhi saraṇagamanehi pabbajjaṃ upasampada’’nti.
187三归依达上论完
Tīhi saraṇagamanehi upasampadākathā niṭṭhitā.
18810. 第二魔论
10. Dutiyamārakathā
35那时,世尊在雨安居结束后,对众比丘说:“比丘们,我通过如理作意和如理精勤,证得了无上的解脱,亲证了无上的解脱。比丘们,你们也应当通过如理作意和如理精勤,去证得无上的解脱,去亲证无上的解脱。” 接着,邪恶的魔罗走近世尊。走到后,以偈颂对世尊说:
Atha kho bhagavā vassaṃvuṭṭho bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘mayhaṃ kho, bhikkhave, yoniso manasikārā yoniso sammappadhānā anuttarā vimutti anuppattā, anuttarā vimutti sacchikatā . Tumhepi, bhikkhave, yoniso manasikārā yoniso sammappadhānā anuttaraṃ vimuttiṃ anupāpuṇātha, anuttaraṃ vimuttiṃ sacchikarothā’’ti. Atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –
162“你被魔罗的罗网绑住了,无论是天界的还是人间的;
‘‘Baddhosi mārapāsehi, ye dibbā ye ca mānusā;
163你被巨大的束缚绑住了,沙门,你逃不出我的掌心。”
Mahābandhanabaddhosi , na me samaṇa mokkhasī’’ti.
164“我已从魔罗的罗网中解脱,无论是天界的还是人间的;
‘‘Muttāhaṃ mārapāsehi, ye dibbā ye ca mānusā;
165我已从巨大的束缚中解脱,终结者啊,你已被击溃。”
Mahābandhanamuttomhi , nihato tvamasi antakā’’ti.
194于是恶魔——世尊知我,善逝知我——苦恼忧愁
Atha kho māro pāpimā – jānāti maṃ bhagavā, jānāti maṃ sugatoti dukkhī dummano
166说完,他就在那里消失了。
Tatthevantaradhāyi.
196第二魔论完
Dutiyamārakathā niṭṭhitā.
19711. 跋陀瓦其亚事
11. Bhaddavaggiyavatthu
36那时,世尊在波罗奈随心所欲地住了一段时间后,就向优楼频螺方向开始游行。那时,世尊离开大路,走进一处丛林。进入丛林后,在一棵树下坐下。当时,有大约三十位跋达瓦基耶族的贤友青年,带着各自的妻子,正在那处丛林里游玩。其中有一个人没有妻子,为了他,朋友们找了一位妓女来。可是,当他们玩得忘乎所以时,那个妓女就偷了他们的财物逃跑了。这时,那些青年们为了帮那个朋友办事,寻找那个女人,在丛林里四处搜寻,看到了世尊正坐在一棵树下。看见后,他们来到世尊面前,对世尊这样说:“尊者,请问世尊见到一个女人了吗?” “年轻人,你们找女人做什么呢?” “尊者,我们是大约三十位跋达瓦基耶族的贤友,带着各自的妻子在这里的丛林游玩。其中有一个人没有妻子,我们为他找了一个妓女。尊者,可是当我们玩得忘乎所以的时候,那个妓女就偷了我们的财物逃跑了。尊者,我们这些朋友为了帮那个朋友的忙,寻找那个女人,才在这丛林里四处寻找。” “年轻人,你们觉得怎么样?是去寻找那个女人更好,还是去寻找你们自己更好呢?” “尊者,对我们来说,去寻找我们自己当然更好。” “那么,年轻人,你们坐下吧,我要为你们说法。” “好的,尊者。” 那些跋达瓦基耶族的贤友青年,顶礼世尊后,坐在一边。世尊为他们开示了次第说法,即:宣说了布施说、持戒说、生天说;解说了感官欲乐的过患、卑劣与染污,以及出离的功德利益。当世尊知道他们的心已变得柔软、调柔、没有障碍、昂扬、净信时,便为他们开示了诸佛最殊胜的教法:苦、集、灭、道。就像一块洁净的、去除了黑垢的布,能够完美地吸收染料一样,同样地,就在他们坐着的地方,那远离尘垢、没有瑕疵的法眼,对他们生起了:“凡是任何具有生起性质的法,这一切都具有灭去的性质。” 他们已见到法、证得法、了解法、深入法,越过了疑惑,远离了犹豫,获得了自信,在导师的教法中不再依赖他人,他们对世尊这样说:“尊者,我们愿在世尊座下出家,愿得具足戒。” “来吧,比丘们,” 世尊说:“法已善说,请你们修习梵行,为的是彻底灭尽痛苦。” 这样,这便成了那些尊者们受具足戒的仪式。
Atha kho bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena uruvelā tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma yena aññataro vanasaṇḍo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ ajjhogāhetvā aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi. Tena kho pana samayena tiṃsamattā bhaddavaggiyā sahāyakā sapajāpatikā tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe paricārenti. Ekassa pajāpati nāhosi; tassa atthāya vesī ānītā ahosi. Atha kho sā vesī tesu pamattesu paricārentesu bhaṇḍaṃ ādāya palāyittha. Atha kho te sahāyakā sahāyakassa veyyāvaccaṃ karontā, taṃ itthiṃ gavesantā, taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ āhiṇḍantā addasaṃsu bhagavantaṃ aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisinnaṃ. Disvāna yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘api, bhante, bhagavā ekaṃ itthiṃ passeyyā’’ti? ‘‘Kiṃ pana vo, kumārā, itthiyā’’ti? ‘‘Idha mayaṃ, bhante, tiṃsamattā bhaddavaggiyā sahāyakā sapajāpatikā imasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe paricārimhā. Ekassa pajāpati nāhosi; tassa atthāya vesī ānītā ahosi. Atha kho sā, bhante , vesī amhesu pamattesu paricārentesu bhaṇḍaṃ ādāya palāyittha. Te mayaṃ, bhante, sahāyakā sahāyakassa veyyāvaccaṃ karontā, taṃ itthiṃ gavesantā, imaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ āhiṇḍāmā’’ti. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññatha vo, kumārā, katamaṃ nu kho tumhākaṃ varaṃ – yaṃ vā tumhe itthiṃ gaveseyyātha, yaṃ vā attānaṃ gaveseyyāthā’’ti? ‘‘Etadeva, bhante, amhākaṃ varaṃ yaṃ mayaṃ attānaṃ gaveseyyāmā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi vo, kumārā, nisīdatha, dhammaṃ vo desessāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhaddavaggiyā sahāyakā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Tesaṃ bhagavā anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi, yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā, taṃ pakāsesi dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ, seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva tesaṃ tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti. Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Etha bhikkhavo’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi.
199跋陀瓦其亚友事完
Bhaddavaggiyasahāyakānaṃ vatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.
200第二诵品
Dutiyabhāṇavāro.
20112. 伍儒韦喇神变论
12. Uruvelapāṭihāriyakathā
37那时,世尊一路次第游行,来到了优楼频螺。当时,在优楼频螺住着三位结发苦行者:优楼频螺迦叶、那提迦叶和伽耶迦叶。其中,结发苦行者优楼频螺迦叶是五百位结发苦行者的领导者、引导者、首领、领导者与首要人物。结发苦行者那提迦叶是三百位结发苦行者的领导者、引导者、首领、领导者与首要人物。结发苦行者伽耶迦叶是二百位结发苦行者的领导者、引导者、首领、领导者与首要人物。那时,世尊前往结发苦行者优楼频螺迦叶的隐居处。到达后,对结发苦行者优楼频螺迦叶这样说:“迦叶,如果不麻烦你的话,我想在你的火堂里住一晚。” “大沙门,对我来说倒不麻烦,只是那里有一条凶猛、有神通、剧毒的龙王,我怕它伤害你。” 第二次,世尊又对结发苦行者优楼频螺迦叶这样说:“迦叶,如果不麻烦你的话,我想在你的火堂里住一晚。” “大沙门,对我来说倒不麻烦,只是那里有一条凶猛、有神通、剧毒的龙王,我怕它伤害你。” 第三次,世尊再次对结发苦行者优楼频螺迦叶这样说:“迦叶,如果不麻烦你的话,我想在你的火堂里住一晚。” “大沙门,对我来说倒不麻烦,只是那里有一条凶猛、有神通、剧毒的龙王,我怕它伤害你。” “它未必能伤害我。来吧,迦叶,请允许我用火堂吧。” “住吧,大沙门,随你所愿。” 于是,世尊进入火堂,铺好草垫,结跏趺坐,端正身体,将正念安住在面前。
Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena uruvelā tadavasari. Tena kho pana samayena uruvelāyaṃ tayo jaṭilā paṭivasanti – uruvelakassapo, nadīkassapo, gayākassapoti. Tesu uruvelakassapo jaṭilo pañcannaṃ jaṭilasatānaṃ nāyako hoti, vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho. Nadīkassapo jaṭilo tiṇṇaṃ jaṭilasatānaṃ nāyako hoti, vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho. Gayākassapo jaṭilo dvinnaṃ jaṭilasatānaṃ nāyako hoti, vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho. Atha kho bhagavā yena uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa assamo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sace te, kassapa , agaru, vaseyyāma ekarattaṃ agyāgāre’’ti? ‘‘Na kho me, mahāsamaṇa, garu, caṇḍettha nāgarājā iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso, so taṃ mā viheṭhesī’’ti. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sace te, kassapa, agaru, vaseyyāma ekarattaṃ agyāgāre’’ti? ‘‘Na kho me, mahāsamaṇa, garu, caṇḍettha nāgarājā iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso, so taṃ mā viheṭhesī’’ti. Tatiyampi kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sace te, kassapa, agaru, vaseyyāma ekarattaṃ agyāgāre’’ti? ‘‘Na kho me, mahāsamaṇa, garu, caṇḍettha nāgarājā iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso, so taṃ mā viheṭhesī’’ti. ‘‘Appeva maṃ na viheṭheyya, iṅgha tvaṃ, kassapa, anujānāhi agyāgāra’’nti. ‘‘Vihara, mahāsamaṇa, yathāsukha’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā agyāgāraṃ pavisitvā tiṇasanthārakaṃ paññapetvā nisīdi pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā.
38那时,那条龙王看见世尊走进去了,一看见就心里不痛快,开始喷烟。这时世尊心里想:‘我不如在不伤害这条龙的皮肤、肉、筋、骨、骨髓的情况下,用我的火元素降服它的火元素吧。’于是,世尊调动了那样的神通行,也喷起烟来。那条龙王受不了这种压制,就喷起火来。世尊也入火界定,喷起火来。两边都着起火来,那间火室就像起火燃烧的屋子一样,火焰炽盛。这时,那些结发苦行者围着火室,纷纷说:‘唉,这位大沙门长得这么庄严,却被龙王这么折腾!’那一夜过去之后,世尊在不伤害那条龙的皮肤、肉、筋、骨、骨髓的情况下,用火元素降服了它的火元素,把它收进钵里,展示给结发苦行者优楼频螺·迦叶看,说:‘迦叶,这是你的那条龙,它的火元素已经被降服了,是用火元素降服的火元素。’那时,结发苦行者优楼频螺·迦叶心里想:‘这位大沙门真是有大神通、大威力,竟然能用火元素降服那条凶暴、有神通、有毒牙、毒性强烈的龙王。不过,他还不是像我这样的阿拉汉。’
Addasā kho so nāgo bhagavantaṃ paviṭṭhaṃ, disvāna dummano padhūpāyi . Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ imassa nāgassa anupahacca chaviñca cammañca maṃsañca nhāruñca aṭṭhiñca aṭṭhimiñjañca tejasā tejaṃ pariyādiyeyya’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā tathārūpaṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharitvā padhūpāyi. Atha kho so nāgo makkhaṃ asahamāno pajjali. Bhagavāpi tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā pajjali. Ubhinnaṃ sajotibhūtānaṃ agyāgāraṃ ādittaṃ viya hoti sampajjalitaṃ sajotibhūtaṃ. Atha kho te jaṭilā agyāgāraṃ parivāretvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘abhirūpo vata bho mahāsamaṇo nāgena viheṭhiyatī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā tassā rattiyā accayena tassa nāgassa anupahacca chaviñca cammañca maṃsañca nhāruñca aṭṭhiñca aṭṭhimiñjañca tejasā tejaṃ pariyādiyitvā patte pakkhipitvā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa dassesi – ‘‘ayaṃ te, kassapa, nāgo pariyādinno assa tejasā tejo’’ti. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma caṇḍassa nāgarājassa iddhimato āsivisassa ghoravisassa tejasā tejaṃ pariyādiyissati, natveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti.
170世尊在尼连禅河边,对结发苦行者优楼频螺·迦叶说:
Nerañjarāyaṃ bhagavā, uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ avoca;
171‘迦叶,如果你不觉得不方便的话,我想今天在你火室里住一晚。’
‘‘Sace te kassapa agaru, viharemu ajjaṇho aggisālamhī’’ti .
172‘大沙门,我没有什么不方便的;
‘‘Na kho me mahāsamaṇa garu;
173只是我出于关心你的安稳,想劝阻你;
Phāsukāmova taṃ nivāremi;
174那里面有一条凶暴的龙王,
Caṇḍettha nāgarājā;
175具足神通,有毒牙,毒性强烈;
Iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso;
176但愿它不要伤害你。’
So taṃ mā viheṭhesī’’ti.
177但愿他不伤害我;
‘‘Appeva maṃ na viheṭheyya;
178喂,迦叶,请允许我使用火堂吧!
Iṅgha tvaṃ kassapa anujānāhi agyāgāra’’nti;
179知道迦叶已应允后,
Dinnanti naṃ viditvā;
180他无畏地进入,完全超越了恐惧。
Abhīto pāvisi bhayamatīto.
181蛇王看见这位仙人进入,心中不悦,喷出了烟雾;
Disvā isiṃ paviṭṭhaṃ, ahināgo dummano padhūpāyi;
182而心满意足、志得意满的,人中龙象也在那里喷出烟雾。
Sumanamanaso adhimano , manussanāgopi tattha padhūpāyi.
183蛇王无法忍受愤怒,像火焰般猛烈燃烧;
Makkhañca asahamāno, ahināgo pāvakova pajjali;
184人中龙象通晓火界,也就在那里发出照耀的火焰。
Tejodhātusu kusalo, manussanāgopi tattha pajjali.
185两者都炽燃。
Ubhinnaṃ sajotibhūtānaṃ;
186火堂已经着火,烈火熊熊,一片炽燃。
Agyāgāraṃ ādittaṃ hoti sampajjalitaṃ sajotibhūtaṃ;
187那些结发外道纷纷赶来。
Udicchare jaṭilā;
188‘啊呀,这位大沙门真庄严!’
‘‘Abhirūpo vata bho mahāsamaṇo;
189他们说:‘他被龙王害了。’
Nāgena viheṭhiyatī’’ti bhaṇanti.
190那个夜晚过后,
Atha tassā rattiyā accayena;
191龙的火焰熄灭了,
Hatā nāgassa acciyo honti ;
192而那位具大神通的世尊却安然站着。
Iddhimato pana ṭhitā ;
193各色的火焰生起。
Anekavaṇṇā acciyo honti.
194有青的,有红的;
Nīlā atha lohitikā;
195深红色、黄色、水晶般的光色;
Mañjiṭṭhā pītakā phalikavaṇṇāyo;
196在光耀者身上。
Aṅgīrasassa kāye;
197各色的火焰生起。
Anekavaṇṇā acciyo honti.
198放入钵中之后,
Pattamhi odahitvā;
199向那位婆罗门展示了龙王;
Ahināgaṃ brāhmaṇassa dassesi;
200「迦叶,这就是你那条龙!」
‘‘Ayaṃ te kassapa nāgo;
201他的光芒被他的光芒所压过了。
Pariyādinno assa tejasā tejo’’ti.
202那时,结发者优楼频螺迦叶对世尊这神通变化生起了极大的信心,他对世尊这样说:“大沙门,请您就住在这里,我会为您提供常供的饮食。”
Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavato iminā iddhipāṭihāriyena abhippasanno bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idheva, mahāsamaṇa, vihara, ahaṃ te dhuvabhattenā’’ti.
237第一神变
Paṭhamaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ.
40那时,世尊就住在结发者优楼频螺迦叶的草庵附近的一处林野里。到了深夜,有四位光芒殊胜、照亮了整个林野的四大天王,来到了世尊那里。他们走近之后,向世尊行礼,然后像巨大的火堆一样,站立在四个方向。那一夜过后,结发者优楼频螺迦叶来到世尊那里,这样问道:“大沙门,时间到了,饭已经准备好了。昨晚深夜,是哪几位光芒殊胜、照亮了整个林野的尊者来到您这里?他们来了之后,向您行礼,然后像巨大的火堆一样,站在了四个方向。”“迦叶,那是四大天王,他们来我这里是为了听法。”那时,结发者优楼频螺迦叶心里就想:“这位大沙门确实有大神通、大威力,连四大天王都来听他讲法。但我自己,也还不能算是个阿拉汉。”之后,世尊享用了结发者优楼频螺迦叶的供养,又回到了那片林野里住下。
Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa assamassa avidūre aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe vihāsi. Atha kho cattāro mahārājāno abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā catuddisā aṭṭhaṃsu seyyathāpi mahantā aggikkhandhā. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattaṃ. Ke nu kho te, mahāsamaṇa, abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena tvaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu , upasaṅkamitvā taṃ abhivādetvā catuddisā aṭṭhaṃsu ‘‘seyyathāpi mahantā aggikkhandhā’’ti. ‘‘Ete kho, kassapa, cattāro mahārājāno yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu dhammassavanāyā’’ti. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma cattāropi mahārājāno upasaṅkamissanti dhammassavanāya, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tasmiṃyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.
239第二神变
Dutiyaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ.
41到了深夜,有一位光芒殊胜、照亮了整个林野的天帝释来了。他比先前那些光体更加殊胜、更加美妙。他来到世尊那里,向世尊行礼后,像一团巨大无比的火堆一样,站在一旁。那一夜过后,结发者优楼频螺迦叶来到世尊那里,这样问道:“大沙门,时间到了,饭已经准备好了。昨晚深夜,是哪位光芒殊胜、照亮了整个林野的尊者来到您这里?他来了之后,向您行礼,然后像一团巨大无比的火堆一样站在一旁,看起来比先前那些光体更加殊胜、更加美妙。”“迦叶,那是天帝释,他来我这里是为了听法。”那时,结发者优楼频螺迦叶心里就想:“这位大沙门确实有大神通、大威力,连天帝释都来听他讲法。但我自己,也还不能算是个阿拉汉。”之后,世尊享用了结发者优楼频螺迦叶的供养,又回到了那片林野里住下。
Atha kho sakko devānamindo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami , upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahāaggikkhandho, purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattaṃ. Ko nu kho so, mahāsamaṇa, abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena tvaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahāaggikkhandho, purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā’’ti? ‘‘Eso kho, kassapa, sakko devānamindo yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami dhammassavanāyā’’ti. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma sakkopi devānamindo upasaṅkamissati dhammassavanāya, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tasmiṃyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.
241第三神变
Tatiyaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ.
42到了深夜,又有娑婆主梵天,光芒殊胜,照亮了整个林野。他比先前那些光体更加殊胜、更加美妙。他来到世尊那里,向世尊行礼后,像一团巨大无比的火堆一样,站在一旁。那一夜过后,结发者优楼频螺迦叶来到世尊那里,这样问道:“大沙门,时间到了,饭已经准备好了。昨晚深夜,是哪位光芒殊胜、照亮了整个林野的尊者来到您这里?他来了之后,向您行礼,然后像一团巨大无比的火堆一样站在一旁,看起来比先前那些光体更加殊胜、更加美妙。”“迦叶,那是娑婆主梵天,他来我这里是为了听法。”那时,结发者优楼频螺迦叶心里就想:“这位大沙门确实有大神通、大威力,连娑婆主梵天都来听他讲法。但我自己,也还不能算是个阿拉汉。”之后,世尊享用了结发者优楼频螺迦叶的供养,又回到了那片林野里住下。
Atha kho brahmā sahampati abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahāaggikkhandho, purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattaṃ. Ko nu kho so, mahāsamaṇa, abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena tvaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahāaggikkhandho, purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā’’ti? ‘‘Eso kho, kassapa, brahmā sahampati yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami dhammassavanāyā’’ti. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma brahmāpi sahampati upasaṅkamissati dhammassavanāya, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tasmiṃyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.
243第四神变
Catutthaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ.
43就在那时候,结发者优楼频螺迦叶将要举行一场大祭祀,整个鸯伽国和摩揭陀国的人们都准备带着大量的硬食和软食前来参加。那时,结发者优楼频螺迦叶心里生起了一个念头:“我的大祭祀马上就要举行了,整个鸯伽国和摩揭陀国的人都会带着大量食物前来。如果大沙门当着那么多人的面施展神通,大沙门的名闻利养就会增长,我的名闻利养就会衰减。哎呀,希望大沙门明天不要来。”世尊以心感知了结发者优楼频螺迦叶的念头后,就去了北俱卢洲,从那里取来了托钵的食物,在阿耨达池享用了它,并在那里度过了白天。那一夜过后,结发者优楼频螺迦叶来到世尊那里,这样问道:“大沙门,时间到了,饭已经准备好了。您昨天怎么没来呢?我们还惦记着您呢,心说‘大沙门怎么没来’。我们给您留了一份硬食和软食。”“迦叶,你当时心里是不是这样想:‘我的大祭祀马上就要举行了,整个鸯伽国和摩揭陀国的人都会带着大量食物前来。如果大沙门当着那么多人的面施展神通,大沙门的名闻利养就会增长,我的名闻利养就会衰减。哎呀,希望大沙门明天不要来。’迦叶,我感知到了你的这个念头,所以就去了北俱卢洲,从那里取来了托钵的食物,在阿耨达池享用了它,并在那里度过了白天。”那时,结发者优楼频螺迦叶心里就想:“这位大沙门确实有大神通、大威力,连别人的心思都能知道。但我自己,也还不能算是个阿拉汉。”之后,世尊享用了结发者优楼频螺迦叶的供养,又回到了那片林野里住下。
Tena kho pana samayena uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa mahāyañño paccupaṭṭhito hoti, kevalakappā ca aṅgamagadhā pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ ādāya abhikkamitukāmā honti . Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘etarahi kho me mahāyañño paccupaṭṭhito, kevalakappā ca aṅgamagadhā pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ ādāya abhikkamissanti. Sace mahāsamaṇo mahājanakāye iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ karissati , mahāsamaṇassa lābhasakkāro abhivaḍḍhissati, mama lābhasakkāro parihāyissati. Aho nūna mahāsamaṇo svātanāya nāgaccheyyā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya uttarakuruṃ gantvā tato piṇḍapātaṃ āharitvā anotattadahe paribhuñjitvā tattheva divāvihāraṃ akāsi. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattaṃ. Kiṃ nu kho, mahāsamaṇa, hiyyo nāgamāsi? Api ca mayaṃ taṃ sarāma – kiṃ nu kho mahāsamaṇo nāgacchatīti? Khādanīyassa ca bhojanīyassa ca te paṭivīso ṭhapito’’ti. Nanu te, kassapa, etadahosi – ‘‘‘etarahi kho me mahāyañño paccupaṭṭhito, kevalakappā ca aṅgamagadhā pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ ādāya abhikkamissanti, sace mahāsamaṇo mahājanakāye iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ karissati, mahāsamaṇassa lābhasakkāro abhivaḍḍhissati, mama lābhasakkāro parihāyissati, aho nūna mahāsamaṇo svātanāya nāgaccheyyā’ti. So kho ahaṃ, kassapa, tava cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya uttarakuruṃ gantvā tato piṇḍapātaṃ āharitvā anotattadahe paribhuñjitvā tattheva divāvihāraṃ akāsi’’nti. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma cetasāpi cittaṃ pajānissati , na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tasmiṃyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.
245第五神变
Pañcamaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ.
44就在那时候,世尊有了一件粪扫衣。世尊那时就想:“我该在哪里洗这件粪扫衣呢?”天帝释感知到世尊的心思后,就用手挖出一个池塘,然后对世尊说:“尊者,请在这里洗粪扫衣吧。”接着,世尊又想:“我该在什么东西上搓揉这件粪扫衣呢?”天帝释感知到世尊的念头后,就放下一块大石头,说:“尊者,请在这上面搓揉粪扫衣吧。”然后,世尊又想:“我该抓着什么上岸呢?”这时,一位住在迦拘陀树上的树神,感知到世尊的念头后,就弯下了一根树枝,说:“尊者,请抓着这个上岸吧。”世尊接着又想:“我该在哪里晾晒这件粪扫衣呢?”天帝释感知到世尊的念头后,又放下一块大石头,说:“尊者,请在这上面晾晒粪扫衣吧。”那一夜过后,结发者优楼频螺迦叶来到世尊那里,这样问道:“大沙门,时间到了,饭已经准备好了。大沙门,这里以前没有池塘,现在怎么有了个池塘?这些石头以前也没放在这里,是谁放的呢?这棵迦拘陀树的树枝以前也没有弯下来,现在怎么弯下来了?”于是,世尊就把事情的经过告诉了他:“迦叶,我那时有了一件粪扫衣。我就想:‘我该在哪里洗呢?’迦叶,天帝释感知到了我的心思,就用手挖了这个池塘,对我说:‘尊者,请在这里洗粪扫衣吧。’迦叶,这个池塘就是那非人用手挖出来的。接着我又想:‘我该在什么东西上搓揉呢?’迦叶,天帝释感知到我的念头后,就放了这块大石头,说:‘尊者,请在这上面搓揉粪扫衣吧。’迦叶,这块石头就是那非人放下的。然后我又想:‘我该抓着什么上岸呢?’迦叶,住在迦拘陀树上的树神感知到我的念头后,就弯下了树枝,说:‘尊者,请抓着这个上岸吧。’这棵迦拘陀树现在就是这个样子。之后我又想:‘我该在哪里晾晒呢?’迦叶,天帝释感知到我的念头后,就放了这块大石头,说:‘尊者,请在这上面晾晒粪扫衣吧。’迦叶,这块石头也是那非人放下的。”那时,结发者优楼频螺迦叶心里就想:“这位大沙门确实有大神通、大威力,连天帝释都亲自来为他服务。但我自己,也还不能算是个阿拉汉。”之后,世尊享用了结发者优楼频螺迦叶的供养,又回到了那片林野里住下。
Tena kho pana samayena bhagavato paṃsukūlaṃ uppannaṃ hoti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘kattha nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ dhoveyya’’nti? Atha kho sakko devānamindo bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya pāṇinā pokkharaṇiṃ khaṇitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idha, bhante, bhagavā paṃsukūlaṃ dhovatū’’ti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘kimhi nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ parimaddeyya’’nti? Atha kho sakko devānamindo bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya mahatiṃ silaṃ upanikkhipi – idha, bhante, bhagavā paṃsukūlaṃ parimaddatūti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘kimhi nu kho ahaṃ ālambitvā uttareyya’’nti? Atha kho kakudhe adhivatthā devatā bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya sākhaṃ onāmesi – idha, bhante, bhagavā ālambitvā uttaratūti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘kimhi nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ vissajjeyya’’nti? Atha kho sakko devānamindo bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya mahatiṃ silaṃ upanikkhipi – idha, bhante, bhagavā paṃsukūlaṃ vissajjetūti. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kālo , mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattaṃ. Kiṃ nu kho, mahāsamaṇa, nāyaṃ pubbe idha pokkharaṇī, sāyaṃ idha pokkharaṇī. Nayimā silā pubbe upanikkhittā. Kenimā silā upanikkhittā? Nayimassa kakudhassa pubbe sākhā onatā, sāyaṃ sākhā onatā’’ti. Idha me, kassapa, paṃsukūlaṃ uppannaṃ ahosi. Tassa mayhaṃ, kassapa, etadahosi – ‘‘kattha nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ dhoveyya’’nti? Atha kho, kassapa, sakko devānamindo mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya pāṇinā pokkharaṇiṃ khaṇitvā maṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idha, bhante, bhagavā paṃsukūlaṃ dhovatū’’ti. Sāyaṃ kassapa amanussena pāṇinā khaṇitā pokkharaṇī. Tassa mayhaṃ, kassapa, etadahosi – ‘‘kimhi nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ parimaddeyya’’nti? Atha kho, kassapa, sakko devānamindo mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya mahatiṃ silaṃ upanikkhipi – ‘‘idha, bhante, bhagavā paṃsukūlaṃ parimaddatū’’ti. Sāyaṃ kassapa amanussena upanikkhittā silā. Tassa mayhaṃ, kassapa, etadahosi – ‘‘kimhi nu kho ahaṃ ālambitvā uttareyya’’nti? Atha kho, kassapa, kakudhe adhivatthā devatā ja mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya sākhaṃ onāmesi – ‘‘idha, bhante, bhagavā ālambitvā uttaratū’’ti. Svāyaṃ āharahattho kakudho. Tassa mayhaṃ, kassapa, etadahosi – ‘‘kimhi nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ vissajjeyya’’nti? Atha kho, kassapa, sakko devānamindo mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya mahatiṃ silaṃ upanikkhipi – ‘‘idha, bhante, bhagavā paṃsukūlaṃ vissajjetū’’ti . Sāyaṃ kassapa amanussena upanikkhittā silāti. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma sakkopi devānamindo veyyāvaccaṃ karissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tasmiṃyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.
208那一夜过后,结发者优楼频螺迦叶来到世尊那里,告知时间到了:“大沙门,时间到了,饭已经准备好了。”世尊打发结发者优楼频螺迦叶说:“迦叶,你先走,我随后就来。”随后,世尊去了那个被称为“阎浮提”的阎浮树那里,摘了一颗果子,比迦叶更早地回到火堂里坐了下来。结发者优楼频螺迦叶看到世尊已经坐在了火堂里,就问他说:“大沙门,您是从哪条路来的?我比您先走,您怎么反而比我先到,还坐在了火堂里?”“迦叶,我把你打发走以后,就去了那个被称为‘阎浮提’的阎浮树那里,摘了颗果子,然后比你早一步回来,坐在了火堂里。迦叶,你看这颗阎浮树果子,色泽美妙、香气美妙、味道美妙,如果你想的话,就吃了吧。”“不了,大沙门,您才配得上它,您自己享用吧。”那时,结发者优楼频螺迦叶心里就想:“这位大沙门确实有大神通、大威力,他把我先打发走,竟然能跑到叫做‘阎浮提’的阎浮树那里,摘了果子,再比我早一步回来坐在火堂里。但我自己,也还不能算是个阿拉汉。”之后,世尊享用了结发者优楼频螺迦叶的供养,又回到了那片林野里住下。
Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocesi – ‘‘kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. ‘‘Gaccha tvaṃ, kassapa, āyāmaha’’nti uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyā ‘jambudīpo’ paññāyati, tato phalaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdi. Addasā kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ agyāgāre nisinnaṃ, disvāna bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘katamena tvaṃ, mahāsamaṇa, maggena āgato? Ahaṃ tayā paṭhamataraṃ pakkanto, so tvaṃ paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno’’ti. ‘‘Idhāhaṃ, kassapa, taṃ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyā ‘jambudīpo’ paññāyati, tato phalaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno. Idaṃ kho, kassapa, jambuphalaṃ vaṇṇasampannaṃ gandhasampannaṃ rasasampannaṃ. Sace ākaṅkhasi paribhuñjā’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, mahāsamaṇa, tvaṃyeva taṃ arahasi , tvaṃyeva taṃ paribhuñjāhī’’ti. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma maṃ paṭhamataraṃ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyā ‘jambudīpo’ paññāyati, tato phalaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tasmiṃyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.
45那时,一夜过后,结发苦行者优楼频螺·咖沙巴来到世尊那里,到了之后,便向世尊禀报时间:‘时候到了,大沙门,饭食已经准备好了。’世尊先把优楼频螺·咖沙巴这位结发苦行者打发走,对他说:‘你去吧,咖沙巴,我先走。’随后,世尊去了被称为‘阎浮提’的那棵阎浮树附近的一棵芒果树……去了那附近的一棵余甘子树……去了那附近的一棵诃黎勒树……最后去了三十三天,取了一朵波利质多罗花,比优楼频螺·咖沙巴更早返回来,坐在了火堂里。优楼频螺·咖沙巴看见世尊坐在火堂里,看到后便对世尊说:‘大沙门,你是走哪条路来的?我明明比你早出门,你却比我早回来,还坐在了火堂里。’世尊说:‘咖沙巴,我打发你走之后,就去了三十三天,取了这朵波利质多罗花,比你早一步回来,坐在火堂里了。咖沙巴,你看这朵波利质多罗花,颜色和香气都这么好。如果你想,可以拿去。’优楼频螺·咖沙巴说:‘不了,大沙门,它只适合你,你自己拿着吧。’于是,优楼频螺·咖沙巴这位结发苦行者心里想:‘这位大沙门确实有大神通、大威力啊!他打发了比他先出发的我,竟然能去三十三天取了波利质多罗花,还比我早回来坐在火堂里。不过,他终究不像我这样是阿拉汉。’
Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocesi – ‘‘kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. Gaccha tvaṃ, kassapa, āyāmahanti uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyā ‘jambudīpo’ paññāyati, tassā avidūre ambo…pe… tassā avidūre āmalakī…pe… tassā avidūre harītakī…pe… tāvatiṃsaṃ gantvā pāricchattakapupphaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdi. Addasā kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ agyāgāre nisinnaṃ, disvāna bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘katamena tvaṃ, mahāsamaṇa, maggena āgato? Ahaṃ tayā paṭhamataraṃ pakkanto, so tvaṃ paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno’’ti. ‘‘Idhāhaṃ , kassapa, taṃ uyyojetvā tāvatiṃsaṃ gantvā pāricchattakapupphaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno. Idaṃ kho, kassapa, pāricchattakapupphaṃ vaṇṇasampannaṃ gandhasampannaṃ . (Sace ākaṅkhasi gaṇhā’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, mahāsamaṇa, tvaṃyeva taṃ arahasi, tvaṃyeva taṃ gaṇhā’’ti) . Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma maṃ paṭhamataraṃ uyyojetvā tāvatiṃsaṃ gantvā pāricchattakapupphaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti.
46而就在那个时候,那些结发苦行者想要侍奉火,却劈不开木柴。那些结发苦行者们心里就想:‘毫无疑问,这是大沙门的神通力造成的,我们才劈不开木柴。’这时,世尊对优楼频螺·咖沙巴这位结发苦行者说:‘咖沙巴,让木柴自动劈开吧。’优楼频螺·咖沙巴说:‘大沙门,让它们自动劈开吧。’话音刚落,五百捆木柴一下子就全自动劈开了。于是,优楼频螺·咖沙巴这位结发苦行者心里又想:‘这位大沙门确实有大神通、大威力啊,连木柴都会自动劈开。不过,他终究不像我这样是阿拉汉。’
Tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā aggiṃ paricaritukāmā na sakkonti kaṭṭhāni phāletuṃ . Atha kho tesaṃ jaṭilānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘nissaṃsayaṃ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathā mayaṃ na sakkoma kaṭṭhāni phāletu’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘phāliyantu, kassapa, kaṭṭhānī’’ti. ‘‘Phāliyantu, mahāsamaṇā’’ti. Sakideva pañca kaṭṭhasatāni phāliyiṃsu. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma kaṭṭhānipi phāliyissanti, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti.
47而就在那个时候,那些结发苦行者想要侍奉火,却点不燃火。那些结发苦行者们心里就想:‘毫无疑问,这是大沙门的神通力造成的,我们才点不燃火。’这时,世尊对优楼频螺·咖沙巴这位结发苦行者说:‘咖沙巴,让火自动燃起来吧。’优楼频螺·咖沙巴说:‘大沙门,让它们自动燃起来吧。’话音刚落,五百个火堆一下子就全自动燃烧了起来。于是,优楼频螺·咖沙巴这位结发苦行者心里又想:‘这位大沙门确实有大神通、大威力啊,连火都会自动燃起来。不过,他终究不像我这样是阿拉汉。’
Tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā aggiṃ paricaritukāmā na sakkonti aggiṃ ujjaletuṃ . Atha kho tesaṃ jaṭilānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘nissaṃsayaṃ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathā mayaṃ na sakkoma aggiṃ ujjaletu’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ujjaliyantu, kassapa, aggī’’ti. ‘‘Ujjaliyantu, mahāsamaṇā’’ti. Sakideva pañca aggisatāni ujjaliyiṃsu. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma aggīpi ujjaliyissanti, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti.
48而就在那个时候,那些结发苦行者侍奉完火之后,却无法把火熄灭。那些结发苦行者们心里就想:‘毫无疑问,这是大沙门的神通力造成的,我们才无法把火熄灭。’这时,世尊对优楼频螺·咖沙巴这位结发苦行者说:‘咖沙巴,让火自动熄灭吧。’优楼频螺·咖沙巴说:‘大沙门,让它们自动熄灭吧。’话音刚落,五百个火堆一下子就全自动熄灭了。于是,优楼频螺·咖沙巴这位结发苦行者心里又想:‘这位大沙门确实有大神通、大威力啊,连火都会自动熄灭。不过,他终究不像我这样是阿拉汉。’
Tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā aggiṃ paricaritvā na sakkonti aggiṃ vijjhāpetuṃ. Atha kho tesaṃ jaṭilānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘nissaṃsayaṃ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathā mayaṃ na sakkoma aggiṃ vijjhāpetu’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘vijjhāyantu, kassapa, aggī’’ti. ‘‘Vijjhāyantu, mahāsamaṇā’’ti. Sakideva pañca aggisatāni vijjhāyiṃsu. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma aggīpi vijjhāyissanti, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti.
49而就在那个时候,那些结发苦行者们在寒冬的夜晚,在降雪的时节,于尼连禅河里多次潜入水中又浮出来,反复地入水出水。这时,世尊变化出了五百个火盆,让那些结发苦行者从水里出来时,可以在那里取暖。那些结发苦行者们心里就想:‘毫无疑问,这是大沙门的神通力,能变化出这么多火盆。’于是,优楼频螺·咖沙巴这位结发苦行者心里又想:‘这位大沙门确实有大神通、大威力啊,居然能变化出这么多的火盆。不过,他终究不像我这样是阿拉汉。’
Tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā sītāsu hemantikāsu rattīsu antaraṭṭhakāsu himapātasamaye najjā nerañjarāya ummujjantipi, nimujjantipi, ummujjananimujjanampi karonti. Atha kho bhagavā pañcamattāni mandāmukhisatāni abhinimmini, yattha te jaṭilā uttaritvā visibbesuṃ . Atha kho tesaṃ jaṭilānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘nissaṃsayaṃ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathayimā mandāmukhiyo nimmitā’’ti. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma tāva bahū mandāmukhiyopi abhinimminissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti.
50而就在那个时候,下起了不合时节的大暴雨,引发了巨大的洪水。但世尊所住的那块地方,却没有被水淹没。那时世尊心想:‘我何不把周围的水排开,在中间布满尘土的干地上经行呢?’于是,世尊就把周围的水排开,在中间布满尘土的干地上经行。优楼频螺·咖沙巴这位结发苦行者,心想‘大沙门别被水冲走了’,便与许多结发苦行者一起,乘船前往世尊所住的地方。优楼频螺·咖沙巴看到世尊在排开了周围洪水的中间干地上经行,见到后便对世尊说:‘大沙门,是你吗?’世尊回答说:‘是我,咖沙巴。’说完便腾空而起,站到了船上。于是,优楼频螺·咖沙巴这位结发苦行者心里又想:‘这位大沙门确实有大神通、大威力啊,连洪水都不能把他冲走。不过,他终究不像我这样是阿拉汉。’
Tena kho pana samayena mahā akālamegho pāvassi, mahā udakavāhako sañjāyi. Yasmiṃ padese bhagavā viharati, so padeso udakena na otthaṭo hoti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ samantā udakaṃ ussāretvā majjhe reṇuhatāya bhūmiyā caṅkameyya’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā samantā udakaṃ ussāretvā majjhe reṇuhatāya bhūmiyā caṅkami. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo – māheva kho mahāsamaṇo udakena vūḷho ahosīti nāvāya sambahulehi jaṭilehi saddhiṃ yasmiṃ padese bhagavā viharati taṃ padesaṃ agamāsi. Addasā kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ samantā udakaṃ ussāretvā majjhe reṇuhatāya bhūmiyā caṅkamantaṃ, disvāna bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idaṃ nu tvaṃ, mahāsamaṇā’’ti? ‘‘Ayamahamasmi , kassapā’’ti bhagavā vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā nāvāya paccuṭṭhāsi. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma udakampi na pavāhissati , na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti.
51这时世尊心里想:‘这个愚痴的人很久以来一直这样想:“这位大沙门确实有大神通、大威力,不过,他终究不像我这样是阿拉汉”。我何不让这位结发苦行者心生警觉呢?’于是,世尊对优楼频螺·咖沙巴这位结发苦行者说:‘咖沙巴,你既不是阿拉汉,也没有进入阿拉汉道。你根本没有那种修行,能让你成为阿拉汉,或是进入阿拉汉道。’这时,优楼频螺·咖沙巴这位结发苦行者,以头面顶礼世尊的双足,对世尊说:‘尊者啊,我能否在世尊座下出家?能否受具足戒?’世尊说:‘咖沙巴,你是这五百位结发苦行者的领导者、指导者、最优秀的人、首领和导师。你还是先去和他们打个招呼吧,他们想怎样就怎样。’于是,优楼频螺·咖沙巴这位结发苦行者便来到那些结发苦行者那里,到了之后,对他们说:‘诸位,我想在大沙门座下修清净行了。你们想怎么样,就怎么办吧。’那些结发苦行者说:‘我们对大沙门早有信心很久了。如果您要在大沙门座下修清净行,我们所有人就都一起在他座下修清净行。’于是,那些结发苦行者们就把他们的头发、发髻、滤水囊、祭火勺等杂物都扔进了水里,任其漂流,然后来到世尊那里。到了之后,以头面顶礼世尊的双足,对世尊说:‘尊者啊,我们能否在世尊座下出家?能否受具足戒?’世尊说:‘来吧,诸比丘!法已经很好地被宣讲了,为彻底灭尽苦,来修清净行吧。’就这样,这些尊者就收到了具足戒。
Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘cirampi kho imassa moghapurisassa evaṃ bhavissati – ‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’nti; yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ jaṭilaṃ saṃvejeyya’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘neva ca kho tvaṃ, kassapa, arahā, nāpi arahattamaggasamāpanno. Sāpi te paṭipadā natthi, yāya tvaṃ arahā vā assasi, arahattamaggaṃ vā samāpanno’’ti. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘labheyyāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyaṃ upasampada’’nti. Tvaṃ khosi, kassapa, pañcannaṃ jaṭilasatānaṃ nāyako vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho. Tepi tāva apalokehi, yathā te maññissanti tathā te karissantīti. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo yena te jaṭilā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā te jaṭile etadavoca – ‘‘icchāmahaṃ , bho, mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ, yathā bhavanto maññanti tathā karontū’’ti. ‘‘Cirapaṭikā mayaṃ, bho, mahāsamaṇe abhippasannā, sace bhavaṃ, mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ carissati, sabbeva mayaṃ mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ carissāmā’’ti. Atha kho te jaṭilā kesamissaṃ jaṭāmissaṃ khārikājamissaṃ aggihutamissaṃ udake pavāhetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Etha bhikkhavo’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi.
52结发苦行者那提·咖沙巴看到那些头发、发髻、滤水囊、祭火勺等杂物在水中漂流,看到后心里想:‘可别是我兄长出事了。’于是他派遣一些结发苦行者前去,说:‘去看看我的兄长怎么样了。’随后,他与三百位结发苦行者一起,来到尊者优楼频螺·咖沙巴那里。到了之后,便问尊者优楼频螺·咖沙巴:‘咖沙巴,这个更好吗?’优楼频螺·咖沙巴回答说:‘是的,贤友,这个更好。’于是,那些结发苦行者们就把他们的头发、发髻、滤水囊、祭火勺等杂物都扔进了水里,任其漂流,然后来到世尊那里。到了之后,以头面顶礼世尊的双足,对世尊说:‘尊者啊,我们能否在世尊座下出家?能否受具足戒?’世尊说:‘来吧,诸比丘!法已经很好地被宣讲了,为彻底灭尽苦,来修清净行吧。’就这样,这些尊者也收到了具足戒。
Addasā kho nadīkassapo jaṭilo kesamissaṃ jaṭāmissaṃ khārikājamissaṃ aggihutamissaṃ udake vuyhamāne, disvānassa etadahosi – ‘‘māheva me bhātuno upasaggo ahosī’’ti. Jaṭile pāhesi – gacchatha me bhātaraṃ jānāthāti. Sāmañca tīhi jaṭilasatehi saddhiṃ yenāyasmā uruvelakassapo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ uruvelakassapaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idaṃ nu kho, kassapa, seyyo’’ti? ‘‘Āmāvuso, idaṃ seyyo’’ti. Atha kho te jaṭilā kesamissaṃ jaṭāmissaṃ khārikājamissaṃ aggihutamissaṃ udake pavāhetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Etha bhikkhavo’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi.
53那时,结发苦行者伽耶迦叶看见头发、发髻、背袋柴火、祭祀火具等杂物混杂在一起顺着河水冲下来。看见之后,他心里想:“可别让我那些兄弟们遭遇什么灾祸啊。”他就派人去对苦行者们说:“去吧,了解一下我兄弟们的状况。”然后他自己和两百名结发苦行者一起,到具寿优楼频螺迦叶那里去。到了之后,他对具寿优楼频螺迦叶说:“迦叶,这样是不是更好呢?”“是的,朋友,这样更好。”于是,那些结发苦行者们把头发、发髻、背袋柴火、祭祀火具等杂物都扔进水里冲走,然后去世尊那里。到了以后,他们以头礼在世尊的脚下,对世尊说:“尊者,我们想在世尊的座下出家,想得到具足戒。”“来吧,比丘们,”世尊说,“法已经被很好地阐述了,为了彻底地灭尽苦,来修习梵行吧。”就这样,这些具寿们便获得了具足戒。
Addasā kho gayākassapo jaṭilo kesamissaṃ jaṭāmissaṃ khārikājamissaṃ aggihutamissaṃ udake vuyhamāne, disvānassa etadahosi – ‘‘māheva me bhātūnaṃ upasaggo ahosī’’ti. Jaṭile pāhesi – gacchatha me bhātaro jānāthāti. Sāmañca dvīhi jaṭilasatehi saddhiṃ yenāyasmā uruvelakassapo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ uruvelakassapaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idaṃ nu kho, kassapa, seyyo’’ti? ‘‘Āmāvuso, idaṃ seyyo’’ti. Atha kho te jaṭilā kesamissaṃ jaṭāmissaṃ khārikājamissaṃ aggihutamissaṃ udake pavāhetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Etha bhikkhavo’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi.
218凭借世尊的神变决意,那五百根木柴劈不开,后来又劈开了;火点不燃,后来又点燃了;火堆不燃烧,后来又燃烧了;世尊还化现出五百个火炉。照这样计算,总共有一千五百次神变。
Bhagavato adhiṭṭhānena pañca kaṭṭhasatāni na phāliyiṃsu, phāliyiṃsu; aggī na ujjaliyiṃsu, ujjaliyiṃsu; na vijjhāyiṃsu, vijjhāyiṃsu; pañcamandāmukhisatāni abhinimmini. Etena nayena aḍḍhuḍḍhapāṭihāriyasahassāni honti.
54那时,世尊在优楼频螺如其所乐地住了一段时间后,便和由一千位比丘组成的大僧团一起,向着伽耶的象头山出发了,这一千位比丘全部都是以前的结发苦行者。就这样,世尊在伽耶,住在象头山,和那一千位比丘在一起。在那里,世尊对比丘们说:
Atha kho bhagavā uruvelāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena gayāsīsaṃ tena pakkāmi mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ bhikkhusahassena sabbeheva purāṇajaṭilehi. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā gayāyaṃ viharati gayāsīse saddhiṃ bhikkhusahassena. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi –
220“比丘们,一切都在燃烧。比丘们,什么是‘一切都在燃烧’呢?眼在燃烧,色在燃烧,眼识在燃烧,眼触在燃烧,由眼触这个条件而生起的感受——无论是乐受、苦受还是不苦不乐受,那也在燃烧。被什么燃烧?被贪欲之火、瞋恚之火、愚痴之火燃烧,我说它是被生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼所燃烧。耳在燃烧,声在燃烧,耳识在燃烧,耳触在燃烧,由耳触这个条件而生起的感受——无论是乐受、苦受还是不苦不乐受,那也在燃烧。被什么燃烧?被贪欲之火、瞋恚之火、愚痴之火燃烧,我说它是被生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼所燃烧。鼻在燃烧,香在燃烧,鼻识在燃烧,鼻触在燃烧,由鼻触这个条件而生起的感受——无论是乐受、苦受还是不苦不乐受,那也在燃烧。被什么燃烧?被贪欲之火、瞋恚之火、愚痴之火燃烧,我说它是被生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼所燃烧。舌在燃烧,味在燃烧,舌识在燃烧,舌触在燃烧,由舌触这个条件而生起的感受——无论是乐受、苦受还是不苦不乐受,那也在燃烧。被什么燃烧?被贪欲之火、瞋恚之火、愚痴之火燃烧,我说它是被生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼所燃烧。身在燃烧,所触在燃烧,身识在燃烧,身触在燃烧,由身触这个条件而生起的感受——无论是乐受、苦受还是不苦不乐受,那也在燃烧。被什么燃烧?被贪欲之火、瞋恚之火、愚痴之火燃烧,我说它是被生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼所燃烧。意在燃烧,法尘在燃烧,意识在燃烧,意触在燃烧,由意触这个条件而生起的感受——无论是乐受、苦受还是不苦不乐受,那也在燃烧。被什么燃烧?被贪欲之火、瞋恚之火、愚痴之火燃烧,我说它是被生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼所燃烧。
‘‘Sabbaṃ , bhikkhave, ādittaṃ. Kiñca, bhikkhave, sabbaṃ ādittaṃ? Cakkhu ādittaṃ, rūpā ādittā, cakkhuviññāṇaṃ ādittaṃ, cakkhusamphasso āditto, yamidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi ādittaṃ. Kena ādittaṃ? Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṃ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi. Sotaṃ ādittaṃ, saddā ādittā, sotaviññāṇaṃ ādittaṃ, sotasamphasso āditto, yamidaṃ sotasamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi ādittaṃ. Kena ādittaṃ? Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṃ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi. Ghānaṃ ādittaṃ, gandhā ādittā, ghānaviññāṇaṃ ādittaṃ, ghānasamphasso āditto, yamidaṃ ghānasamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi ādittaṃ. Kena ādittaṃ? Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṃ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi. Jivhā ādittā, rasā ādittā, jivhāviññāṇaṃ ādittaṃ jivhāsamphasso āditto, yamidaṃ jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi ādittaṃ. Kena ādittaṃ? Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṃ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi. Kāyo āditto, phoṭṭhabbā ādittā, kāyaviññāṇaṃ ādittaṃ kāyasamphasso āditto, yamidaṃ kāyasamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi ādittaṃ. Kena ādittaṃ? Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṃ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi. Mano āditto, dhammā ādittā, manoviññāṇaṃ ādittaṃ manosamphasso āditto, yamidaṃ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi ādittaṃ. Kena ādittaṃ? Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṃ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi.
221“比丘们,当这样观察的时候,多闻的圣弟子对眼也厌离,对色也厌离,对眼识也厌离,对眼触也厌离,对由眼触这个条件而生起的感受——无论是乐受、苦受还是不苦不乐受——也对它厌离。对耳也厌离,对声也厌离……(中略)……对鼻也厌离,对香也厌离……(中略)……对舌也厌离,对味也厌离……(中略)……对身也厌离,对所触也厌离……(中略)……对意也厌离,对法尘也厌离,对意识也厌离,对意触也厌离,对由意触这个条件而生起的感受——无论是乐受、苦受还是不苦不乐受——也对它厌离。因为厌离,他就离染;因为离染,他就解脱;在解脱的时候,就有了‘已经解脱’的智慧。他了知:‘生已灭尽,梵行已立,应做的已经做了,不会再有像现在这样的生命状态了。’”
‘‘Evaṃ passaṃ, bhikkhave, sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmimpi nibbindati, rūpesupi nibbindati, cakkhuviññāṇepi nibbindati, cakkhusamphassepi nibbindati, yamidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, tasmimpi nibbindati. Sotasmimpi nibbindati, saddesupi nibbindati…pe… ghānasmimpi nibbindati , gandhesupi nibbindati…pe… jivhāyapi nibbindati, rasesupi nibbindati…pe… kāyasmimpi nibbindati, phoṭṭhabbesupi nibbindati…pe… manasmimpi nibbindati, dhammesupi nibbindati, manoviññāṇepi nibbindati, manosamphassepi nibbindati, yamidaṃ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tasmimpi nibbindati, nibbindaṃ virajjati, virāgā vimuccati, vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti. Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānātī’’ti.
222就在这篇开示被宣说的时候,那一千位比丘的心,通过没有任何执取,从各种烦恼中解脱了出来。
Imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne tassa bhikkhusahassassa anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsu.
262燃烧法门经完
Ādittapariyāyasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
263伍儒韦喇神变第三诵品完
Uruvelapāṭihāriyaṃ tatiyabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito.
26413. 频婆娑罗会见论
13. Bimbisārasamāgamakathā
55那时,世尊在象头山如其所乐地住了一段时间后,便向着王舍城的方向开始游行,和由一千位比丘组成的大僧团一起,这一千位比丘全部都是以前的结发苦行者。于是,世尊一路次第游行,来到了王舍城。就这样,世尊住在王舍城,善建立的塔庙旁的杖林园中。摩揭陀国的洗尼王频婆娑罗听说了:‘那位释迦族的出家人,从释迦族出家的沙门乔达摩,已经到了王舍城,正住在王舍城善建立的塔庙旁的杖林园里。关于那位乔达摩,已经有这样的好名声传开了:那位世尊是阿拉汉、正自觉者、明行足、善逝、世间解、无上调御丈夫、天人师、佛陀、世尊。他亲自证知、完全体证了这个有天神、有魔罗、有梵天的世界,包括有沙门婆罗门、天神和人类众生在内,然后宣说教法。他说的法,开头好、中间好、结尾好,有意义、有文采,他揭示了完全圆满、清净的梵行。能见到这样的阿拉汉,确实是件好事。’
Atha kho bhagavā gayāsīse yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena rājagahaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi, mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ bhikkhusahassena sabbeheva purāṇajaṭilehi. Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena rājagahaṃ tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati laṭṭhivane suppatiṭṭhe cetiye. Assosi kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro – samaṇo khalu bho gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito rājagahaṃ anuppatto rājagahe viharati laṭṭhivane suppatiṭṭhe cetiye. Taṃ kho pana bhagavantaṃ gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā . So imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti. So dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti. Sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotīti.
224于是,摩揭陀国的洗尼王频婆娑罗,由十二万摩揭陀婆罗门居士围绕着,去世尊那里。到了之后,礼敬世尊,然后坐在一旁。那些十二万摩揭陀婆罗门居士,有的人礼敬世尊后,坐在一旁;有的人和世尊互相问候致意,进行了一番欢欣、值得记念的交谈后,坐在一旁;有的人朝着世尊的方向合掌致敬后,坐在一旁;有的人在世尊面前通报了自己的姓名和族姓后,坐在一旁;有的人则默默地坐在一旁。那时,这十二万摩揭陀婆罗门居士心里生起了这样的疑问:‘到底是这位大沙门在优楼频螺迦叶座下修习梵行呢,还是优楼频螺迦叶在这位大沙门座下修习梵行呢?’世尊以他的心,了知了这十二万摩揭陀婆罗门居士心中的思虑,于是就用偈颂对具寿优楼频螺迦叶说:
Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro dvādasanahutehi māgadhikehi brāhmaṇagahapatikehi parivuto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Tepi kho dvādasanahutā māgadhikā brāhmaṇagahapatikā appekacce bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce bhagavato santike nāmagottaṃ sāvetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Atha kho tesaṃ dvādasanahutānaṃ māgadhikānaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho mahāsamaṇo uruvelakassape brahmacariyaṃ carati, udāhu uruvelakassapo mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ caratī’’ti? Atha kho bhagavā tesaṃ dvādasanahutānaṃ māgadhikānaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya āyasmantaṃ uruvelakassapaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –
225你住在优楼频螺,见到了什么,才舍弃了火供,你这枯瘦的教导者?迦叶,我问你这件事:你的火供祭仪是怎样被放下的?
‘‘Kimeva disvā uruvelavāsi, pahāsi aggiṃ kisakovadāno;
226因为人们对于色相、声音、味道,以及欲望、女人和祭祀,说个不停,知道这些在执取物上都是污垢后,我就不再贪着于献供和火供了。
Pucchāmi taṃ kassapa, etamatthaṃ kathaṃ pahīnaṃ tava aggihuttanti.
227世尊说:迦叶,那么你的心在色、声、味这些方面,都不感到喜乐吗?
‘‘Rūpe ca sadde ca atho rase ca;
228以及诸祭祀所称赞的欲女,
Kāmitthiyo cābhivadanti yaññā;
229知道这是诸依的垢秽,
Etaṃ malanti upadhīsu ñatvā;
230因此我不喜乐于祭祀、供养。」
Tasmā na yiṭṭhe na hute arañjinti.
231「迦叶,如果你的心在此不喜乐(世尊说),
‘‘Ettheva te mano na ramittha (kassapāti bhagavā);
232在诸色、诸声以及诸味中;
Rūpesu saddesu atho rasesu;
233那么,在天界和人世间,究竟有谁
Atha ko carahi devamanussaloke;
234心意好乐的人,迦叶,请告诉我吧
Rato mano kassapa, brūhi metanti.
235见到寂静、无余依的足迹
‘‘Disvā padaṃ santamanūpadhīkaṃ;
236无所拥有,对欲界生存不执着
Akiñcanaṃ kāmabhave asattaṃ;
237那不可变异、不可了知的
Anaññathābhāvimanaññaneyyaṃ;
238所以,他不在祭祀,不在供奉中寻求
Tasmā na yiṭṭhe na hute arañji’’nti.
56那时,具寿优楼频螺迦叶从座而起,将上衣搭在一肩,以头顶礼世尊之足,对世尊如此说:“尊师,世尊是我的导师,我是弟子;尊师,世尊是我的导师,我是弟子。”当时,那一万二千位摩揭陀的婆罗门和居士心中生起这样的念头:“看来优楼频螺迦叶在大沙门座下修梵行。”世尊以心感知了这一万二千位摩揭陀婆罗门居士的内心思惟,于是为他们次第说法。那就是:他阐明布施之说、持戒之说、升天之说;阐明诸欲的过患、低下、染污,以及出离的功德。当世尊了知他们心已柔顺、心已调柔、心离障碍、心已欣然、心已净信,那时,他宣说了诸佛特有的说法要目:苦、集、灭、道。正如一块纯净无黑点的布料,能正确地吸收染料,同样地,包括频婆娑罗王为首的一万一千位摩揭陀婆罗门居士,就在那座位上,远尘离垢的法眼生起:“凡任何集起之法,彼等一切皆为灭尽之法。”另有一千人宣说了近事男归依。
Atha kho āyasmā uruvelakassapo uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘satthā me, bhante, bhagavā, sāvakohamasmi; satthā me, bhante, bhagavā, sāvakohamasmī’’ti. Atha kho tesaṃ dvādasanahutānaṃ māgadhikānaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘uruvelakassapo mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ caratī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā tesaṃ dvādasanahutānaṃ māgadhikānaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā, taṃ pakāsesi – dukkhaṃ, samudayaṃ, nirodhaṃ, maggaṃ. Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva ekādasanahutānaṃ māgadhikānaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ bimbisārappamukhānaṃ tasmiṃ yeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti. Ekanahutaṃ upāsakattaṃ paṭivedesi.
57那时,摩揭陀王斯尼耶频婆娑罗已是见法者、得法者、了知法者、深入法者,度疑、离惑、得无所畏,于导师教法不依他人,他对世尊这样说:“尊师,我幼年时曾有过五个志愿,如今它们都已应验实现。尊师,我幼年时曾这样想:‘啊,愿他们为我灌顶,让我登上王位。’尊师,这是我的第一个志愿,如今已应验实现。‘愿那位阿拉汉等正自觉者来到我的国土。’尊师,这是我的第二个志愿,如今已应验实现。‘愿我能承事那位世尊。’尊师,这是我的第三个志愿,如今已应验实现。‘愿那位世尊为我说法。’尊师,这是我的第四个志愿,如今已应验实现。‘愿我能了知那位世尊的法。’尊师,这是我的第五个志愿,如今也已应验实现。尊师,我幼年时曾有过这五个志愿,如今它们都已应验实现。善哉,尊师,善哉!尊师,就如将覆倒之物翻转过来,将隐蔽之物显露出来,为迷路者指明道路,或在黑暗中持来油灯,使有眼者能看见诸色——同样地,世尊以种种方式阐明了法。如今我,尊师,归依世尊,归依法,以及比丘僧团。愿世尊摄受我为近事男,从今日起终生归依。并愿世尊垂愍,明日与比丘僧团一起,接受我供养的饭食。”世尊默然应允。摩揭陀王斯尼耶频婆娑罗知道世尊已应允,便从座而起,礼敬世尊,右绕作礼,然后离去。那一夜过后,摩揭陀王斯尼耶频婆娑罗让人准备好上等的嚼食与含食,然后使人告知世尊时间:“尊师,时间已到,饭食已备。”
Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṃkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘pubbe me, bhante, kumārassa sato pañca assāsakā ahesuṃ, te me etarahi samiddhā. Pubbe me, bhante, kumārassa sato etadahosi – ‘aho vata maṃ rajje abhisiñceyyu’nti, ayaṃ kho me, bhante, paṭhamo assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. ‘Tassa ca me vijitaṃ arahaṃ sammāsambuddho okkameyyā’ti, ayaṃ kho me, bhante, dutiyo assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. ‘Tañcāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ payirupāseyya’nti, ayaṃ kho me, bhante, tatiyo assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. ‘So ca me bhagavā dhammaṃ deseyyā’ti, ayaṃ kho me, bhante, catuttho assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. ‘Tassa cāhaṃ bhagavato dhammaṃ ājāneyya’nti, ayaṃ kho me, bhante, pañcamo assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. Pubbe me, bhante, kumārassa sato ime pañca assāsakā ahesuṃ, te me etarahi samiddhā. Abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante, seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantīti – evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dhammañca, bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ , bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gataṃ, adhivāsetu ca me, bhante, bhagavā , svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti . Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro tassā rattiyā accayena paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – ‘‘kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti.
58那时,世尊在午前时分,穿好下衣,拿着钵和衣,与一千位比丘组成的大比丘僧团一起进入了王舍城,这些比丘全部都是过去的旧结发苦行者。而在那个时候,帝释天化身为青年男子的模样,走在以佛陀为首的比丘僧团最前面,唱着这些偈颂:
Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṃ pāvisi mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ bhikkhusahassena sabbeheva purāṇajaṭilehi. Tena kho pana samayena sakko devānamindo māṇavakavaṇṇaṃ abhinimminitvā buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa purato purato gacchati imā gāthāyo gāyamāno –
242“已调伏者,与调伏的旧结发苦行者们一起,已彻底解脱者,与彻底解脱者们一起;
‘‘Danto dantehi saha purāṇajaṭilehi, vippamutto vippamuttehi;
243他有着纯金雕像般的色泽,世尊进入了王舍城。
Siṅgīnikkhasavaṇṇo, rājagahaṃ pāvisi bhagavā.
244“已解脱者,与解脱的旧结发苦行者们一起,已彻底解脱者,与彻底解脱者们一起;
‘‘Mutto muttehi saha purāṇajaṭilehi, vippamutto vippamuttehi;
245他有着纯金雕像般的色泽,世尊进入了王舍城。
Siṅgīnikkhasavaṇṇo, rājagahaṃ pāvisi bhagavā.
246“已度越者,与度越的旧结发苦行者们一起;已彻底解脱者,与彻底解脱者们一起;
‘‘Tiṇṇo tiṇṇehi saha purāṇajaṭilehi;
247他有着纯金雕像般的色泽,”
Vippamutto vippamuttehi;
248金色如抛光的金;」
Siṅgīnikkhasuvaṇṇo;
249世尊进入了王舍城。
Rājagahaṃ pāvisi bhagavā.
250“他是一位寂静者,与那些寂静的旧结发者们一起;
‘‘Santo santehi saha purāṇajaṭilehi;
251他是一位解脱者,与那些解脱者们一起;
Vippamutto vippamuttehi;
252他的肤色如纯金一般;
Siṅgīnikkhasavaṇṇo;
253世尊进入了王舍城。”
Rājagahaṃ pāvisi bhagavā.
254“他具足十力,了知十法,是具足十法者;
‘‘Dasavāso dasabalo, dasadhammavidū dasabhi cupeto;
255这位世尊,由一千二百五十众弟子围绕,进入了王舍城。”
So dasasataparivāro rājagahaṃ, pāvisi bhagavā’’ti.
256众人见到沙咖天帝后,这样说:“这位年轻人确实英俊,这位年轻人确实好看,这位年轻人确实令人心生欢喜。这位年轻人是谁的人呢?”听到这么说,沙咖天帝以偈颂回答那些人们:
Manussā sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ passitvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘abhirūpo vatāyaṃ māṇavako, dassanīyo vatāyaṃ māṇavako, pāsādiko vatāyaṃ māṇavako. Kassa nu kho ayaṃ māṇavako’’ti? Evaṃ vutte sakko devānamindo te manusse gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –
257“那位坚定者、在一切处已调伏者,是清净无与伦比之人;
‘‘Yo dhīro sabbadhi danto, suddho appaṭipuggalo;
258他是阿拉汉、善逝,在这世间,我是他的侍从。”
Arahaṃ sugato loke, tassāhaṃ paricārako’’ti.
59那时,世尊来到摩揭陀国洗尼瓶沙王的住处,到了之后,和比丘僧团一起在已设好的座位上坐下。那时,摩揭陀国洗尼瓶沙王亲手用美味的硬食和软食款待、劝请以佛陀为首的比丘僧团,使他们饱足。当世尊用餐完毕,放下钵和手后,国王坐在一边。坐在一边的摩揭陀国洗尼瓶沙王心里思量着:“世尊住在哪里才合适呢?那个地方要离村落不远不近,往来方便,是想来的人就能到的地方,白天不嘈杂,夜晚安静、不喧闹、没有噪音,清幽隐蔽,适合人群独处,是适宜静修之处。”接着,摩揭陀国洗尼瓶沙王心想:“我们这座竹林园,正是离村落不远不近,往来方便,白天不嘈杂,夜晚安静、不喧闹、没有噪音,清幽隐蔽,适宜静修的地方。不如我就把这座竹林园布施给以佛陀为首的比丘僧团吧。”于是,摩揭陀国洗尼瓶沙王拿起一个金水壶,把水献给世尊,说:“尊者,我愿将此竹林园布施给以佛陀为首的比丘僧团。”世尊接受了这座林园。那时,世尊用教法的开示教导、鼓励、激发、令摩揭陀国洗尼瓶沙王欢喜后,从座起身离开。随后,借着这个因缘,世尊宣说了教法的开示后,对比丘们说:“比丘们,我允许你们接受林园。”
Atha kho bhagavā yena rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa etadahosi – ‘‘kattha nu kho bhagavā vihareyya? Yaṃ assa gāmato neva avidūre na accāsanne, gamanāgamanasampannaṃ, atthikānaṃ atthikānaṃ manussānaṃ abhikkamanīyaṃ, divā appākiṇṇaṃ , rattiṃ appasaddaṃ appanigghosaṃ vijanavātaṃ, manussarāhasseyyakaṃ, paṭisallānasāruppa’’nti. Atha kho rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa etadahosi – ‘‘idaṃ kho amhākaṃ veḷuvanaṃ uyyānaṃ gāmato neva avidūre na accāsanne gamanāgamanasampannaṃ atthikānaṃ atthikānaṃ manussānaṃ abhikkamanīyaṃ divā appākiṇṇaṃ rattiṃ appasaddaṃ appanigghosaṃ vijanavātaṃ manussarāhasseyyakaṃ paṭisallānasāruppaṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ veḷuvanaṃ uyyānaṃ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dadeyya’’nti. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro sovaṇṇamayaṃ bhiṅkāraṃ gahetvā bhagavato oṇojesi – ‘‘etāhaṃ, bhante, veḷuvanaṃ uyyānaṃ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dammī’’ti. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā ārāmaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ seniyaṃ bimbisāraṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ārāma’’nti.
302频婆娑罗会见论完
Bimbisārasamāgamakathā niṭṭhitā.
30314. 舍利弗目犍连出家论
14. Sāriputtamoggallānapabbajjākathā
60就在那时,离家游行者散阇耶正住在王舍城,带领着一大群离家游行者的团体,共有两百五十位。那时,舍利弗(舍利弗)和目犍连(目犍连)正跟着离家游行者散阇耶修习清净行。他们之间有这样的约定:“谁先证得不死,就要告知另一个人。”那时,尊贵的阿说示在午前,整理好下衣,拿着衣钵,进入王舍城去乞食。他举止安详,无论前行、后退、平视、侧视,或屈伸手臂,都收摄眼根,具足威仪。离家游行者舍利弗看到了在王舍城乞食的尊贵阿说示,同样是那样安详地来去、看视、屈伸,收摄眼根,威仪具足。看到后,他心里生起这样的念头:“这一定是世间证得阿拉汉或已进入阿拉汉道的人中的某一位比丘。我何不去接近这位比丘,然后问问他:‘朋友,你是因为谁而出家的?谁是你的老师?你信乐谁的法?’”但接着,离家游行者舍利弗又想:“现在不是向这位比丘提问的时候,他已进入房屋间乞食了。不如我就跟在这位比丘后面,走那些想求法的人已经辨识过的路。”于是,尊贵的阿说示在王舍城乞食完毕,拿起钵食后,便往回走。那时,离家游行者舍利弗也走到尊贵阿说示那里,走近后,与阿说示尊者互相问候、寒暄一番,之后便站在一边。站在一边的离家游行者舍利弗对尊贵的阿说示这样说:“朋友,你的根门清澈,肤色光洁、明净。朋友,你是因为谁而出家的?谁是你的老师?你信乐谁的法?”“朋友,有一位从释迦族出离的释迦子,是一位伟大的沙门,我就是为了这位世尊而出家的,这位世尊就是我的老师,我信乐的也正是这位世尊的法。”“那么,你这位尊者的老师,主张什么?教导什么呢?”“朋友,我还很新,出家未久,刚来到这个法与律的教导中。我还不能详细地解说教法,但我可以简要地为你说明它的义理。”那时,离家游行者舍利弗对尊贵的阿说示说:“没问题,朋友!
Tena kho pana samayena sañcayo paribbājako rājagahe paṭivasati mahatiyā paribbājakaparisāya saddhiṃ aḍḍhateyyehi paribbājakasatehi. Tena kho pana samayena sāriputtamoggallānā sañcaye paribbājake brahmacariyaṃ caranti. Tehi katikā katā hoti – yo paṭhamaṃ amataṃ adhigacchati, so itarassa ārocetūti. Atha kho āyasmā assaji pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi pāsādikena abhikkantena paṭikkantena ālokitena vilokitena samiñjitena pasāritena, okkhittacakkhu iriyāpathasampanno. Addasā kho sāriputto paribbājako āyasmantaṃ assajiṃ rājagahe piṇḍāya carantaṃ pāsādikena abhikkantena paṭikkantena ālokitena vilokitena samiñjitena pasāritena okkhittacakkhuṃ iriyāpathasampannaṃ. Disvānassa etadahosi – ‘‘ye vata loke arahanto vā arahattamaggaṃ vā samāpannā, ayaṃ tesaṃ bhikkhu aññataro. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṅkamitvā puccheyyaṃ – ‘kaṃsi tvaṃ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ rocesī’’’ti? Atha kho sāriputtassa paribbājakassa etadahosi – ‘‘akālo kho imaṃ bhikkhuṃ pucchituṃ, antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho piṇḍāya carati. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandheyyaṃ, atthikehi upaññātaṃ magga’’nti. Atha kho āyasmā assaji rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā piṇḍapātaṃ ādāya paṭikkami. Atha kho sāriputtopi paribbājako yenāyasmā assaji tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā assajinā saddhiṃ sammodi, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho sāriputto paribbājako āyasmantaṃ assajiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. Kaṃsi tvaṃ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ rocesī’’ti? ‘‘Atthāvuso, mahāsamaṇo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito, tāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ uddissa pabbajito, so ca me bhagavā satthā, tassa cāhaṃ bhagavato dhammaṃ rocemī’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃvādī panāyasmato satthā, kimakkhāyī’’ti? ‘‘Ahaṃ kho, āvuso, navo acirapabbajito, adhunāgato imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ, na tāhaṃ sakkomi vitthārena dhammaṃ desetuṃ, api ca te saṃkhittena atthaṃ vakkhāmī’’ti. Atha kho sāriputto paribbājako āyasmantaṃ assajiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘hotu, āvuso –
261无论多说或是少说,请你只将义理告诉我吧;
‘‘Appaṃ vā bahuṃ vā bhāsassu, atthaṃyeva me brūhi;
262我要的就是义理本身,你何必说那么多文句呢?”
Attheneva me attho, kiṃ kāhasi byañjanaṃ bahu’’nti.
263于是,尊贵的阿说示就对离家游行者舍利弗宣说了这段法的开示:
Atha kho āyasmā assaji sāriputtassa paribbājakassa imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ abhāsi –
264“那些从因而生的法,如来已说出它们的因;
‘‘Ye dhammā hetuppabhavā, tesaṃ hetuṃ tathāgato āha;
265'而他又教导这些法的灭尽,所以是一位大沙门。’
Tesañca yo nirodho, evaṃvādī mahāsamaṇo’’ti.
266那时,游方者舍利弗听了这个法教后,心中生起了远离尘垢、无有瑕疵的法眼:‘凡是有集起性质的法,这一切都是灭尽性质的法。’
Atha kho sāriputtassa paribbājakassa imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ sutvā virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti.
267‘这就是法,若能即刻如此,便能亲证无忧的境地;’
Eseva dhammo yadi tāvadeva, paccabyattha padamasokaṃ;
268‘这法,在过去无数劫中,未被看见,已被遗忘。’
Adiṭṭhaṃ abbhatītaṃ, bahukehi kappanahutehīti.
61那时,游方者舍利弗就去拜访游方者目犍连。游方者目犍连远远看见游方者舍利弗走过来,见到后,就对游方者舍利弗说:‘朋友,你的诸根明净,肤色纯净、皎洁。朋友,你是不是已经证得不死了?’‘是的,朋友,我已经证得不死了。’‘朋友,你是怎么证得不死的呢?’‘朋友,事情是这样的。我在王舍城看见阿说示比丘为了托钵乞食在行走,他前进、后退、前看、旁看、屈伸手臂都极为庄重,目光低垂,威仪具足。看见他后,我心里就想:“世间上那些成为阿拉汉,或者进入了阿拉汉道的人,这位比丘一定就是其中之一。我何不去拜访这位比丘,问问他:‘朋友,你是为了谁而出家的?谁是你的导师?你认同谁说的法?’”那时,朋友,我心里又想:“现在不是向这位比丘提问的时机,他正走进村落间乞食。我何不跟在这位比丘后面,沿着那些想求法的人所走过的路走呢?”然后,朋友,阿说示比丘在王舍城乞食完毕后,拿着乞来的食物回去了。于是,朋友,我就去拜访阿说示比丘,到了之后,和阿说示比丘互相亲切问候,说了一些令人铭记、欢喜的话,然后站在一旁。朋友,我站在一旁,这样问阿说示比丘:“朋友,你的诸根明净,肤色纯净、皎洁。你是为了谁而出家的?谁是你的导师?你认同谁说的法?”他说:“朋友,有一位大沙门,是释迦族的儿子,从释迦族出家。我就是为了那位世尊而出家的,那位世尊就是我的导师,我认同那位世尊所说的法。”“那么,尊者的导师持什么主张,宣说什么教义呢?”“朋友,我出家不久,刚来到这个法与律的体系里,还不能详细地为你说法,但我可以简略地为你说明义理。”朋友,于是我对阿说示比丘这样说:“好的,朋友,
Atha kho sāriputto paribbājako yena moggallāno paribbājako tenupasaṅkami. Addasā kho moggallāno paribbājako sāriputtaṃ paribbājakaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ, disvāna sāriputtaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. Kacci nu tvaṃ, āvuso, amataṃ adhigato’’ti? ‘‘Āmāvuso, amataṃ adhigato’’ti. ‘‘Yathākathaṃ pana tvaṃ, āvuso, amataṃ adhigato’’ti? ‘‘Idhāhaṃ, āvuso, addasaṃ assajiṃ bhikkhuṃ rājagahe piṇḍāya carantaṃ pāsādikena abhikkantena paṭikkantena ālokitena vilokitena samiñjitena pasāritena okkhittacakkhuṃ iriyāpathasampannaṃ. Disvāna me etadahosi – ‘ye vata loke arahanto vā arahattamaggaṃ vā samāpannā, ayaṃ tesaṃ bhikkhu aññataro. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṅkamitvā puccheyyaṃ – kaṃsi tvaṃ, āvuso uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ rocesī’’’ti. Tassa mayhaṃ, āvuso, etadahosi – ‘‘akālo kho imaṃ bhikkhuṃ pucchituṃ antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho piṇḍāya carati, yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandheyyaṃ atthikehi upaññātaṃ magga’’nti. Atha kho, āvuso, assaji bhikkhu rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā piṇḍapātaṃ ādāya paṭikkami. Atha khvāhaṃ, āvuso, yena assaji bhikkhu tenupasaṅkamiṃ, upasaṅkamitvā assajinā bhikkhunā saddhiṃ sammodiṃ, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsiṃ. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho ahaṃ, āvuso, assajiṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘‘vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. ‘Kaṃsi tvaṃ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ rocesī’’’ti? ‘Atthāvuso, mahāsamaṇo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito, tāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ uddissa pabbajito, so ca me bhagavā satthā, tassa cāhaṃ bhagavato dhammaṃ rocemī’ti. ‘Kiṃvādī panāyasmato satthā kimakkhāyī’ti . ‘Ahaṃ kho, āvuso, navo acirapabbajito adhunāgato imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ, na tāhaṃ sakkomi vitthārena dhammaṃ desetuṃ, api ca te saṃkhittena atthaṃ vakkhāmī’’’ti . Atha khvāhaṃ, āvuso, assajiṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘‘hotu, āvuso,
270‘无论是少说还是多说,只请你为我说出那义理;’
Appaṃ vā bahuṃ vā bhāsassu, atthaṃyeva me brūhi;
271‘我唯一需要的就是那义理,说那么多文句有什么用呢?’”
Attheneva me attho, kiṃ kāhasi byañjanaṃ bahu’’nti.
272“于是,朋友,阿说示比丘就宣说了这个法教:
Atha kho, āvuso, assaji bhikkhu imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ abhāsi –
273「那些从因而生的法,如来已经说明了它们的因,以及它们的灭尽。大沙门就是这样说的。」
‘‘Ye dhammā hetuppabhavā, tesaṃ hetuṃ tathāgato āha;
274那时,游方者目犍连听了这个法说后,便生起了远离尘垢、没有瑕疵的法眼:「任何集起的法,都是会灭尽的法。」
Tesañca yo nirodho, evaṃvādī mahāsamaṇo’’ti.
275那时,游方者目犍连听了这个法说后,便生起了远离尘垢、没有瑕疵的法眼:「任何集起的法,都是会灭尽的法。」
Atha kho moggallānassa paribbājakassa imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ sutvā virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti.
276「就是这个法,如果你们能够当下就通达,那无愁的境地便可以自证自知。然而,它却是许多劫以来,一直未被见到、被错过了的。」
Eseva dhammo yadi tāvadeva, paccabyattha padamasokaṃ;
277多劫以来未见、未证之法。
Adiṭṭhaṃ abbhatītaṃ, bahukehi kappanahutehīti.
62那时,游方者目犍连对游方者舍利弗这样说:「朋友,我们到世尊那里去吧,那位世尊就是我们的老师。」舍利弗说:「朋友,这二百五十位游方僧是依止我们俩,认同我们俩而住在这里的。我们也应该先告知他们。他们会怎么想,就会怎么做的。」于是,舍利弗和目犍连就前往那些游方者的住处。到了之后,对那些游方者说:「朋友,我们到世尊那里去吧,那位世尊就是我们的老师。」他们回答说:「我们是依止于两位尊者,认同两位尊者而住在这里的。如果两位尊者将在伟大的沙门那里修习梵行,那我们所有人也都将一起在伟大的沙门那里修习梵行。」接着,舍利弗和目犍连又前往游方者桑遮耶的住处,到了之后,对游方者桑遮耶这样说:「朋友,我们到世尊那里去吧,那位世尊就是我们的老师。」桑遮耶说:「够了,朋友,不要去。我们三个可以一起带领这个团体。」第二次也是如此……乃至第三次,舍利弗和目犍连又对游方者桑遮耶这样说:「朋友,我们到世尊那里去吧,那位世尊就是我们的老师。」桑遮耶依旧回答:「够了,朋友,不要去。我们三个可以一起带领这个团体。」 于是,舍利弗和目犍连便带着那二百五十位游方者,前往竹林精舍。而那位游方者桑遮耶,就在当场,从嘴里涌出了热血。
Atha kho moggallāno paribbājako sāriputtaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca ‘‘gacchāma mayaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā satthā’’ti. ‘‘Imāni kho, āvuso, aḍḍhateyyāni paribbājakasatāni amhe nissāya amhe sampassantā idha viharanti, tepi tāva apalokema . Yathā te maññissanti, tathā te karissantī’’ti. Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānā yena te paribbājakā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā te paribbājake etadavocuṃ – ‘‘gacchāma mayaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā satthā’’ti. ‘‘Mayaṃ āyasmante nissāya āyasmante sampassantā idha viharāma, sace āyasmantā mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ carissanti, sabbeva mayaṃ mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ carissāmā’’ti. Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānā yena sañcayo paribbājako tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā sañcayaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘gacchāma mayaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā satthā’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, āvuso, mā agamittha, sabbeva tayo imaṃ gaṇaṃ pariharissāmā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho…pe… tatiyampi kho sāriputtamoggallānā sañcayaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘gacchāma mayaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā satthā’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, āvuso, mā agamittha, sabbeva tayo imaṃ gaṇaṃ pariharissāmā’’ti. Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānā tāni aḍḍhateyyāni paribbājakasatāni ādāya yena veḷuvanaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Sañcayassa pana paribbājakassa tattheva uṇhaṃ lohitaṃ mukhato uggañchi.
279世尊从远处看见舍利弗与目犍连前来,见后告诉比丘们:「比丘们,这两位同伴前来,乔达摩与郁帝沙。这将是我的一对弟子,最上的吉祥之对。」
Addasā kho bhagavā sāriputtamoggallāne dūratova āgacchante, disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘ete, bhikkhave, dve sahāyakā āgacchanti, kolito upatisso ca. Etaṃ me sāvakayugaṃ bhavissati aggaṃ bhaddayuga’’nti.
280于甚深智境、无上依止灭尽中;
Gambhīre ñāṇavisaye, anuttare upadhisaṅkhaye;
281解脱之后,他们尚未抵达竹林时,导师便为他们授记。
Vimutte appatte veḷuvanaṃ, atha ne satthā byākāsi.
282“这两位同伴,拘律陀与优波提舍将要到来;
Ete dve sahāyakā, āgacchanti kolito upatisso ca;
283这将是我一对杰出的弟子,最殊胜的一双。”
Etaṃ me sāvakayugaṃ, bhavissati aggaṃ bhaddayuganti.
328于是舍利弗目犍连去到世尊处,到已
Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu , upasaṅkamitvā
284他们以头面顶礼世尊之足后,对世尊这样说:“尊者,愿我们能在世尊座下出家,愿我们得以受具足戒。”世尊说:“来吧,比丘们。”然后说:“法已善说,请修习梵行,以究竟灭尽诸苦。”这便成了这些尊者的具足戒。
Bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Etha bhikkhavo’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi.
330知名者出家
Abhiññātānaṃ pabbajjā
63然而,就在那时,许多有名望、有名望的摩羯陀族良家子弟在世尊座下修习梵行。人们纷纷非议、指责、批评道:“沙门乔达摩的行径是让人绝后,沙门乔达摩的行径是让人守寡,沙门乔达摩的行径是断绝家族。现在他已使上千的结发苦行者出家,又使这二百五十位属于桑阇耶的游行者出家,而且这些有名望、有名望的摩羯陀族良家子弟也在沙门乔达摩座下修习梵行。”他们甚至一见到比丘们,就用这首偈颂来责备:
Tena kho pana samayena abhiññātā abhiññātā māgadhikā kulaputtā bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ caranti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – aputtakatāya paṭipanno samaṇo gotamo, vedhabyāya paṭipanno samaṇo gotamo, kulupacchedāya paṭipanno samaṇo gotamo, idāni anena jaṭilasahassaṃ pabbājitaṃ, imāni ca aḍḍhateyyāni paribbājakasatāni sañcayāni pabbājitāni. Ime ca abhiññātā abhiññātā māgadhikā kulaputtā samaṇe gotame brahmacariyaṃ carantīti. Apissu bhikkhū disvā imāya gāthāya codenti –
286“那位大沙门来到了,摩羯陀人的山城王舍城;
‘‘Āgato kho mahāsamaṇo, māgadhānaṃ giribbajaṃ;
287他把桑阇耶的所有弟子都带走了,现在他又会带走谁呢?”
Sabbe sañcaye netvāna , kaṃsu dāni nayissatī’’ti.
288比丘们听到了那些人非议、指责、批评的言论。于是,那些比丘便把这件事禀告了世尊……“比丘们,这种声音不会持续很久。它只会存在七天,七天过后,它就会消失。那么,比丘们,当那些人用这首偈颂来责备你们时——”
Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… na, bhikkhave, so saddo ciraṃ bhavissati, sattāhameva bhavissati, sattāhassa accayena antaradhāyissati. Tena hi, bhikkhave, ye tumhe imāya gāthāya codenti –
289伟大的沙门已经来到,摩揭陀人的山城,
‘‘Āgato kho mahāsamaṇo, māgadhānaṃ giribbajaṃ;
290把所有跟随者都引走后,现在他还想带走谁呢?
Sabbe sañcaye netvāna, kaṃsu dāni nayissatī’’ti.
291你们就用这偈颂去回应他们——
Te tumhe imāya gāthāya paṭicodetha –
292大雄者们、如来临在,确实用正法引领着人们;
‘‘Nayanti ve mahāvīrā, saddhammena tathāgatā;
293对于那些依法而引领的人们,有智慧者又怎么会心生嫉妒?
Dhammena nayamānānaṃ , kā usūyā vijānata’’nti.
294而就在那个时候,人们看到这些比丘以后,就用这偈颂来指责他们——
Tena kho pana samayena manussā bhikkhū disvā imāya gāthāya codenti –
295伟大的沙门已经来到,摩揭陀人的山城,
‘‘Āgato kho mahāsamaṇo, māgadhānaṃ giribbajaṃ;
296把所有跟随者都引走后,现在他还想带走谁呢?
Sabbe sañcaye netvāna, kaṃsu dāni nayissatī’’ti.
297那些比丘用这首偈颂反驳这些人:
Bhikkhū te manusse imāya gāthāya paṭicodenti –
298“那些大雄如去者,确实以正法引导人们;看到他们依法引导,明白人又怎么会嫉妒呢?”
‘‘Nayanti ve mahāvīrā, saddhammena tathāgatā;
299(人们说)据说沙门释迦子是以法而非非法引导我们。这个声音只持续了七天,七天过后就消失了。
Dhammena nayamānānaṃ, kā usūyā vijānata’’nti.
300然而,就在那时,比丘们既没有依止师,也没有教授师,无人教导,无人训诫。他们穿着不整、披衣不端、举止威仪不得体地进入村落乞食。当人们还在用餐时,他们就把钵伸到人家正在吃的主食上面去;当人们还在用餐时,他们就把钵伸到人家正在吃的硬食上面去;当人们还在用餐时,他们就把钵伸到人家正在品尝的美味上面去;当人们还在用餐时,他们就把钵伸到人家正在喝的饮料上面去。他们还为自己开口讨要汤和饭食来吃。在食堂里,他们也高声喧哗,吵吵闹闹。人们对此感到不满、责备和非难:“这些沙门释迦子,怎么可以穿着不整、披衣不端、举止威仪不得体地进入村落乞食呢?怎么能在人们还在用餐时,把钵伸到人家正在吃的主食、硬食、美味、饮料上面去呢?怎么能为自己开口讨要汤和饭食来吃呢?又怎么能在食堂里像那些婆罗门吃婆罗门饭时一样,高声喧哗,吵吵闹闹呢?”
Manussā dhammena kira samaṇā sakyaputtiyā nenti no adhammenāti sattāhameva so saddo ahosi, sattāhassa accayena antaradhāyi.
347舍利弗目犍连出家论完
Sāriputtamoggallānapabbajjākathā niṭṭhitā.
348第四诵品完
Catutthabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito.
34915. 依止师义务论
15. Upajjhāyavattakathā
64那些比丘听到了人们的这些不满、责备和非难。那些少欲、知足、有羞耻心、常怀悔过、乐于受持学处的比丘们,也对此感到不满、责备和非难:“这些比丘,怎么可以穿着不整、披衣不端、举止威仪不得体地进入村落乞食呢?怎么能在人们还在用餐时,把钵伸到人家正在吃的主食、硬食、美味、饮料上面去呢?怎么能为自己开口讨要汤和饭食来吃呢?又怎么能在食堂里高声喧哗,吵吵闹闹呢?”于是,那些比丘……将此事禀告了世尊。
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū anupajjhāyakā anācariyakā anovadiyamānā ananusāsiyamānā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya caranti; manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti; sāmaṃ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjanti; bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya carissanti; manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ, uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti; sāmaṃ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti; bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissanti seyyathāpi brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇabhojane’’ti.
302当时,世尊就以这个因缘、这个事件,召集了比丘僧团,并向那些比丘们问道:“比丘们,据说真的有比丘穿着不整、披衣不端、举止威仪不得体地进入村落乞食,在人们用餐时,把钵伸到人家正在吃的主食上面、硬食上面、美味上面、饮料上面去,还为自己开口讨要汤和饭食来吃,并且在食堂里高声喧哗、吵吵闹闹,这是真的吗?”“是真的,世尊。”佛陀,那位世尊,呵斥了他们:“比丘们,这些愚痴人的行为,是不合宜的、不随顺的、不恰当的、非沙门所为的、不如法的、不该做的。比丘们,这些愚痴人,怎么可以如此行事……(此处重复上述劣行)。比丘们,这样做,既不能让未生信者生起信心,也不能让已生信者的信心增长。反而,比丘们,它会使未生信者不生信心,使已生信者中的部分人改变态度。”接着,世尊以种种方式呵斥了那些比丘,指出了难以供养、难以伺候、欲望大、不知足、喜欢交际、懈怠的过患;并以种种方式赞叹了易于供养、易于伺候、少欲、知足、减损烦恼、力行头陀、令人生信、消损贪执、精进努力的功德。在为比丘们开示了对此事件合宜、随顺的法义之后,世尊对比丘们说:
Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā santuṭṭhā lajjino kukkuccakā sikkhākāmā, te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhū dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya carissanti; manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ, uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti; sāmaṃ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti; bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissantī’’ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū…pe… bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
303“比丘们,我允许设立依止师。比丘们,依止师应当对共住弟子心怀如子之情,共住弟子也应当对依止师心怀如父之情。这样,他们彼此恭敬、尊重、和合而住,就能在这个法、律中增长、广大、圆满。比丘们,依止师应当这样被接受:偏袒上衣,搭于左肩,顶礼双足,长跪而坐,合掌作揖,然后这样对他说:‘尊者,请您做我的依止师;尊者,请您做我的依止师;尊者,请您做我的依止师。’如果对方通过身体表示‘善哉’、‘可以’、‘合适’、‘恰当’或‘应以庄严威仪而行’,或者通过语言表示,或者通过身体与语言共同表示,那么依止师就被接受了。如果对方没有通过身体表示,没有通过语言表示,也没有通过身体与语言共同表示,那么依止师就没有被接受。”
Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā bhikkhū paṭipucchi – ‘‘saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya caranti, manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ upari bhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, sāmaṃ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjanti, bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharantī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā – ‘‘ananucchavikaṃ, bhikkhave, tesaṃ moghapurisānaṃ ananulomikaṃ appatirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. Kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya carissanti, manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, sāmaṃ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti, bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissanti. Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya, pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya. Atha khvetaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānañceva appasādāya, pasannānañca ekaccānaṃ aññathattāyā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya dupposatāya mahicchatāya asantuṭṭhitāya saṅgaṇikāya kosajjassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitvā anekapariyāyena subharatāya suposatāya appicchassa santuṭṭhassa sallekhassa dhutassa pāsādikassa apacayassa vīriyārambhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitvā bhikkhūnaṃ tadanucchavikaṃ tadanulomikaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi –
65「诸比丘,我允许亲教师。诸比丘,亲教师应对弟子生起子想,弟子应对亲教师生起父想。如此,他们互相恭敬、互相尊重、互相礼敬而住,在此法与律中将达到增长、增进、广大。诸比丘,应如此接受亲教师:偏袒上衣,礼敬足,蹲踞,合掌,应如此说:『尊者,请作我的亲教师;尊者,请作我的亲教师;尊者,请作我的亲教师。』若说「好」或「可以」或「适当」或「合适」或「以令人欢喜的方式成就」,或以身表示,或以语表示,或以身语表示,则亲教师已被接受;若不以身表示,不以语表示,不以身语表示,则亲教师未被接受。」
‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upajjhāyaṃ. Upajjhāyo, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikamhi puttacittaṃ upaṭṭhapessati , saddhivihāriko upajjhāyamhi pitucittaṃ upaṭṭhapessati. Evaṃ te aññamaññaṃ sagāravā sappatissā sabhāgavuttino viharantā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuḍḍhiṃ viruḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjissanti. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, upajjhāyo gahetabbo – ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘upajjhāyo me, bhante, hohi; upajjhāyo me, bhante, hohi; upajjhāyo me, bhante, hohī’ti. Sāhūti vā lahūti vā opāyikanti vā patirūpanti vā pāsādikena sampādehīti vā kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, gahito hoti upajjhāyo; na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti , na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na gahito hoti upajjhāyo.
66“比丘们,弟子应当对导师履行正确的职责。以下是正确的履行方式——
‘‘Saddhivihārikena, bhikkhave, upajjhāyamhi sammā vattitabbaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ sammāvattanā –
306“清晨即起,脱掉拖鞋,将上衣搭在一侧肩上,递上齿木和漱口水,铺设座位。如果有粥,洗完碗后,应将粥端上。导师用过粥后,递上水,接过碗,放低后小心地清洗,不要磨擦发出声响,然后收好。导师起身时,应撤去座位。如果那个地方脏了,应当清扫那个地方。”
‘‘Kālasseva vuṭṭhāya upāhanā omuñcitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā dantakaṭṭhaṃ dātabbaṃ, mukhodakaṃ dātabbaṃ, āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṃ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā. Yāguṃ pītassa udakaṃ datvā bhājanaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Upajjhāyamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.
307“如果导师想要进入村庄,应当递上内衣,接过换下的内衣,递上腰带,将僧伽梨衣折叠出层次后递上,将钵洗干净后带水递上。如果导师希望有人做随从沙马内拉,那么弟子应当遮住三轮、整齐地穿着下衣,系好腰带,将僧伽梨衣折叠出层次后搭在上身,系好纽结,拿着洗干净的钵,去做导师的随从沙马内拉。不应走得太远,也不应走得太近。应当接取导师钵中所装的食物。导师正在说话时,不应插话打断。若导师言谈接近犯戒的边缘,应当劝阻。”
‘‘Sace upajjhāyo gāmaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, kāyabandhanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saguṇaṃ katvā saṅghāṭiyo dātabbā, dhovitvā patto sodako dātabbo. Sace upajjhāyo pacchāsamaṇaṃ ākaṅkhati, timaṇḍalaṃ paṭicchādentena parimaṇḍalaṃ nivāsetvā kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā saguṇaṃ katvā saṅghāṭiyo pārupitvā gaṇṭhikaṃ paṭimuñcitvā dhovitvā pattaṃ gahetvā upajjhāyassa pacchāsamaṇena hotabbaṃ. Nātidūre gantabbaṃ, nāccāsanne gantabbaṃ, pattapariyāpannaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Na upajjhāyassa bhaṇamānassa antarantarā kathā opātetabbā. Upajjhāyo āpattisāmantā bhaṇamāno nivāretabbo.
308“返回时,应当率先回来,铺设座位,准备好洗脚水、脚凳和擦脚石。应上前迎接,接过衣钵,递上换穿的内衣,接过导师换下的内衣。如果衣服被汗浸湿,应在太阳下稍作晾晒,但不应将衣服长时间置于烈日下曝晒。应当折叠衣服。折叠衣服时,应将衣边缩回四指宽后再折,心想:‘不要弄出折痕’。衣服的叠痕部分应系上腰带捆扎。”
‘‘Nivattantena paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Sace cīvaraṃ sinnaṃ hoti, muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbaṃ, na ca uṇhe cīvaraṃ nidahitabbaṃ; cīvaraṃ saṅgharitabbaṃ, cīvaraṃ saṅgharantena caturaṅgulaṃ kaṇṇaṃ ussāretvā cīvaraṃ saṅgharitabbaṃ – mā majjhe bhaṅgo ahosīti. Obhoge kāyabandhanaṃ kātabbaṃ.
309“如果有得到食物,而且导师想要进食,应当递上水后,将食物奉上。应当问导师是否需要饮用水。导师用完餐后,递上水,接过钵,放低后小心地清洗,不要磨擦发出声响,处理掉水,然后在太阳下稍作晾晒,但不应将钵长时间置于烈日下。应当收好衣钵。放钵时,应一手拿钵,另一只手摸一下床下或凳下,然后将钵放好。不得将钵直接放在没有铺垫的地上。收衣服时,应一手拿衣服,另一只手拂拭一下晾衣竿或晾衣绳,将衣边朝外、叠痕朝内,然后放好衣服。导师起身时,应撤去座位,收好洗脚水、脚凳和擦脚石。如果那个地方脏了,应当清扫那个地方。”
‘‘Sace piṇḍapāto hoti, upajjhāyo ca bhuñjitukāmo hoti, udakaṃ datvā piṇḍapāto upanāmetabbo. Upajjhāyo pānīyena pucchitabbo . Bhuttāvissa udakaṃ datvā pattaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena dhovitvā vodakaṃ katvā muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbo, na ca uṇhe patto nidahitabbo. Pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. Cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Upajjhāyamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.
310“如果导师想要洗澡,应当准备好洗澡水。如果需要冷水,就准备冷水。如果需要热水,就准备热水。”
‘‘Sace upajjhāyo nahāyitukāmo hoti, nahānaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. Sace sītena attho hoti, sītaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. Sace uṇhena attho hoti, uṇhaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ.
311“如果导师想要进入浴室,应当研好沐浴粉,打湿沐浴土,拿着浴室凳,跟在导师后面走。到了以后,递给导师浴室凳,接过衣服放在一边,递上沐浴粉和沐浴土。如果能力所及,应当进入浴室。进入浴室时,应用沐浴土涂擦脸部,遮住前身和后身,然后进入浴室。不应挤坐在长老比丘们中间而妨碍他们。不应以座位为由排斥新学比丘。在浴室中,应当为导师提供搓背等服务。从浴室出来时,应拿着浴室凳,遮住前身和后身,然后走出浴室。”
‘‘Sace upajjhāyo jantāgharaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, cuṇṇaṃ sannetabbaṃ, mattikā temetabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya upajjhāyassa piṭṭhito piṭṭhito gantvā jantāgharapīṭhaṃ datvā cīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ, cuṇṇaṃ dātabbaṃ, mattikā dātabbā. Sace ussahati, jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Jantāgharaṃ pavisantena mattikāya mukhaṃ makkhetvā purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Na there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīditabbaṃ. Na navā bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhitabbā. Jantāghare upajjhāyassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Jantāgharā nikkhamantena jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharā nikkhamitabbaṃ.
312“即使在水中,也应为导师提供搓背等服务。自己沐浴完毕后,应当先上来,擦干自己的身体,穿好下衣,然后为导师擦干身上的水,递上下衣,递上僧伽梨衣。接着拿着浴室凳,先回来铺设好座位,准备好洗脚水、脚凳和擦脚石。应当问导师是否需要饮用水。如果导师希望弟子领受教诫,弟子应当领受教诫。如果导师希望弟子深入提问,弟子应当深入提问。”
‘‘Udakepi upajjhāyassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Nahātena paṭhamataraṃ uttaritvā attano gattaṃ vodakaṃ katvā nivāsetvā upajjhāyassa gattato udakaṃ pamajjitabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saṅghāṭi dātabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ, upajjhāyo pānīyena pucchitabbo. Sace uddisāpetukāmo hoti, uddisitabbo. Sace paripucchitukāmo hoti, paripucchitabbo.
313如果戒师住的住处脏了,如果弟子有能力,就应该打扫。打扫住处时,要先把衣钵拿出来,放在一边。把坐垫拿出来,放在一边。把床垫和枕头拿出来,放在一边。把床放低后,小心不磕碰、不摩擦门板地搬出来,放在一边。把椅子放低后,小心不磕碰、不摩擦门板地搬出来,放在一边。把床脚垫拿出来,放在一边。把痰盂拿出来,放在一边。把靠板拿出来,放在一边。留意地上铺设物原来是怎么铺的,然后拿出来,放在一边。如果住处有蜘蛛网,应该先从天棚开始清除,然后擦拭窗户角落、房间的边缘地带。如果是用赭石粉刷过的墙弄脏了,就把布沾湿、拧干,然后擦拭。如果是涂成黑色的地面弄脏了,就把布沾湿、拧干,然后擦拭。如果地面没经过处理,就洒上水,然后清扫,想着'别让住处扬起灰尘'。把垃圾捡集起来,丢到一边去。
‘‘Yasmiṃ vihāre upajjhāyo viharati, sace so vihāro uklāpo hoti, sace ussahati, sodhetabbo. Vihāraṃ sodhentena paṭhamaṃ pattacīvaraṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Bhisibibbohanaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Mañco nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo. Pīṭhaṃ nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena , asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Mañcapaṭipādakā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbā. Kheḷamallako nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo. Apassenaphalakaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Bhūmattharaṇaṃ yathāpaññattaṃ sallakkhetvā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Sace vihāre santānakaṃ hoti, ullokā paṭhamaṃ ohāretabbaṃ, ālokasandhikaṇṇabhāgā pamajjitabbā. Sace gerukaparikammakatā bhitti kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. Sace kāḷavaṇṇakatā bhūmi kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. Sace akatā hoti bhūmi, udakena paripphositvā sammajjitabbā – mā vihāro rajena uhaññīti. Saṅkāraṃ vicinitvā ekamantaṃ chaḍḍetabbaṃ.
314地上铺设物要晒一晒、清理干净、拍掉灰尘,然后搬回去,按照原来铺的样子铺好。床脚垫要晒一晒、擦拭干净,然后搬回去,放回原处。床要晒一晒、清理干净、拍掉灰尘,放低后,小心不磕碰、不摩擦门板地搬回去,按照原来铺的样子铺好。椅子要晒一晒、清理干净、拍掉灰尘,放低后,小心不磕碰、不摩擦门板地搬回去,按照原来铺的样子铺好。床垫和枕头要晒一晒、清理干净、拍掉灰尘,然后搬回去,按照原来铺的样子铺好。坐垫要晒一晒、清理干净、拍掉灰尘,然后搬回去,按照原来铺的样子铺好。痰盂要晒一晒、擦拭干净,然后搬回去,放回原处。靠板要晒一晒、擦拭干净,然后搬回去,放回原处。要放好衣钵。放钵的时候,要一只手拿钵,另一只手摸一下床底或椅子底,然后再把钵放下去。钵不能直接放在没有铺垫的地面上。放袈裟的时候,要一只手拿袈裟,另一只手沿着袈裟竿或袈裟绳摸一遍,把外边折向里面,再把袈裟放好。
‘‘Bhūmattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Mañcapaṭipādakā otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbā. Mañco otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbo. Pīṭhaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Bhisibibbohanaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Kheḷamallako otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbo. Apassenaphalakaṃ otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṃ. Pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. Cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ.
315如果从东边吹来带灰尘的风,就关上东边的窗户。如果从西边吹来带灰尘的风,就关上西边的窗户。如果从北边吹来带灰尘的风,就关上北边的窗户。如果从南边吹来带灰尘的风,就关上南边的窗户。如果是冷天,白天应该打开窗户,晚上应该关上。如果是热天,白天应该关上窗户,晚上应该打开。
‘‘Sace puratthimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, puratthimā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace pacchimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, pacchimā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace uttarā sarajā vātā vāyanti, uttarā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace dakkhiṇā sarajā vātā vāyanti, dakkhiṇā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace sītakālo hoti, divā vātapānā vivaritabbā, rattiṃ thaketabbā. Sace uṇhakālo hoti, divā vātapānā thaketabbā, rattiṃ vivaritabbā.
316如果庭院脏了,应该清扫庭院。如果门廊脏了,应该清扫门廊。如果集会厅脏了,应该清扫集会厅。如果火堂脏了,应该清扫火堂。如果厕所脏了,应该清扫厕所。如果没有饮用水了,就应该备好饮用水。如果没有洗用水了,就应该备好洗用水。如果洗手水罐里没水了,就应该往洗手水罐里倒水。
‘‘Sace pariveṇaṃ uklāpaṃ hoti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjitabbaṃ. Sace koṭṭhako uklāpo hoti, koṭṭhako sammajjitabbo. Sace upaṭṭhānasālā uklāpā hoti, upaṭṭhānasālā sammajjitabbā. Sace aggisālā uklāpā hoti, aggisālā sammajjitabbā. Sace vaccakuṭi uklāpā hoti, vaccakuṭi sammajjitabbā. Sace pānīyaṃ na hoti, pānīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Sace paribhojanīyaṃ na hoti, paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Sace ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṃ na hoti, ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṃ āsiñcitabbaṃ.
317如果戒师生起了厌离心,弟子应该去劝解他,或者找人来劝解他,或者为他讲说佛法。如果戒师生起了悔疑,弟子应该去化解它,或者找人化解它,或者为他讲说佛法。如果戒师生起了邪见,弟子应该去析解它,或者找人析解它,或者为他讲说佛法。如果戒师犯了重法而应受别住,弟子应该努力促成这件事:'怎样才能让僧团给戒师进行别住处理呢?'如果戒师应被退回从头开始,弟子应该努力促成这件事:'怎样才能让僧团把戒师退回从头开始呢?'如果戒师应受悦行,弟子应该努力促成这件事:'怎样才能让僧团给戒师进行悦行处理呢?'如果戒师应受出罪,弟子应该努力促成这件事:'怎样才能让僧团给戒师进行出罪处理呢?'如果僧团想要对戒师做呵责、或依止、或驱出、或令和解、或举罪这些处理,弟子就应该努力促成这件事:'怎样才能让僧团不对戒师做这些处理,或者把它们转为轻的呢?'如果僧团已经对戒师做了呵责、或依止、或驱出、或令和解、或举罪这些处理,弟子就应该努力促成这件事:'怎样才能让戒师正当行事、顺从、履行出罪程序,从而让僧团撤销这个处理呢?'
‘‘Sace upajjhāyassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, saddhivihārikena vūpakāsetabbo, vūpakāsāpetabbo, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace upajjhāyassa kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, saddhivihārikena vinodetabbaṃ, vinodāpetabbaṃ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace upajjhāyassa diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti, saddhivihārikena vivecetabbaṃ, vivecāpetabbaṃ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā . Sace upajjhāyo garudhammaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyassa parivāsaṃ dadeyyāti. Sace upajjhāyo mūlāya paṭikassanāraho hoti, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyaṃ mūlāya paṭikasseyyāti. Sace upajjhāyo mānattāraho hoti, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyassa mānattaṃ dadeyyāti. Sace upajjhāyo abbhānāraho hoti, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyaṃ abbheyyāti. Sace saṅgho upajjhāyassa kammaṃ kattukāmo hoti tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ vā, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyassa kammaṃ na kareyya lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyāti. Kataṃ vā panassa hoti saṅghena kammaṃ tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ vā, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho upajjhāyo sammā vatteyya, lomaṃ pāteyya, netthāraṃ vatteyya, saṅgho taṃ kammaṃ paṭippassambheyyāti.
318如果戒师的衣服需要洗,弟子应该去洗,或者去促成这件事:'怎么才能找人把戒师的衣服洗了呢?'如果戒师的衣服需要做,弟子应该去做,或者去促成这件事:'怎么才能找人把戒师的衣服做了呢?'如果戒师需要煮染料,弟子应该去煮,或者去促成这件事:'怎么才能找人把戒师的染料煮了呢?'如果戒师的衣服需要染色,弟子应该去染,或者去促成这件事:'怎么才能找人把戒师的衣服染了呢?'染衣服的时候,要仔细地反复翻转着染,在没有完全断除滴滴答答的状态之前,不能离开。
‘‘Sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ dhovitabbaṃ hoti, saddhivihārikena dhovitabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ dhoviyethāti. Sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ kātabbaṃ hoti, saddhivihārikena kātabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ kariyethāti. Sace upajjhāyassa rajanaṃ pacitabbaṃ hoti, saddhivihārikena pacitabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho upajjhāyassa rajanaṃ paciyethāti. Sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ rajitabbaṃ hoti, saddhivihārikena rajitabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ rajiyethāti. Cīvaraṃ rajantena sādhukaṃ samparivattakaṃ samparivattakaṃ rajitabbaṃ, na ca acchinne theve pakkamitabbaṃ.
319如果没有告知戒师,就不能把钵给某些人,也不能从某些人那里接受钵;不能把袈裟给某些人,也不能从某些人那里接受袈裟;不能把资具给某些人,也不能从某些人那里接受资具;不能为某些人剃头发,也不能让某些人为自己剃头发;不能为某些人做护理服务,也不能让某些人为自己做护理服务;不能为某些人当侍者,也不能找某些人当侍者;不能当某些人的随行沙门,也不能让某些人当自己的随行沙门;不能为某些人带托钵食去,也不能让某些人为自己带托钵食去;没有告知戒师,不能进村子;不能去坟场;不能离开去别的地方。如果戒师生病了,就要一辈子照顾他,一直等到他痊愈为止。
‘‘Na upajjhāyaṃ anāpucchā ekaccassa patto dātabbo, na ekaccassa patto paṭiggahetabbo; na ekaccassa cīvaraṃ dātabbaṃ, na ekaccassa cīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ; na ekaccassa parikkhāro dātabbo, na ekaccassa parikkhāro paṭiggahetabbo; na ekaccassa kesā chedetabbā , na ekaccena kesā chedāpetabbā; na ekaccassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ, na ekaccena parikammaṃ kārāpetabbaṃ; na ekaccassa veyyāvacco kātabbo , na ekaccena veyyāvacco kārāpetabbo; na ekaccassa pacchāsamaṇena hotabbaṃ, na ekacco pacchāsamaṇo ādātabbo; na ekaccassa piṇḍapāto nīharitabbo, na ekaccena piṇḍapāto nīharāpetabbo; na upajjhāyaṃ anāpucchā gāmo pavisitabbo; na susānaṃ gantabbaṃ; na disā pakkamitabbā. Sace upajjhāyo gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo; vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabba’’nti.
369依止师义务完
Upajjhāyavattaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
37016. 亲教弟子义务论
16. Saddhivihārikavattakathā
67比丘们,弟子对戒师,要正当服侍。在这里,正当服侍是这样:
‘‘Upajjhāyena, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikamhi sammā vattitabbaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ sammāvattanā –
321比丘们,戒师应当摄受和教导共住弟子,通过教诵、提问、告诫和指导。如果戒师有钵而共住弟子没有钵,戒师应当把钵给共住弟子,或者应当想办法:怎么才能让共住弟子得到一个钵呢?如果戒师有衣而共住弟子没有衣,戒师应当把衣给共住弟子,或者应当想办法:怎么才能让共住弟子得到一件衣呢?如果戒师有资具而共住弟子没有资具,戒师应当把资具给共住弟子,或者应当想办法:怎么才能让共住弟子得到资具呢?
‘‘Upajjhāyena, bhikkhave, saddhivihāriko saṅgahetabbo anuggahetabbo uddesena paripucchāya ovādena anusāsaniyā. Sace upajjhāyassa patto hoti, saddhivihārikassa patto na hoti, upajjhāyena saddhivihārikassa patto dātabbo, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa patto uppajjiyethāti. Sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ hoti, saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ na hoti, upajjhāyena saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ dātabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ uppajjiyethāti. Sace upajjhāyassa parikkhāro hoti, saddhivihārikassa parikkhāro na hoti, upajjhāyena saddhivihārikassa parikkhāro dātabbo, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa parikkhāro uppajjiyethāti.
322如果共住弟子生病了,应当清早起来,给他准备好齿木和洗脸水,为他铺设好座位。如果有粥,把碗洗干净后把粥端给他。他喝完粥后,给他水,接过碗来,放低一点,小心地、不刮擦地洗干净后收好。共住弟子起身后,应当把座位撤掉。如果那个地方脏了,应当把那个地方打扫干净。
‘‘Sace saddhivihāriko gilāno hoti, kālasseva uṭṭhāya dantakaṭṭhaṃ dātabbaṃ, mukhodakaṃ dātabbaṃ, āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṃ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā. Yāguṃ pītassa udakaṃ datvā bhājanaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Saddhivihārikamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.
323如果共住弟子想进入村落,应当给他下裙,接过他替换下来的下裙,给他腰带,把僧伽梨衣折出层次后给他,把钵洗干净、去除水后给他。心里想着'他会在这个地方返回',就提前铺好座位,准备好洗脚水、脚凳和擦脚布。要出门迎接他,接过他的钵和衣,递给他替换的下裙,接过他的下裙。如果他的衣服湿了,要在不是很热的阳光底下晾一小会儿,但不要把衣服放在烈日下暴晒。要叠好衣服。叠衣服的时候,要把边角留出四指宽再叠,心想:'别让中间折出折痕。'腰带要卷好放好。
‘‘Sace saddhivihāriko gāmaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, kāyabandhanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saguṇaṃ katvā saṅghāṭiyo dātabbā, dhovitvā patto sodako dātabbo. Ettāvatā nivattissatīti āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ . Sace cīvaraṃ sinnaṃ hoti, muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbaṃ, na ca uṇhe cīvaraṃ nidahitabbaṃ; cīvaraṃ saṅgharitabbaṃ, cīvaraṃ saṅgharantena caturaṅgulaṃ kaṇṇaṃ ussāretvā cīvaraṃ saṅgharitabbaṃ – mā majjhe bhaṅgo ahosīti. Obhoge kāyabandhanaṃ kātabbaṃ.
324如果有食物,而共住弟子想吃,就先给他水,然后把食物端给他。要问共住弟子要不要喝水。他吃完后,给他水,接过钵来,放低一点,小心地、不刮擦地洗干净,去除水后,在不是很热的阳光下晾一小会儿,但不要把钵放在烈日下暴晒。要收好钵和衣。放钵的时候,用一只手拿着钵,另一只手摸一下床下或凳下,再把钵放下。不要把钵直接放在没有铺垫的地上。放衣服的时候,用一只手拿着衣服,另一只手摸一下衣竿或衣绳,把衣服边向外、折向里地放好。共住弟子起身后,要把座位撤掉,把洗脚水、脚凳、擦脚布收好。如果那个地方脏了,应当把那个地方打扫干净。
‘‘Sace piṇḍapāto hoti, saddhivihāriko ca bhuñjitukāmo hoti, udakaṃ datvā piṇḍapāto upanāmetabbo. Saddhivihāriko pānīyena pucchitabbo. Bhuttāvissa udakaṃ datvā pattaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena dhovitvā vodakaṃ katvā muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbo, na ca uṇhe patto nidahitabbo. Pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. Cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Saddhivihārikamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.
325如果共住弟子想洗澡,应当为他准备好洗澡的用品。如果需要冷水,就准备冷水。如果需要热水,就准备热水。
‘‘Sace saddhivihāriko nahāyitukāmo hoti, nahānaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. Sace sītena attho hoti, sītaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. Sace uṇhena attho hoti, uṇhaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ .
326如果共住弟子想进入浴室,应当给他揉好沐浴粉,把陶土弄湿,带着浴凳去,把浴凳给他,接过他的衣服放在一边,给他沐浴粉和陶土。如果自己还能行,就进入浴室。进入浴室时,先用陶土涂脸,把身前身后遮蔽好,再进入浴室。不要挤在长老比丘们中间坐。不要用座位阻挡新来比丘。在浴室里,要为共住弟子提供服侍。从浴室出来的时候,拿着浴凳,遮蔽好身前身后,再走出浴室。
‘‘Sace saddhivihāriko jantāgharaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, cuṇṇaṃ sannetabbaṃ, mattikā temetabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya gantvā jantāgharapīṭhaṃ datvā cīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ, cuṇṇaṃ dātabbaṃ, mattikā dātabbā. Sace ussahati, jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Jantāgharaṃ pavisantena mattikāya mukhaṃ makkhetvā purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Na there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīditabbaṃ. Na navā bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhitabbā. Jantāghare saddhivihārikassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Jantāgharā nikkhamantena jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharā nikkhamitabbaṃ.
327在水里,也要为共住弟子提供服侍。自己先洗完上岸,把身体擦干、没有水滴之后,穿好下裙,然后把共住弟子身上的水擦掉,递给他下裙,递给他僧伽梨衣。拿着浴凳先回来,铺好座位,准备好洗脚水、脚凳和擦脚布。要问共住弟子要不要喝水。
‘‘Udakepi saddhivihārikassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Nahātena paṭhamataraṃ uttaritvā attano gattaṃ vodakaṃ katvā nivāsetvā saddhivihārikassa gattato udakaṃ pamajjitabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saṅghāṭi dātabbā. Jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ. Saddhivihāriko pānīyena pucchitabbo.
328共住弟子住的精舍如果脏了,如果自己还有能力,就应当打扫干净。打扫精舍时,首先把钵和衣搬出去,放在一边;把坐垫和敷具搬出去,放在一边;把床垫和枕头搬出去,放在一边;把床放低后,小心地、不刮擦地、不碰撞门板门槛地搬出去,放在一边;把凳子放低后,小心地、不刮擦地、不碰撞门板门槛地搬出去,放在一边;把床脚架搬出去,放在一边;把痰盂搬出去,放在一边;把靠板搬出去,放在一边;记好铺在地上的敷具原来是怎么铺的,然后搬出去,放在一边。如果精舍里有蜘蛛网,先从天窗开始扫起,然后擦拭窗户的角落和边棱。如果墙壁是用赭石处理过的而且有斑点,就把布弄湿、拧干后擦干净。如果地板是处理成黑色的而且有斑点,就把布弄湿、拧干后擦干净。如果地板是没处理过的,就洒上水后扫地,心里想着'别让精舍尘土飞扬'。把垃圾集中起来,丢到一边去。
‘‘Yasmiṃ vihāre saddhivihāriko viharati, sace so vihāro uklāpo hoti, sace ussahati, sodhetabbo. Vihāraṃ sodhentena paṭhamaṃ pattacīvaraṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; bhisibibbohanaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; mañco nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo; pīṭhaṃ nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; mañcapaṭipādakā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbā; kheḷamallako nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo; apassenaphalakaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; bhūmattharaṇaṃ yathāpaññattaṃ sallakkhetvā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Sace vihāre santānakaṃ hoti, ullokā paṭhamaṃ ohāretabbaṃ, ālokasandhikaṇṇabhāgā pamajjitabbā. Sace gerukaparikammakatā bhitti kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. Sace kāḷavaṇṇakatā bhūmi kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. Sace akatā hoti bhūmi, udakena paripphositvā sammajjitabbā – mā vihāro rajena uhaññīti. Saṅkāraṃ vicinitvā ekamantaṃ chaḍḍetabbaṃ.
329“地垫要晒、擦干净、拍掉灰尘,搬移过去,按照规定的样子铺好。床脚的垫木要晒、擦拭、搬移过去,放在该放的地方。床要晒、擦干净、拍掉灰尘,放低后妥善地不碰擦、不撞到门扇,搬移过去,按照规定的样子铺好。凳子要晒、擦干净、拍掉灰尘,放低后妥善地不碰擦、不撞到门扇,搬移过去,按照规定的样子摆好。床垫和枕头要晒、擦干净、拍掉灰尘,搬移过去,按照规定的样子铺好。坐垫和覆垫要晒、擦干净、拍掉灰尘,搬移过去,按照规定的样子铺好。痰盂要晒、擦拭、搬移过去,放在该放的地方。靠板要晒、擦拭、搬移过去,放在该放的地方。钵和衣要放好。放钵的时候,要用一只手拿着钵,用另一只手摸一下床下或凳下,然后再放下钵。不能不隔东西就直接把钵放在地上。放衣的时候,要用一只手拿着衣,用另一只手拂一下衣竿或衣绳,外面那头折好、里面这头卷好,然后再把衣放好。”
‘‘Bhūmattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Mañcapaṭipādakā otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbā. Mañco otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbo. Pīṭhaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Bhisibibbohanaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Kheḷamallako otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbo. Apassenaphalakaṃ otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṃ. Pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. Cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ.
330“如果东边吹来带灰尘的风,就要关上东边的窗户。如果西边吹来带灰尘的风,就要关上西边的窗户。如果北边吹来带灰尘的风,就要关上北边的窗户。如果南边吹来带灰尘的风,就要关上南边的窗户。如果是冷天,白天要打开窗户,晚上要关上。如果是热天,白天要关上窗户,晚上要打开。”
‘‘Sace puratthimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, puratthimā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace pacchimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, pacchimā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace uttarā sarajā vātā vāyanti, uttarā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace dakkhiṇā sarajā vātā vāyanti, dakkhiṇā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace sītakālo hoti, divā vātapānā vivaritabbā, rattiṃ thaketabbā. Sace uṇhakālo hoti, divā vātapānā thaketabbā, rattiṃ vivaritabbā.
331“如果院子脏了,就要打扫院子。如果走廊脏了,就要打扫走廊。如果集会厅脏了,就要打扫集会厅。如果火堂脏了,就要打扫火堂。如果厕所脏了,就要打扫厕所。如果饮用水没了,就要把饮用水备上。如果洗用水没了,就要把洗用水备上。如果洗手瓮里没水了,就要往洗手瓮里倒水。”
‘‘Sace pariveṇaṃ uklāpaṃ hoti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjitabbaṃ. Sace koṭṭhako uklāpo hoti, koṭṭhako sammajjitabbo. Sace upaṭṭhānasālā uklāpā hoti, upaṭṭhānasālā sammajjitabbā. Sace aggisālā uklāpā hoti, aggisālā sammajjitabbā. Sace vaccakuṭi uklāpā hoti, vaccakuṭi sammajjitabbā. Sace pānīyaṃ na hoti, pānīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Sace paribhojanīyaṃ na hoti, paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Sace ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṃ na hoti, ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṃ āsiñcitabbaṃ.
332“如果同住比丘生起了不乐住,依止师就要安抚他、找人安抚他,或者为他说法。如果同住比丘生起了疑悔,依止师就要帮他消除、找人帮他消除,或者为他说法。如果同住比丘生起了邪见,依止师就要帮他分辨、找人帮他分辨,或者为他说法。如果同住比丘犯了重法,应受别住,依止师就要想办法:‘怎样才能让僧团给同住比丘执行别住呢?’如果同住比丘应退回重来,依止师就要想办法:‘怎样才能让僧团把同住比丘退回重来呢?’如果同住比丘应受摩那埵,依止师就要想办法:‘怎样才能让僧团给同住比丘执行摩那埵呢?’如果同住比丘应受出罪,依止师就要想办法:‘怎样才能让僧团给同住比丘出罪呢?’如果僧团打算对同住比丘作羯磨——或是呵责羯磨、或是依止羯磨、或是驱出羯磨、或是和解羯磨、或是举罪羯磨,依止师就要想办法:‘怎样才能让僧团不对同住比丘作羯磨,或者把羯磨变轻呢?’又或者,僧团已经对同住比丘作了羯磨——或是呵责羯磨、或是依止羯磨、或是驱出羯磨、或是和解羯磨、或是举罪羯磨,依止师就要想办法:‘怎样才能让同住比丘如法行事、随顺服众、度过罪责,让僧团撤销那个羯磨呢?’”
‘‘Sace saddhivihārikassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, upajjhāyena vūpakāsetabbo, vūpakāsāpetabbo, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace saddhivihārikassa kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena vinodetabbaṃ, vinodāpetabbaṃ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā . Sace saddhivihārikassa diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena vivecetabbaṃ, vivecāpetabbaṃ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace saddhivihāriko garudhammaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikassa parivāsaṃ dadeyyāti. Sace saddhivihāriko mūlāya paṭikassanāraho hoti, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikaṃ mūlāya paṭikasseyyāti. Sace saddhivihāriko mānattāraho hoti, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikassa mānattaṃ dadeyyāti. Sace saddhivihāriko abbhānāraho hoti, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikaṃ abbheyyāti. Sace saṅgho saddhivihārikassa kammaṃ kattukāmo hoti, tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ vā, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikassa kammaṃ na kareyya, lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyāti. Kataṃ vā panassa hoti saṅghena kammaṃ, tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ vā, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saddhivihāriko sammā vatteyya, lomaṃ pāteyya, netthāraṃ vatteyya, saṅgho taṃ kammaṃ paṭippassambheyyāti.
333“如果同住比丘的衣需要洗,依止师就要告诉他:‘你要这样洗。’或者就想办法:‘怎样才能让人把同住比丘的衣洗好呢?’如果同住比丘的衣需要缝制,依止师就要告诉他:‘你要这样缝制。’或者就想办法:‘怎样才能让人把同住比丘的衣缝制好呢?’如果同住比丘需要煮染料,依止师就要告诉他:‘你要这样煮。’或者就想办法:‘怎样才能让人把同住比丘的染料煮好呢?’如果同住比丘的衣需要染色,依止师就要告诉他:‘你要这样染。’或者就想办法:‘怎样才能让人把同住比丘的衣染好呢?’染衣的时候,要妥善地一遍一遍翻转着染。不能在没断的滴渍时就离开。如果同住比丘生病了,就要终身服侍,要等着他痊愈。”
‘‘Sace saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ dhovitabbaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṃ evaṃ dhoveyyāsīti , ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ dhoviyethāti. Sace saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ kātabbaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṃ evaṃ kareyyāsīti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ kariyethāti. Sace saddhivihārikassa rajanaṃ pacitabbaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṃ evaṃ paceyyāsīti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa rajanaṃ paciyethāti. Sace saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ rajitabbaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṃ, evaṃ rajeyyāsīti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ rajiyethāti. Cīvaraṃ rajantena sādhukaṃ samparivattakaṃ samparivattakaṃ rajitabbaṃ. Na ca acchinne theve pakkamitabbaṃ. Sace saddhivihāriko gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabba’’nti.
385亲教弟子义务完
Saddhivihārikavattaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
38617. 逐出论
17. Paṇāmitakathā
68那个时候,同住比丘们不按照依止师的要求如法行事。那些少欲的比丘们……都埋怨、批评、指责说:‘同住比丘怎么能不按照依止师的要求如法行事呢?’于是,那些比丘就把这件事报告了世尊。……世尊说:‘比丘们,听说同住比丘不按照依止师的要求如法行事,这是真的吗?’比丘们回答:‘是真的,世尊。’佛陀世尊呵责说……‘比丘们,同住比丘怎么能不按照依止师的要求如法行事呢?’……呵责之后,……开示了法要,对比丘们说:‘比丘们,同住比丘不能不按照依止师的要求如法行事。如果不这样如法行事,就犯恶作。’他们还是不如法行事。比丘们把这件事报告了世尊。世尊说:‘比丘们,我允许你们劝退不如法行事的人。而且,比丘们,应该这样劝退:用身体表示,或用语言表示,或用身体和语言表示,说“我劝退你”、“你别待在这里”、“把你的钵和衣拿走”、“我不需要你服侍了”,这样,这个同住比丘就是被劝退了。如果不用身体表示,不用语言表示,不用身体和语言表示,这个同住比丘就不算被劝退。’
Tena kho pana samayena saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammā vattanti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammā vattissantī’’ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammā vattantīti? Saccaṃ bhagavāti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammā vattissantīti…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikena upajjhāyamhi na sammā vattitabbaṃ. Yo na sammā vatteyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti . Neva sammā vattanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, asammāvattantaṃ paṇāmetuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, paṇāmetabbo – ‘‘paṇāmemi ta’’nti vā, ‘‘māyidha paṭikkamī’’ti vā, ‘‘nīhara te pattacīvara’’nti vā, ‘‘nāhaṃ tayā upaṭṭhātabbo’’ti vā, kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, paṇāmito hoti saddhivihāriko; na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na paṇāmito hoti saddhivihārikoti.
335那个时候,被劝退的同住比丘不求忏悔。比丘们把这件事报告了世尊。世尊说:‘比丘们,我允许你们求忏悔。’他们还是不求忏悔。比丘们把这件事报告了世尊。世尊说:‘比丘们,被劝退的人不能不来求忏悔。如果不这样来求忏悔,就犯恶作。’
Tena kho pana samayena saddhivihārikā paṇāmitā na khamāpenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, khamāpetunti. Neva khamāpenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ . Na, bhikkhave, paṇāmitena na khamāpetabbo. Yo na khamāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
336那个时候,依止师们在被求忏悔的时候,不接受。比丘们把这件事报告了世尊。世尊说:‘比丘们,我允许你们接受。’他们还是不肯接受。那些同住比丘就离开了,还俗了,甚至跑到外道那里去了。比丘们把这件事报告了世尊。世尊说:‘比丘们,有人来求忏悔的时候,不能不肯接受。如果不肯接受,就犯恶作。’
Tena kho pana samayena upajjhāyā khamāpiyamānā na khamanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, khamitunti. Neva khamanti. Saddhivihārikā pakkamantipi vibbhamantipi titthiyesupi saṅkamanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, khamāpiyamānena na khamitabbaṃ. Yo na khameyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
337那时,有些戒师把行为端正的共住弟子驱逐走,而对于行为不端正的却不驱逐。比丘们把这件事报告给世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,不应该把行为端正的共住弟子驱逐走。如果有谁驱逐了,那就犯恶作罪。同时,比丘们,也不应该不驱逐那些行为不端正的共住弟子。如果不驱逐,那也犯恶作罪。”
Tena kho pana samayena upajjhāyā sammāvattantaṃ paṇāmenti, asammāvattantaṃ na paṇāmenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, sammāvattanto paṇāmetabbo. Yo paṇāmeyya , āpatti dukkaṭassa . Na ca, bhikkhave, asammāvattanto na paṇāmetabbo. Yo na paṇāmeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
338“比丘们,如果共住弟子具备这五种条件,就应当被驱逐:他对戒师没有足够的爱念,没有足够的净信,没有足够的惭,没有足够的恭敬,没有足够的修学心。比丘们,共住弟子如果具备这五种条件,就应当被驱逐。”
‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko paṇāmetabbo. Upajjhāyamhi nādhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko paṇāmetabbo.
339“比丘们,如果共住弟子具备这五种条件,就不应当被驱逐:他对戒师有足够的爱念,有足够的净信,有足够的惭,有足够的恭敬,有足够的修学心。比丘们,共住弟子如果具备这五种条件,就不应当被驱逐。”
‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko na paṇāmetabbo. Upajjhāyamhi adhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko na paṇāmetabbo.
340“比丘们,如果共住弟子具备这五种条件,戒师就有能力去驱逐他:他对戒师没有足够的爱念,没有足够的净信,没有足够的惭,没有足够的恭敬,没有足够的修学心。比丘们,共住弟子如果具备这五种条件,戒师就有能力去驱逐他。”
‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko alaṃ paṇāmetuṃ. Upajjhāyamhi nādhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimattā gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko alaṃ paṇāmetuṃ.
341“比丘们,如果共住弟子具备这五种条件,戒师就没有能力去驱逐他:他对戒师有足够的爱念,有足够的净信,有足够的惭,有足够的恭敬,有足够的修学心。比丘们,共住弟子如果具备这五种条件,戒师就没有能力去驱逐他。”
‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko nālaṃ paṇāmetuṃ. Upajjhāyamhi adhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko nālaṃ paṇāmetuṃ.
342“比丘们,如果一位共住弟子具备这五种条件,戒师不驱逐他,那戒师就有过失;而驱逐了他,则没有过失。他对戒师没有足够的爱念,没有足够的净信,没有足够的惭,没有足够的恭敬,没有足够的修学心。比丘们,如果这样的共住弟子,戒师不驱逐他就有过失,驱逐了他则没有过失。”
‘‘Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṃ saddhivihārikaṃ appaṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, paṇāmento anatisāro hoti. Upajjhāyamhi nādhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ saddhivihārikaṃ appaṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, paṇāmento anatisāro hoti.
343“比丘们,如果一位共住弟子具备这五种条件,戒师驱逐了他,那戒师就有过失;而不驱逐他,则没有过失。他对戒师有足够的爱念,有足够的净信,有足够的惭,有足够的恭敬,有足够的修学心。比丘们,如果这样的共住弟子,戒师驱逐他就有过失,不驱逐他则没有过失。”
‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṃ saddhivihārikaṃ paṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, appaṇāmento anatisāro hoti. Upajjhāyamhi adhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ saddhivihārikaṃ paṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, appaṇāmento anatisāro hotī’’ti.
69那时,有位婆罗门去比丘们那里请求出家。比丘们不愿意为他剃度。那位婆罗门因为在比丘那里得不到出家,变得消瘦、憔悴、面色枯黄,肤色变得苍白,筋脉都显现出来。世尊看到了那位婆罗门变得消瘦、憔悴、面色枯黄、筋脉显露的样子,就问比丘们:“比丘们,那位婆罗门为什么变得这么消瘦、憔悴、面色枯黄、筋脉显露?” 比丘们回答:“尊者,那位婆罗门来我们这里请求出家,我们不愿意为他剃度。他因为得不到出家,就变成这样了。” 于是世尊问比丘们:“比丘们,你们有谁记得这位婆罗门曾做过什么善事吗?” 听到这话,尊者舍利弗对世尊说:“尊者,我记得这位婆罗门做过的一件善事。” “舍利弗,你记得他做过什么善事呢?” “尊者,有一次我在王舍城托钵乞食时,这位婆罗门曾让人布施给我一勺食物。尊者,我记得他这件善事。” 世尊说:“善哉,善哉,舍利弗。舍利弗,善人正是知恩和报恩的人。舍利弗,既然如此,你就为这位婆罗门剃度,给他授具足戒吧。” 尊者舍利弗问:“尊者,我如何为他剃度、授具足戒呢?” 于是,世尊以此因缘、以此事由演说了一番法义之后,对比丘们说:“比丘们,我之前允许通过三次归依三宝的方式来授具足戒的作法,从今天起正式废除。比丘们,我现在允许通过白四羯磨的方式来授具足戒。比丘们,应当这样授具足戒:由一位精明能干的比丘来召集僧团,并作这样的宣告——”
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro brāhmaṇo bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Taṃ bhikkhū na icchiṃsu pabbājetuṃ. So bhikkhūsu pabbajjaṃ alabhamāno kiso ahosi lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto. Addasā kho bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ kisaṃ lūkhaṃ dubbaṇṇaṃ uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātaṃ dhamanisanthatagattaṃ, disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho so, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇo kiso lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto’’ti? Eso, bhante, brāhmaṇo bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Taṃ bhikkhū na icchiṃsu pabbājetuṃ. So bhikkhūsu pabbajjaṃ alabhamāno kiso lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagattoti. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘ko nu kho, bhikkhave, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṃ sarasī’’ti? Evaṃ vutte āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ahaṃ kho, bhante, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṃ sarāmī’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, sāriputta, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṃ sarasī’’ti? ‘‘Idha me, bhante, so brāhmaṇo rājagahe piṇḍāya carantassa kaṭacchubhikkhaṃ dāpesi. Imaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṃ sarāmī’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta, kataññuno hi, sāriputta, sappurisā katavedino. Tena hi tvaṃ, sāriputta, taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ pabbājehi upasampādehī’’ti . ‘‘Kathāhaṃ, bhante , taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ pabbājemi upasampādemī’’ti? Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – yā sā, bhikkhave, mayā tīhi saraṇagamanehi upasampadā anuññātā, taṃ ajjatagge paṭikkhipāmi. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ñatticatutthena kammena upasampādetuṃ . Evañca pana, bhikkhave, upasampādetabbo. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –
70“大德,请僧团听我说。这位名叫某某的,是向尊者某某请求具足戒的人。如果僧团觉得合适,僧团应当以某某为戒师,为某某授具足戒。这是提案。
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeyya itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Esā ñatti.
346“大德,请僧团听我说。这位名叫某某的,是向尊者某某请求具足戒的人。僧团以某某为戒师,为某某授具足戒。哪位尊者同意以某某为戒师,为某某授具足戒,请保持沉默;哪位不同意,请说出来。
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
347“我第二次说明这件事——大德,请僧团听我说。这位名叫某某的,是向尊者某某请求具足戒的人。僧团以某某为戒师,为某某授具足戒。哪位尊者同意以某某为戒师,为某某授具足戒,请保持沉默;哪位不同意,请说出来。
‘‘Dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi – suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya .
348“我第三次说明这件事——大德,请僧团听我说。这位名叫某某的,是向尊者某某请求具足戒的人。僧团以某某为戒师,为某某授具足戒。哪位尊者同意以某某为戒师,为某某授具足戒,请保持沉默;哪位不同意,请说出来。
‘‘Tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi – suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
349“名叫某某的,已经以某某为戒师,由僧团授予具足戒了。这件事僧团同意,因此保持沉默。我是这样理解这件事的。”
‘‘Upasampanno saṅghena itthannāmo itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.
71那时,有一位比丘在刚受具足戒之后,就做出了不轨的行为。比丘们对[他]说:“朋友,不要做这种事,这是不如法的。”他却说:“我并没有请诸位尊者给我授具足戒。你们在我没请求的情况下,为什么要给我授具足戒呢?”比丘们把这件事禀告了世尊。[世尊说:]“诸比丘,不应该给没有提出请求的人授具足戒。如果[有人]授了,犯恶作。诸比丘,我允许在[对方]请求的情况下授具足戒。而诸比丘,[他]应该这样请求:那位希望受具足戒的人,去到僧团那里,偏袒上衣露出一肩,顶礼比丘们的脚,然后蹲坐下来,合掌,应该这样对[僧团]说:‘大德,我向僧团请求具足戒,大德,请僧团出于悲悯救拔提携我。’应该请求第二次。应该请求第三次。应该由一位能干、有能力的比丘来向僧团宣布提案,[这样说]——
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu upasampannasamanantarā anācāraṃ ācarati. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘māvuso, evarūpaṃ akāsi, netaṃ kappatī’’ti. So evamāha – ‘‘nevāhaṃ āyasmante yāciṃ upasampādetha manti. Kissa maṃ tumhe ayācitā upasampāditthā’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ . Na, bhikkhave, ayācitena upasampādetabbo . Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yācitena upasampādetuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, yācitabbo. Tena upasampadāpekkhena saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘saṅghaṃ, bhante, upasampadaṃ yācāmi, ullumpatu maṃ, bhante, saṅgho anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti. Dutiyampi yācitabbo. Tatiyampi yācitabbo. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –
72“大德,请僧团听我说。这位名叫某某的,是向尊者某某请求具足戒的人。名叫某某的,正以某某为戒师,向僧团请求具足戒。如果僧团觉得合适,僧团应当以某某为戒师,为某某授具足戒。这是提案。
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante , saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Itthannāmo saṅghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeyya itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Esā ñatti.
352“大德,请僧团听我说。这位名叫某某的,是向尊者某某请求具足戒的人。名叫某某的,正以某某为戒师,向僧团请求具足戒。僧团以某某为戒师,为某某授具足戒。哪位尊者同意以某某为戒师,为某某授具足戒,请保持沉默;哪位不同意,请说出来。
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Itthannāmo saṅghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
353「我第二次强调这个道理……再次……我第三次强调这个道理……再次……」
‘‘Dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi…pe… tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi…pe….
354「此人已由僧团具足戒,名为某甲,以某甲为戒师。僧团对此认可,因此默然,我这样记持此事。」
‘‘Upasampanno saṅghena itthannāmo itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.
73那时,在王舍城,有一套精美饮食的固定派发顺序。这时,有位婆罗门心里想:「这些释迦族的沙门,生活习惯安逸,行为举止安逸,吃着上好的食物,睡在避风的床铺上。我干嘛不也在释迦族的沙门中出家呢?」于是,那位婆罗门就去拜访比丘们,请求出家。比丘们便为他剃度,给他受具足戒。他出家之后,饮食的固定派发顺序就这么中断了。比丘们对他说:「来吧,贤友,现在我们要去托钵乞食了。」他却这样回答:「贤友,我不是为了这个原因才出家的,我不去托钵。你们要是给我吃的,我就吃;你们要是不给我,我就还俗。」「贤友,难道你就是为了填饱肚子才出家的吗?」「是啊,贤友。」那些少欲知足的比丘们……纷纷讥嫌、批评、指责:「在这样善说的法、律中,一个比丘怎么能为了填饱肚子而出家呢?」那些比丘便将此事禀报世尊……世尊问:「比丘,听说你真是为了填饱肚子而出家的吗?」「是的,世尊。」佛陀世尊呵责他……说道: 「你这愚蠢的人,在这样善说的法、律中,你怎么能为了填饱肚子而出家?你这愚蠢的人,这样做既不能让未生信者生信,也不能让已生信者信心增长。」……世尊呵责之后,做了教法开示,然后对比丘们说:「比丘们,我允许在为人受具足戒时,告知他四种依处: 出家依止于经乞讨得来的食物,你对此应当终身努力;额外的获得是:僧团食、指定食、邀请食、筹签食、半月食、布萨食、月首食。出家依止于粪扫衣,你对此应当终身努力;额外的获得是:亚麻布、棉布、丝绸、羊毛、麻布、混合粗麻布。出家依止于树下坐卧处,你对此应当终身努力;额外的获得是:精舍、单檐屋、楼阁、平顶屋、洞窟。出家依止于陈弃药,你对此应当终身努力;额外的获得是:熟酥、生酥、油、蜂蜜、糖。」
Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe paṇītānaṃ bhattānaṃ bhattapaṭipāṭi aṭṭhitā hoti. Atha kho aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa etadahosi – ‘‘ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyya’’nti. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Taṃ bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ upasampādesuṃ. Tasmiṃ pabbajite bhattapaṭipāṭi khīyittha. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘ehi dāni, āvuso, piṇḍāya carissāmā’’ti. So evamāha – ‘‘nāhaṃ, āvuso, etaṃkāraṇā pabbajito piṇḍāya carissāmīti. Sace me dassatha bhuñjissāmi , no ce me dassatha vibbhamissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, āvuso, udarassa kāraṇā pabbajito’’ti ? ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – kathañhi nāma bhikkhu evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye udarassa kāraṇā pabbajissatīti. Te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhikkhu, udarassa kāraṇā pabbajitoti? Saccaṃ bhagavāti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… ‘‘kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye udarassa kāraṇā pabbajissasi. Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya’’…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upasampādentena cattāro nissaye ācikkhituṃ – piṇḍiyālopabhojanaṃ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo; atirekalābho – saṅghabhattaṃ, uddesabhattaṃ, nimantanaṃ, salākabhattaṃ, pakkhikaṃ, uposathikaṃ, pāṭipadikaṃ. Paṃsukūlacīvaraṃ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo; atirekalābho – khomaṃ, kappāsikaṃ, koseyyaṃ, kambalaṃ, sāṇaṃ, bhaṅgaṃ. Rukkhamūlasenāsanaṃ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo; atirekalābho – vihāro , aḍḍhayogo, pāsādo, hammiyaṃ, guhā. Pūtimuttabhesajjaṃ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo; atirekalābho – sappi, navanītaṃ, telaṃ, madhu, phāṇita’’nti.
409逐出论完
Paṇāmitakathā niṭṭhitā.
410依止师义务诵品完,第五
Upajjhāyavattabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito pañcamo.
411第五诵品
Pañcamabhāṇavāro
41218. 老师义务论
18. Ācariyavattakathā
74那时,有位青年去拜访比丘们,请求出家。比丘们在他出家前就先告知他依处。他听后这样说:「尊者,如果我出家后您们才告诉我这些依处,我或许还能安住。现在我不出家了,尊者,我厌恶、反感这些依处。」比丘们将此事禀报世尊。世尊说:「比丘们,不应在出家前预先告知依处。若有人预先告知,犯恶作。比丘们,我允许在受具足戒之后,紧接着就告知依处。」
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro māṇavako bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Tassa bhikkhū paṭikacceva nissaye ācikkhiṃsu. So evamāha – ‘‘sace me, bhante, pabbajite nissaye ācikkheyyātha, abhirameyyāmahaṃ . Na dānāhaṃ, bhante, pabbajissāmi; jegucchā me nissayā paṭikūlā’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, paṭikacceva nissayā ācikkhitabbā. Yo ācikkheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upasampannasamanantarā nissaye ācikkhitunti.
357那时,比丘们用不足十人的团体为人受具足戒,有时两人一组,有时三人一组。比丘们将此事禀报世尊。世尊说:「比丘们,不应用不足十人的团体为人受具足戒。若有人这样做,犯恶作。比丘们,我允许用十人或超过十人的团体为人受具足戒。」
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū duvaggenapi tivaggenapi gaṇena upasampādenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, ūnadasavaggena gaṇena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasavaggena vā atirekadasavaggena vā gaṇena upasampādetunti .
75那时,有些比丘即使自己只有一戒腊、两戒腊,也为弟子受具足戒。具寿优波斯那·梵冈塔子,才有一戒腊,就给弟子受具足戒。他在雨安居结束后,带着这位弟子,那时他两戒腊,弟子一戒腊,一起去见世尊。到了之后,礼敬世尊,坐在一旁。佛陀世尊们有个惯例,会和远道而来的比丘们寒暄问候。于是,世尊对具寿优波斯那·梵冈塔子说:「比丘,你觉得怎么样,还能忍受吗?还能维持吗?你一路远道而来,不是很疲惫吧?」「世尊,还能忍受,还能维持。尊者,我们一路远道而来,并不怎么疲惫。」 如来们有时明知故问,有时明知不问;了知时机才问,了知时机便不问;如来问的是有实益的事,不问没有实益的事;对于没有实益的事,如来已架起了断绝的桥梁。佛陀世尊们以两种方式反问比丘:或是将要说法,或是将要为弟子制定学处。 接着,世尊对具寿优波斯那·梵冈塔子说:「比丘,你有多少戒腊了?」「世尊,我有两戒腊了。」「那么,这位比丘有多少戒腊?」「世尊,他一戒腊。」「这位比丘和你是什么关系?」「世尊,他是我的弟子。」 佛陀世尊呵责道:「愚蠢的人,这不合适、不合理、不恰当、不合沙门法、不如法、不应做。你这愚蠢的人,你自己还需要受人教导训诫,怎么竟敢想去教导训诫别人?你这愚蠢的人,太快就转向铺张排场了,那无非是在拉帮结派。你这愚蠢的人,这样做既不能让未生信者生信,也不能让已生信者信心增长。」……世尊呵责之后,做了教法开示,然后对比丘们说:「比丘们,没有满十戒腊的人,不能为他人受具足戒。若有人这样做,犯恶作。比丘们,我允许满十戒腊或超过十戒腊的人,为他人受具足戒。」
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ekavassāpi duvassāpi saddhivihārikaṃ upasampādenti. Āyasmāpi upaseno vaṅgantaputto ekavasso saddhivihārikaṃ upasampādesi. So vassaṃvuṭṭho duvasso ekavassaṃ saddhivihārikaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Āciṇṇaṃ kho panetaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ āgantukehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisammodituṃ. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upasenaṃ vaṅgantaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kacci, bhikkhu, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci tvaṃ appakilamathena addhānaṃ āgato’’ti? ‘‘Khamanīyaṃ, bhagavā, yāpanīyaṃ, bhagavā. Appakilamathena mayaṃ, bhante, addhānaṃ āgatā’’ti. Jānantāpi tathāgatā pucchanti, jānantāpi na pucchanti, kālaṃ viditvā pucchanti, kālaṃ viditvā na pucchanti; atthasaṃhitaṃ tathāgatā pucchanti; no anatthasaṃhitaṃ. Anatthasaṃhite setughāto tathāgatānaṃ. Dvīhi ākārehi buddhā bhagavanto bhikkhū paṭipucchanti – dhammaṃ vā desessāma, sāvakānaṃ vā sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmāti. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upasenaṃ vaṅgantaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kativassosi tvaṃ, bhikkhū’’ti? ‘‘Duvassohaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Ayaṃ pana bhikkhu kativasso’’ti? ‘‘Ekavasso, bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ tāyaṃ bhikkhu hotī’’ti? ‘‘Saddhivihāriko me, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā – ‘‘ananucchavikaṃ, moghapurisa, ananulomikaṃ appatirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. Kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, aññehi ovadiyo anusāsiyo aññaṃ ovadituṃ anusāsituṃ maññissasi. Atilahuṃ kho tvaṃ, moghapurisa, bāhullāya āvatto, yadidaṃ gaṇabandhikaṃ. Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya’’…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, ūnadasavassena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasavassena vā atirekadasavassena vā upasampādetu’’nti.
76那时,有些比丘心想:「我们已经有十戒腊了,有十戒腊了」,尽管他们本身愚笨、无能,也去为人受具足戒。于是就出现了愚笨的戒师,聪明的弟子;出现了无能的戒师,能干的弟子;出现了寡闻的戒师,多闻的弟子;出现了愚钝的戒师,有智慧的弟子。还有一位以前是外道的比丘,当戒师以同修法义教导他时,他反而挑剔戒师言论的毛病,跑回了原来外道的处所。那些少欲知足的比丘们……纷纷讥嫌、批评、指责:「怎么可以这样!有些比丘自以为有十戒腊了,可是既愚笨又无能,还去为人受具足戒。结果出现愚笨的戒师带聪明的弟子,无能的戒师带能干的弟子,寡闻的戒师带多闻的弟子,愚钝的戒师带有智慧的弟子。」于是,那些比丘将此事禀报世尊。世尊问:「比丘们,听说确实有一些比丘,自以为有十戒腊了,却既愚笨又无能,去为人受具足戒,导致出现愚笨的戒师、聪明的弟子……等等情况,是真的吗?」「是真的,世尊。」佛陀世尊呵责道:「你们这些愚蠢的人,怎么可以这样!自以为有十戒腊,却既愚笨又无能,去为人受具足戒……出现愚笨的戒师带聪明的弟子等等情况。你们这样做,既不能让未生信者生信……。」世尊呵责之后,做了教法开示,然后对比丘们说:「比丘们,不允许愚笨、无能的比丘为人受具足戒。若有人这样做,犯恶作。比丘们,我允许有能力、足够胜任、满十戒腊或超过十戒腊的比丘,为人受具足戒。」
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū – dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti – bālā abyattā upasampādenti. Dissanti upajjhāyā bālā, saddhivihārikā paṇḍitā. Dissanti upajjhāyā abyattā, saddhivihārikā byattā. Dissanti upajjhāyā appassutā, saddhivihārikā bahussutā. Dissanti upajjhāyā duppaññā, saddhivihārikā paññavanto. Aññataropi aññatitthiyapubbo upajjhāyena sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno upajjhāyassa vādaṃ āropetvā taṃyeva titthāyatanaṃ saṅkami. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – kathañhi nāma bhikkhū – dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti – bālā abyattā upasampādessanti. Dissanti upajjhāyā bālā saddhivihārikā paṇḍitā, dissanti upajjhāyā abyattā saddhivihārikā byattā, dissanti upajjhāyā appassutā saddhivihārikā bahussutā, dissanti upajjhāyā duppaññā, saddhivihārikā paññavantoti. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ‘‘Saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū – dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti – bālā abyattā upasampādenti. Dissanti upajjhāyā bālā, saddhivihārikā paṇḍitā, dissanti upajjhāyā abyattā saddhivihārikā byattā, dissanti upajjhāyā appassutā, saddhivihārikā bahussutā, dissanti upajjhāyā duppaññā, saddhivihārikā paññavanto’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā – dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti – bālā abyattā upasampādessanti. Dissanti upajjhāyā bālā, saddhivihārikā paṇḍitā, dissanti upajjhāyā abyattā saddhivihārikā byattā, dissanti upajjhāyā appassutā, saddhivihārikā bahussutā, dissanti upajjhāyā duppaññā, saddhivihārikā paññavanto. Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, bālena abyattena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena dasavassena vā atirekadasavassena vā upasampādetu’’nti.
77那时,比丘们的戒师,有的远行了,有的还俗了,有的命终了,有的投靠到其他部派去了。这些比丘没有了师长,没有人教导,没有人训诫,只好衣衫不整、披衣不当、威仪欠缺地去托钵乞食。他们在别人正在用餐时,把钵伸到别人的主食上面;或伸到副食上面;或伸到调味品上面;或伸到饮料上面。他们自己开口向人索要汤和饭来吃。在食堂里,他们也大声喧哗,闹成一片。人们纷纷讥嫌、批评、指责:「这些释迦族的沙门,怎么可以衣衫不整、披衣不当、威仪欠缺地去托钵?怎么可以在别人正在用餐时,把钵伸到主食、副食、调味品、饮料上面?怎么可以自己开口索要汤饭来吃?怎么可以在食堂里大声喧哗、闹成一片?简直就像那些在家享用祭食的婆罗门一样。」比丘们听到了那些人的讥嫌、批评、指责……于是,那些比丘将此事禀报世尊。世尊问:「比丘们,听说……是真的吗?」「是真的,世尊。」……世尊呵责之后,做了教法开示,然后对比丘们说:
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū upajjhāyesu pakkantesupi vibbhantesupi kālaṅkatesupi pakkhasaṅkantesupi anācariyakā anovadiyamānā ananusāsiyamānā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya caranti, manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, uparikhādanīyepi – uparisāyanīyepi – uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti; sāmaṃ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjanti; bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya carissanti; manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparikhādanīyepi – uparisāyanīyepi – uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti; sāmaṃ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti; bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissanti, seyyathāpi brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇabhojane’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ …pe… atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave…pe… saccaṃ, bhagavāti…pe… vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi –
361诸比丘,我允许你们有戒师。比丘们,戒师应当以对待儿子的心念来对待弟子,弟子也应当以对待父亲的心念来对待戒师。他们这样互相尊重、互相敬重、和合共住,就能在法与律中获得增长、壮大与广大。诸比丘,我允许依止满十年的比丘安居,也允许满十年戒腊者给别人依止。那么,诸比丘,应当这样接受戒师:将上衣披在一肩,礼足之后,蹲坐下来,合掌,然后对他这样说:‘尊者,请您做我的戒师,我要依止您而住;尊者,请您做我的戒师,我要依止您而住;尊者,请您做我的戒师,我要依止您而住。’如果他用身体示意‘善哉’,或者用话语示意‘来吧’,或者用身体和话语同时示意‘合适’、‘恰当’、‘以令人欢喜的方式具足’,戒师就算接受了;如果既没有用身体示意,也没有用话语示意,也没有用身体和话语同时示意,戒师就不算被接受。
‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ācariyaṃ. Ācariyo, bhikkhave, antevāsikamhi puttacittaṃ upaṭṭhāpessati, antevāsiko ācariyamhi pitucittaṃ upaṭṭhāpessati. Evaṃ te aññamaññaṃ sagāravā sappatissā sabhāgavuttino viharantā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ viruḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjissanti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasavassaṃ nissāya vatthuṃ, dasavassena nissayaṃ dātuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, ācariyo gahetabbo. Ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘ācariyo me, bhante, hohi, āyasmato nissāya vacchāmi; ācariyo me, bhante, hohi, āyasmato nissāya vacchāmi; ācariyo me, bhante, hohi, āyasmato nissāya vacchāmī’ti. ‘Sāhūti’ vā ‘lahūti’ vā ‘opāyika’nti vā ‘patirūpa’nti vā ‘pāsādikena sampādehī’ti vā kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, gahito hoti ācariyo; na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na gahito hoti ācariyo.
78诸比丘,弟子应当妥善地奉行对戒师的义务。什么是妥善的奉行呢?这里详细说明:
‘‘Antevāsikena , bhikkhave, ācariyamhi sammā vattitabbaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ sammāvattanā –
363弟子应当在清早起来,脱下鞋子,将上衣披在一肩,然后把牙木和洗脸水递给戒师,并为戒师铺设座位。如果当时有粥,就先洗净碗钵,把粥端给戒师。戒师喝完粥后,递上水给他,接回碗钵,放低后小心地清洗,不要碰撞出声,然后收好。戒师起身后,要收起座位。如果那个地方脏了,就应当把那个地方清扫干净。
‘‘Kālasseva uṭṭhāya upāhanaṃ omuñcitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā dantakaṭṭhaṃ dātabbaṃ, mukhodakaṃ dātabbaṃ, āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṃ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā . Yāguṃ pītassa udakaṃ datvā bhājanaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Ācariyamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.
364如果戒师想到村落里托钵,弟子应当递给他下裙,接回他换下的下裙,递给他腰带,将大衣折成双层后递给他,把钵洗干净后带着水递给他。如果戒师希望有个随行的沙门,弟子自己就要穿好下裙,整齐地遮住三轮的部位,系好腰带,将大衣折成双层披上,扣好搭扣,洗好钵后拿着,作为戒师的随行者跟在后头。行走时不要离得太远,也不要离得太近,要准备好接取钵里剩下的食物。戒师在说话时,不要在他说话时插嘴。如果戒师的说话快要引向犯戒的边缘,弟子就应当劝阻他。
‘‘Sace ācariyo gāmaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, kāyabandhanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saguṇaṃ katvā saṅghāṭiyo dātabbā, dhovitvā patto sodako dātabbo. Sace ācariyo pacchāsamaṇaṃ ākaṅkhati, timaṇḍalaṃ paṭicchādentena parimaṇḍalaṃ nivāsetvā kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā saguṇaṃ katvā saṅghāṭiyo pārupitvā gaṇṭhikaṃ paṭimuñcitvā dhovitvā pattaṃ gahetvā ācariyassa pacchāsamaṇena hotabbaṃ. Nātidūre gantabbaṃ, nāccāsanne gantabbaṃ, pattapariyāpannaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Na ācariyassa bhaṇamānassa antarantarā kathā opātetabbā. Ācariyo āpattisāmantā bhaṇamāno nivāretabbo.
365弟子在托钵返回时,要提前赶回来,铺设好座位,准备好洗脚水、脚凳和擦脚布,然后迎上前去,接取戒师的衣钵,递给他替换的下裙,接回他穿着的下裙。如果袈裟湿了,要在温和的光下稍微晾一下,但不可以把袈裟长时间放在热处。应当把袈裟叠好。叠袈裟时,要把边缘留出约四指宽叠进去再对折,这样折是为了不让中间产生折痕。之后,要把腰带平放在叠好的袈裟里面。
‘‘Nivattantena paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Sace cīvaraṃ sinnaṃ hoti, muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbaṃ, na ca uṇhe cīvaraṃ nidahitabbaṃ. Cīvaraṃ saṅgharitabbaṃ. Cīvaraṃ saṅgharantena caturaṅgulaṃ kaṇṇaṃ ussāretvā cīvaraṃ saṅgharitabbaṃ – mā majjhe bhaṅgo ahosīti. Obhoge kāyabandhanaṃ kātabbaṃ.
366如果乞到了食物,而且戒师也想用餐,就先递上水,然后把食物呈给戒师。应当问戒师要不要喝水。在他吃完后,递上水给他,然后接回钵,放低后小心地清洗,不要碰撞出声,把水倒干净,然后在温和的光下稍微晾一下,但不可以把钵长时间放在热处。然后要把钵和袈裟收好。收钵时,用一只手拿着钵,另一只手摸一下床下或凳下确认平整,再把钵放下。不可以把钵直接放在没有铺垫的地上。收袈裟时,用一只手拿着袈裟,另一只手沿着挂袈裟的竹竿或袈裟绳理好,把袈裟的边向外、折缝朝内这样叠好放好。戒师起身后,要收起座位,把洗脚水、脚凳和擦脚布都收好。如果那个地方脏了,就应当把那个地方清扫干净。
‘‘Sace piṇḍapāto hoti , ācariyo ca bhuñjitukāmo hoti, udakaṃ datvā piṇḍapāto upanāmetabbo. Ācariyo pānīyena pucchitabbo. Bhuttāvissa udakaṃ datvā pattaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena dhovitvā vodakaṃ katvā muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbo, na ca uṇhe patto nidahitabbo. Pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. Cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Ācariyamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.
367如果戒师想洗澡,就应当为他准备好洗澡水。如果需要冷水,就准备好冷水;如果需要热水,就准备好热水。
‘‘Sace ācariyo nahāyitukāmo hoti, nahānaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. Sace sītena attho hoti, sītaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. Sace uṇhena attho hoti, uṇhaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ.
368如果戒师想进浴室,弟子应当把沐浴粉揉好,把黏土浸湿,然后拿着浴室的凳子,跟在戒师后头走。到了之后,把凳子递给戒师,接过他的袈裟放在一边,然后递上沐浴粉和黏土。如果弟子自己也有能力,也可以进入浴室。进入浴室时,要用黏土涂抹在脸上,遮住身体的前面和后面,然后进去。进去后,不要挤在上座比丘们中间坐下,也不要把新学比丘从座位上挡开。在浴室里,应当为戒师做身体按摩等服务。从浴室出来时,要拿着凳子,遮住身体的前面和后面,再走出浴室。
‘‘Sace ācariyo jantāgharaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, cuṇṇaṃ sannetabbaṃ, mattikā temetabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya ācariyassa piṭṭhito piṭṭhito gantvā jantāgharapīṭhaṃ datvā cīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ, cuṇṇaṃ dātabbaṃ, mattikā dātabbā. Sace ussahati, jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Jantāgharaṃ pavisantena mattikāya mukhaṃ makkhetvā purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Na there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīditabbaṃ. Na navā bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhitabbā. Jantāghare ācariyassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Jantāgharā nikkhamantena jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharā nikkhamitabbaṃ.
369在水里时,也应该为依止师做些服务准备。弟子应当比依止师先上岸,擦干自己的身体,穿好下衣之后,再过去为依止师擦干身上的水,递上下衣,递上僧伽梨衣。要先去把浴室的坐凳拿来,铺好,然后放好洗脚水、踏脚凳和擦脚板。依止师出来后,弟子要主动问他是否需要喝水。如果依止师想让弟子背诵经文,弟子就应该背诵;如果他想考问弟子,弟子就应该回答。
‘‘Udakepi ācariyassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Nahātena paṭhamataraṃ uttaritvā attano gattaṃ vodakaṃ katvā nivāsetvā ācariyassa gattato udakaṃ pamajjitabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saṅghāṭi dātabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ. Ācariyo pānīyena pucchitabbo. Sace uddisāpetukāmo hoti, uddisāpetabbo. Sace paripucchitukāmo hoti, paripucchitabbo.
370如果依止师住的寺院脏了,而弟子有能力的话,就应该去把它打扫干净。打扫寺院的时候,要先把钵和袈裟搬出来,放到一边;把坐卧用的坐具搬出来,放到一边;把床垫和枕头搬出来,放到一边。床要放低了之后,妥善地、不摩擦碰撞到门扇和门框地搬出来,放到一边。椅子也要放低了之后,妥善地、不摩擦碰撞到门扇和门框地搬出来,放到一边。床脚垫也要搬出来,放到一边;痰盂要搬出来,放到一边;靠板要搬出来,放到一边;地上铺的垫子要先看好原来是怎么铺的,再搬出来放到一边。如果寺院里有蜘蛛网,应该先从天花板开始清理,然后擦拭窗框角落这些地方。如果抹过赭石的墙壁上有斑点弄脏,要先把布沾湿、拧干,然后再擦。如果涂过黑色的地面有斑点弄脏,也要先把布沾湿、拧干,然后再擦。如果地面没有做过处理,就洒上水再扫,这样才不会让寺院里扬起灰尘。垃圾清扫之后要集中倒到一边去。
‘‘Yasmiṃ vihāre ācariyo viharati, sace so vihāro uklāpo hoti, sace ussahati, sodhetabbo. Vihāraṃ sodhentena paṭhamaṃ pattacīvaraṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; bhisibibbohanaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; mañco nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo; pīṭhaṃ nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; mañcapaṭipādakā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbā; kheḷamallako nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo ; apassenaphalakaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; bhūmattharaṇaṃ yathāpaññattaṃ sallakkhetvā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Sace vihāre santānakaṃ hoti, ullokā paṭhamaṃ ohāretabbaṃ, ālokasandhikaṇṇabhāgā pamajjitabbā. Sace gerukaparikammakatā bhitti kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. Sace kāḷavaṇṇakatā bhūmi kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. Sace akatā hoti bhūmi, udakena paripphositvā sammajjitabbā – mā vihāro rajena uhaññīti. Saṅkāraṃ vicinitvā ekamantaṃ chaḍḍetabbaṃ.
371地上的垫子要拿出去晒,清理干净,拍掉灰尘,再搬回来,按照原来记好的样子铺好。床脚垫也要拿出去晒,擦拭干净,再搬回来,放回原位。床要拿出去晒,清理干净,拍掉灰尘,然后放低了,妥善地、不摩擦碰撞到门扇和门框地搬回来,按照原来记好的样子摆好。椅子要拿出去晒,清理干净,拍掉灰尘,然后放低了,妥善地、不摩擦碰撞到门扇和门框地搬回来,按照原来记好的样子摆好。床垫和枕头要拿出去晒,清理干净,拍掉灰尘,再搬回来,按照原来记好的样子摆好。坐具要拿出去晒,清理干净,拍掉灰尘,再搬回来,按照原来记好的样子铺好。痰盂要拿出去晒,擦拭干净,再搬回来,放回原位。靠板要拿出去晒,擦拭干净,再搬回来,放回原位。钵和袈裟要收好。放钵的时候,要一只手拿着钵,另一只手摸一下床下或椅子下(确定位置),才能把钵放下。钵不能直接放在没垫东西的地上。放袈裟的时候,要一只手拿着袈裟,另一只手沿着晾衣竿或晾衣绳捋一下,把袈裟的边缘朝外、褶皱朝内地叠好,再放上去。
‘‘Bhūmattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Mañcapaṭipādakā otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbā. Mañco otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbo. Pīṭhaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Bhisibibbohanaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Kheḷamallako otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbo . Apassenaphalakaṃ otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṃ. Pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. Cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ.
372如果东边吹来带灰尘的风,就要关上东边的窗户。如果西边吹来带灰尘的风,就要关上西边的窗户。如果北边吹来带灰尘的风,就要关上北边的窗户。如果南边吹来带灰尘的风,就要关上南边的窗户。如果是冷天,白天要打开窗户,晚上要关上。如果是热天,白天要关上窗户,晚上要打开。
‘‘Sace puratthimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, puratthimā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace pacchimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, pacchimā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace uttarā sarajā vātā vāyanti, uttarā vātapānā thaketabbā . Sace dakkhiṇā sarajā vātā vāyanti, dakkhiṇā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace sītakālo hoti, divā vātapānā vivaritabbā, rattiṃ thaketabbā. Sace uṇhakālo hoti, divā vātapānā thaketabbā, rattiṃ vivaritabbā.
373如果僧院内的空地脏了,就应该打扫空地。如果门楼脏了,就应该打扫门楼。如果集会堂脏了,就应该打扫集会堂。如果火堂脏了,就应该打扫火堂。如果厕所脏了,就应该打扫厕所。如果没有饮用水了,就应该备好饮用水。如果没有用水了,就应该备好用水。如果洗手用的水罐里没水了,就应该把水倒进水罐里。
‘‘Sace pariveṇaṃ uklāpaṃ hoti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjitabbaṃ. Sace koṭṭhako uklāpo hoti, koṭṭhako sammajjitabbo. Sace upaṭṭhānasālā uklāpā hoti, upaṭṭhānasālā sammajjitabbā. Sace aggisālā uklāpā hoti, aggisālā sammajjitabbā. Sace vaccakuṭi uklāpā hoti, vaccakuṭi sammajjitabbā. Sace pānīyaṃ na hoti, pānīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Sace paribhojanīyaṃ na hoti, paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ . Sace ācamanakumbhiyaṃ udakaṃ na hoti, ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṃ āsiñcitabbaṃ.
374如果依止师生起了厌离之道心,弟子应该设法劝解他,或请他人劝解他,或者为他说法。如果依止师生起了追悔心,弟子应该设法帮他消除,或请人帮他消除,或者为他说法。如果依止师生起了邪见,弟子应该帮他分辨清楚,或请人帮他分辨清楚,或者为他说法。如果依止师犯了一条重罪,需要受别住羯磨,弟子就应该努力促成,想办法让僧团给依止师别住。如果依止师需要被退回原本位阶重始,弟子就应该努力促成,想办法让僧团将依止师退回重始。如果依止师需要受意喜行,弟子就应该努力促成,想办法让僧团给依止师意喜行。如果依止师需要接受出罪,弟子就应该努力促成,想办法让僧团为依止师出罪。如果僧团想对依止师做处罚——无论是呵责、依止、驱出、和解还是举罪——弟子都应该努力想办法,让僧团不要对依止师做这种处罚,或者把它转变为轻一点的处罚。如果僧团已经对依止师做了处罚——无论是呵责、依止、驱出、和解还是举罪——弟子都应该努力想办法,让依止师能如法行持,顺从僧团,实践出罪的方法,好让僧团撤销那个处罚。
‘‘Sace ācariyassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, antevāsikena vūpakāsetabbo, vūpakāsāpetabbo, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace ācariyassa kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, antevāsikena vinodetabbaṃ, vinodāpetabbaṃ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace ācariyassa diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti, antevāsikena vivecetabbaṃ, vivecāpetabbaṃ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace ācariyo garudhammaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho, antevāsikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyassa parivāsaṃ dadeyyāti. Sace ācariyo mūlāya paṭikassanāraho hoti, antevāsikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyaṃ mūlāya paṭikasseyyāti. Sace ācariyo mānattāraho hoti, antevāsikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyassa mānattaṃ dadeyyāti. Sace ācariyo abbhānāraho hoti, antevāsikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyaṃ abbheyyāti . Sace saṅgho ācariyassa kammaṃ kattukāmo hoti, tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ vā, antevāsikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyassa kammaṃ na kareyya, lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyāti. Kataṃ vā panassa hoti saṅghena kammaṃ, tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ vā, antevāsikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho ācariyo sammā vatteyya, lomaṃ pāteyya, netthāraṃ vatteyya, saṅgho taṃ kammaṃ paṭippassambheyyāti.
375如果依止师的袈裟需要洗,弟子就应该帮他洗,或者想办法找人把依止师的袈裟洗好。如果依止师的袈裟需要做,弟子就应该帮他做,或者想办法找人把依止师的袈裟做好。如果依止师需要煮染料,弟子就应该帮他煮,或者想办法找人把依止师的染料煮好。如果依止师的袈裟需要染色,弟子就应该帮他染,或者想办法找人把依止师的袈裟染好。染袈裟的时候,要好好地、一遍一遍地翻转着染,不能在没有断掉滴水的时候就离开。
‘‘Sace ācariyassa cīvaraṃ dhovitabbaṃ hoti, antevāsikena dhovitabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho ācariyassa cīvaraṃ dhoviyethāti. Sace ācariyassa cīvaraṃ kātabbaṃ hoti, antevāsikena kātabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho ācariyassa cīvaraṃ kariyethāti. Sace ācariyassa rajanaṃ pacitabbaṃ hoti, antevāsikena pacitabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho ācariyassa rajanaṃ paciyethāti. Sace ācariyassa cīvaraṃ rajitabbaṃ hoti, antevāsikena rajitabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho ācariyassa cīvaraṃ rajiyethāti. Cīvaraṃ rajantena sādhukaṃ samparivattakaṃ samparivattakaṃ rajitabbaṃ, na ca acchinne theve pakkamitabbaṃ.
376没有问过依止师,不能把自己的钵给别人,也不能替别人收下钵;不能把袈裟给别人,也不能替别人收下袈裟;不能把资具给别人,也不能替别人收下资具;不能给别人剃头发,也不能让别人给自己剃头发;不能为别人做服务,也不能让别人为自己做服务;不能做别人的侍者,也不能让别人做自己的侍者;不能做别人的随行沙门,也不能让别人做自己的随行沙门;不能替别人带食物回去,也不能让别人替自己带食物回去。没有问过依止师,不能进村子,不能去坟场,不能离开到其他地方去。如果依止师生病了,弟子应该终身照顾他,一直等到他康复为止。
‘‘Na ācariyaṃ anāpucchā ekaccassa patto dātabbo, na ekaccassa patto paṭiggahetabbo; na ekaccassa cīvaraṃ dātabbaṃ; na ekaccassa cīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ; na ekaccassa parikkhāro dātabbo; na ekaccassa parikkhāro paṭiggahetabbo; na ekaccassa kesā chedetabbā; na ekaccena kesā chedāpetabbā; na ekaccassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ; na ekaccena parikammaṃ kārāpetabbaṃ; na ekaccassa veyyāvacco kātabbo; na ekaccena veyyāvacco kārāpetabbo; na ekaccassa pacchāsamaṇena hotabbaṃ; na ekacco pacchāsamaṇo ādātabbo; na ekaccassa piṇḍapāto nīharitabbo; na ekaccena piṇḍapāto nīharāpetabbo. Na ācariyaṃ anāpucchā gāmo pavisitabbo, na susānaṃ gantabbaṃ, na disā pakkamitabbā. Sace ācariyo gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabba’’nti.
434老师义务完
Ācariyavattaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
43519. 内弟子义务论
19. Antevāsikavattakathā
79比丘们,导师应当这样正确地对待弟子。在这方面,正确的做法是:
‘‘Ācariyena , bhikkhave, antevāsikamhi sammā vattitabbaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ sammāvattanā –
378比丘们,导师应当通过教诵、答疑、教诫和指导来摄受和帮助弟子。如果导师有钵而弟子没有钵,导师应当把自己的钵给弟子,或者想办法让弟子得到钵——怎样才能让弟子有钵呢?如果导师有衣而弟子没有衣,导师应当把自己的衣给弟子,或者想办法让弟子得到衣——怎样才能让弟子有衣呢?如果导师有其他资具而弟子没有,导师应当把自己的资具给弟子,或者想办法让弟子得到资具——怎样才能让弟子有资具呢?
‘‘Ācariyena , bhikkhave, antevāsiko saṅgahetabbo anuggahetabbo uddesena paripucchāya ovādena anusāsaniyā. Sace ācariyassa patto hoti, antevāsikassa patto na hoti, ācariyena antevāsikassa patto dātabbo, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho antevāsikassa patto uppajjiyethāti. Sace ācariyassa cīvaraṃ hoti, antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ na hoti, ācariyena antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ dātabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ uppajjiyethāti. Sace ācariyassa parikkhāro hoti, antevāsikassa parikkhāro na hoti, ācariyena antevāsikassa parikkhāro dātabbo, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho antevāsikassa parikkhāro uppajjiyethāti.
379如果弟子生病了,导师要早早起来,为弟子准备好刷牙的树片,准备好洗脸的水,把座位铺设好。如果有粥,要把容器洗干净,把粥端给弟子。弟子喝了粥后,把水递给他,接下容器,放低着洗,好好地洗,不要磕碰,然后收好。弟子起来后,要把座位收起来。如果那个地方脏了,应当把那个地方打扫干净。
‘‘Sace antevāsiko gilāno hoti, kālasseva uṭṭhāya dantakaṭṭhaṃ dātabbaṃ, mukhodakaṃ dātabbaṃ, āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṃ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā. Yāguṃ pītassa udakaṃ datvā bhājanaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Antevāsikamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.
380如果弟子想去村里,导师要把下裙拿给他,同时接过弟子换下来的下裙,把腰带拿给他,把几层僧伽梨叠好拿给他,把钵洗好擦干拿给他。
‘‘Sace antevāsiko gāmaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, kāyabandhanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saguṇaṃ katvā saṅghāṭiyo dātabbā, dhovitvā patto sodako dātabbo.
381导师心里想着他差不多要回来了,应当把座位铺设好,把洗脚的水、垫脚板和擦脚器放在近处。然后起身迎接,接过袈裟和钵,把换穿的下裙拿给弟子,接过弟子身上那条下裙。如果袈裟被汗浸湿了,要在热处稍微晒一下,但不能把袈裟长时间放在热处烘烤。要把袈裟叠好。叠袈裟时,要留出四指宽的边,然后折叠——不要让中间折出褶子。腰带要放在折叠的衣层中间。
‘‘Ettāvatā nivattissatīti āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Sace cīvaraṃ sinnaṃ hoti, muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbaṃ, na ca uṇhe cīvaraṃ nidahitabbaṃ. Cīvaraṃ saṅgharitabbaṃ. Cīvaraṃ saṅgharantena caturaṅgulaṃ kaṇṇaṃ ussāretvā cīvaraṃ saṅgharitabbaṃ – mā majjhe bhaṅgo ahosīti. Obhoge kāyabandhanaṃ kātabbaṃ.
382如果有食物,弟子也想吃,应当先递水,再把食物端给弟子。要用饮用水招呼弟子。弟子吃完后,把水递给他,接下钵,放低着洗,好好地洗,不要磕碰,洗干净沥干,在热处稍微烘一下,但不能把钵长时间放在热处烘烤。要把钵和袈裟收好。收钵时,要一手拿钵,一手摸一下床底下的地方或凳子底下的地方,再把钵放好,不能把钵直接放在没有铺垫的地上。收袈裟时,要一手拿袈裟,一手把挂袈裟的竿或绳子捋一下,然后把边朝外、褶朝里,这样把袈裟收好。弟子起来后,要把座位收起来,把洗脚的水、垫脚板和擦脚器收好。如果那个地方脏了,应当把那个地方打扫干净。
‘‘Sace piṇḍapāto hoti, antevāsiko ca bhuñjitukāmo hoti, udakaṃ datvā piṇḍapāto upanāmetabbo. Antevāsiko pānīyena pucchitabbo. Bhuttāvissa udakaṃ datvā pattaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena dhovitvā vodakaṃ katvā muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbo, na ca uṇhe patto nidahitabbo. Pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. Cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Antevāsikamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.
383如果弟子想洗澡,导师要把洗澡水准备好。如果弟子需要冷水,就把冷水准备好;如果需要热水,就把热水准备好。
‘‘Sace antevāsiko nahāyitukāmo hoti, nahānaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. Sace sītena attho hoti, sītaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. Sace uṇhena attho hoti, uṇhaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ.
384如果弟子想进蒸汽浴室,导师要把沐浴粉和好,把黏土打湿,自己拿着蒸汽浴室的小凳过去,把凳子给弟子,接过他的袈裟放在一边,把沐浴粉和黏土递给他。如果弟子自己可以,就让他进去。进蒸汽浴室时,要用黏土涂一下脸,遮好前面和后面,再进去。进去后,不能在长老比丘中间挤进去坐,也不能用座位挡住新学比丘。在蒸汽浴室里,要为弟子做些必要的服侍工作。出蒸汽浴室时,要自己拿着小凳,遮好前面和后面,再出来。
‘‘Sace antevāsiko jantāgharaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, cuṇṇaṃ sannetabbaṃ, mattikā temetabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya gantvā jantāgharapīṭhaṃ datvā cīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ, cuṇṇaṃ dātabbaṃ, mattikā dātabbā. Sace ussahati, jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Jantāgharaṃ pavisantena mattikāya mukhaṃ makkhetvā purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Na ca there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīditabbaṃ, na navā bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhitabbā. Jantāghare antevāsikassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Jantāgharā nikkhamantena jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharā nikkhamitabbaṃ.
385在水边时,弟子应该为戒师做些准备工作。戒师洗完澡后,要先上来把身上的水擦干,穿好下衣,然后帮弟子擦去身上的水,递给他下衣,再递给他僧伽梨衣。接着,戒师要拿上暖房里的凳子,先走回来,铺好座位,准备好洗脚水、踏脚板和擦脚布。弟子回来后,要问他需不需要喝水。
‘‘Udakepi antevāsikassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Nahātena paṭhamataraṃ uttaritvā attano gattaṃ vodakaṃ katvā nivāsetvā antevāsikassa gattato udakaṃ pamajjitabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saṅghāṭi dātabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ. Antevāsiko pānīyena pucchitabbo.
386弟子所住的房间,如果脏了,弟子能处理的话,就应该打扫干净。打扫房间时,要先拿出衣钵,放在一边;拿出坐垫,放在一边;拿出被褥和枕头,放在一边;把床放低后,小心地抬出去,不要刮蹭到门和门框,然后放在一边;把椅子放低后,小心地抬出去,不要刮蹭到门和门框,然后放在一边;把床脚拿出,放在一边;把痰盂拿出,放在一边;把靠板拿出,放在一边;要记住铺地垫的位置,把它拿出去放在一边。如果房间里有蜘蛛网,应该先从天花板开始清理,再擦拭窗框和墙角。如果有用赭石粉饰过的墙壁,因为沾了灰尘而变脏,就用水浸湿一块布,拧干后擦干净。如果有用黑色涂料处理过的地面,因为沾了灰尘而变脏,就用水浸湿一块布,拧干后擦干净。如果是没有处理过的地面,就先洒些水再扫,想着‘可别让灰尘弄脏了房间’。扫出来的垃圾要集中起来,丢到一边去。
‘‘Yasmiṃ vihāre antevāsiko viharati, sace so vihāro uklāpo hoti, sace ussahati, sodhetabbo. Vihāraṃ sodhentena paṭhamaṃ pattacīvaraṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; bhisibibbohanaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ ; mañco nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo; pīṭhaṃ nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; mañcapaṭipādakā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbā; kheḷamallako nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo; apassenaphalakaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; bhūmattharaṇaṃ yathāpaññattaṃ sallakkhetvā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Sace vihāre santānakaṃ hoti, ullokā paṭhamaṃ otāretabbaṃ, ālokasandhikaṇṇabhāgā pamajjitabbā. Sace gerukaparikammakatā bhitti kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. Sace kāḷavaṇṇakatā bhūmi kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. Sace akatā hoti bhūmi, udakena paripphositvā sammajjitabbā – mā vihāro rajena uhaññīti. Saṅkāraṃ vicinitvā ekamantaṃ chaḍḍetabbaṃ.
387铺地垫要拿去晒,清理干净、拍打除尘后,再拿回来照着原来记住的位置铺好。床脚要拿去晒,擦拭干净后,再拿回来放回原位。床要拿去晒,清理干净、拍打除尘后,放低后安全地抬回来,不要刮蹭到门和门框,照着原样安置好。椅子要拿去晒,清理干净、拍打除尘后,放低后安全地抬回来,不要刮蹭到门和门框,照着原样安置好。被褥和枕头要拿去晒,清理干净、拍打除尘后,再拿回来照着原样铺好。坐垫要拿去晒,清理干净、拍打除尘后,再拿回来照着原样铺好。痰盂要拿去晒,擦干净后,再拿回来放回原位。靠板要拿去晒,擦干净后,再拿回来放回原位。接下来要放好衣钵。放钵的时候,要一只手拿着钵,另一只手摸一下床下或椅子下,然后把钵放下。不可以把钵直接放在没有垫东西的地面上。放袈裟的时候,要一只手拿着袈裟,另一只手摸一下晾衣竿或晾衣绳,然后把袈裟放上去,让布边朝外、折叠的层次面朝自己。
‘‘Bhūmattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Mañcapaṭipādakā otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbā. Mañco otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbo. Pīṭhaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Bhisibibbohanaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Kheḷamallako otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbo. Apassenaphalakaṃ otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṃ. Pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. Cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ.
388如果从东面吹来了带尘土的风,就要关上东面的窗户。如果从西面吹来了带尘土的风,就要关上西面的窗户。如果从北面吹来了带尘土的风,就要关上北面的窗户。如果从南面吹来了带尘土的风,就要关上南面的窗户。如果天气冷,白天要打开窗户,晚上要关上。如果天气热,白天要关上窗户,晚上要打开。
‘‘Sace puratthimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, puratthimā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace pacchimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, pacchimā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace uttarā sarajā vātā vāyanti, uttarā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace dakkhiṇā sarajā vātā vāyanti, dakkhiṇā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace sītakālo hoti, divā vātapānā vivaritabbā, rattiṃ thaketabbā. Sace uṇhakālo hoti, divā vātapānā thaketabbā, rattiṃ vivaritabbā.
389如果院子里脏了,就应该打扫院子。如果门楼脏了,就应该打扫门楼。如果集会厅脏了,就应该打扫集会厅。如果火房脏了,就应该打扫火房。如果厕所脏了,就应该打扫厕所。如果没有饮用水了,就应该备好饮用水。如果没有日常用水了,就应该备好日常用水。如果洗手用的水罐里没水了,就应该给洗手水罐添上水。
‘‘Sace pariveṇaṃ uklāpaṃ hoti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjitabbaṃ. Sace koṭṭhako uklāpo hoti, koṭṭhako sammajjitabbo. Sace upaṭṭhānasālā uklāpā hoti, upaṭṭhānasālā sammajjitabbā. Sace aggisālā uklāpā hoti, aggisālā sammajjitabbā. Sace vaccakuṭi uklāpā hoti, vaccakuṭi sammajjitabbā. Sace pānīyaṃ na hoti, pānīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Sace paribhojanīyaṃ na hoti, paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Sace ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṃ na hoti, ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṃ āsiñcitabbaṃ.
390如果弟子心里生起了不满足、厌离僧团生活的情绪,戒师应该设法安抚、开解他,或者找他来做一次佛法开示。如果弟子心里生起了对戒律的疑悔与不安,戒师应该设法消除、找人帮他消除这种疑悔,或者找他来做一次佛法开示。如果弟子心中生起了某种错误的见解,戒师应该设法为他分析、找人帮他分析清楚,或者找他来做一次佛法开示。如果弟子犯了一条重罪,到了该接受‘别住’处罚的程度,戒师就应该积极地去运作,想着:‘怎样才能让僧团给弟子实行别住呢?’如果弟子到了该被‘退回重来’的程度,戒师就应该积极地去运作,想着:‘怎样才能让僧团把弟子退回重来呢?’如果弟子到了该接受‘行意乐’处罚的程度,戒师就应该积极地去运作,想着:‘怎样才能让僧团给弟子实行行意乐呢?’如果弟子到了该被‘出罪’恢复清净的程度,戒师就应该积极地去运作,想着:‘怎样才能让僧团为弟子出罪呢?’如果僧团想对弟子进行处罚,无论是呵责、依止、驱出、令谢罪、还是举罪,戒师都应该积极地去运作,想着:‘怎样才能让僧团不对弟子进行处罚,或是把处罚变轻呢?’但如果僧团已经对弟子进行了处罚,无论是呵责、依止、驱出、令谢罪还是举罪,戒师都应该积极地去运作,想着:‘怎样才能让弟子正确地遵守规定、顺从折服、履行出罪程序,最终让僧团撤销对他的处罚呢?’
‘‘Sace antevāsikassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, ācariyena vūpakāsetabbo, vūpakāsāpetabbo, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace antevāsikassa kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, ācariyena vinodetabbaṃ, vinodāpetabbaṃ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace antevāsikassa diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti, ācariyena vivecetabbaṃ, vivecāpetabbaṃ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace antevāsiko garudhammaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho, ācariyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho, antevāsikassa parivāsaṃ dadeyyāti. Sace antevāsiko mūlāya paṭikassanāraho hoti, ācariyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho antevāsikaṃ mūlāya paṭikasseyyāti. Sace antevāsiko mānattāraho hoti, ācariyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho antevāsikassa mānattaṃ dadeyyāti. Sace antevāsiko abbhānāraho hoti, ācariyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho antevāsikaṃ abbheyyāti. Sace saṅgho antevāsikassa kammaṃ kattukāmo hoti, tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ vā, ācariyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho antevāsikassa kammaṃ na kareyya, lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyāti. Kataṃ vā panassa hoti saṅghena kammaṃ, tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ vā, ācariyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho antevāsiko sammā vatteyya, lomaṃ pāteyya, netthāraṃ vatteyya, saṅgho taṃ kammaṃ paṭippassambheyyāti.
391如果弟子的袈裟需要洗,戒师可以指点他说:‘你应该这样洗。’ 或者积极地去运作,想着:‘怎样才能把弟子的袈裟洗好呢?’如果弟子的袈裟需要缝制,戒师可以指点他说:‘你应该这样做。’ 或者积极地去运作,想着:‘怎样才能把弟子的袈裟做好呢?’如果弟子需要煮染料,戒师可以指点他说:‘你应该这样煮。’ 或者积极地去运作,想着:‘怎样才能把弟子的染料煮好呢?’如果弟子的袈裟需要染色,戒师可以指点他说:‘你应该这样染。’ 或者积极地去运作,想着:‘怎样才能把弟子的袈裟染好呢?’在染袈裟的时候,要小心地、一遍又一遍地翻转,让染料均匀渗透,不能在没有把染料完全煮开、还有结块的时候就离开。如果弟子生病了,戒师就要一直照顾他,直到他恢复健康为止。
‘‘Sace antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ dhovitabbaṃ hoti, ācariyena ācikkhitabbaṃ – ‘evaṃ dhoveyyāsī’ti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ dhoviyethāti. Sace antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ kātabbaṃ hoti, ācariyena ācikkhitabbaṃ – ‘evaṃ kareyyāsī’ti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ kariyethāti. Sace antevāsikassa rajanaṃ pacitabbaṃ hoti, ācariyena ācikkhitabbaṃ – ‘evaṃ paceyyāsī’ti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho antevāsikassa rajanaṃ paciyethāti. Sace antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ rajitabbaṃ hoti, ācariyena ācikkhitabbaṃ – ‘evaṃ rajeyyāsī’ti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ rajiyethāti. Cīvaraṃ rajantena sādhukaṃ samparivattakaṃ samparivattakaṃ rajitabbaṃ, na ca acchinne theve pakkamitabbaṃ. Sace antevāsiko gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabba’’nti.
451学生义务完
Antevāsikavattaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
452第六诵品
Chaṭṭhabhāṇavāro.
45320. 逐出与请求原谅
20. Paṇāmanā khamāpanā
80就在那个时候,有些弟子对他们戒师的态度不太好……比丘们把这件事报告了世尊……世尊说:‘比丘们,弟子不应该对戒师态度不好。如果有人态度不好,就犯了恶作。’ 但那些弟子还是态度不好。比丘们又把这事报告了世尊……世尊说:‘比丘们,我允许你们驱逐那些态度不好的弟子。而这,比丘们,就是应该怎么驱逐他的方法。’ 你可以对他说:‘我驱逐你’、‘你别再回这来了’、‘把你的衣钵带走’、‘我不再需要你的服侍了’。用身体动作让他明白,用言语让他明白,或用身体动作和言语一起让他明白,那么弟子就被驱逐了。如果不用身体动作让他明白,不用言语让他明白,也不把身体动作和言语合在一起用,那么弟子就没有被驱逐。
Tena kho pana samayena antevāsikā ācariyesu na sammā vattanti…pe… bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… na, bhikkhave, antevāsikena ācariyamhi na sammā vattitabbaṃ. Yo na sammā vatteyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti. Neva sammā vattanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, asammāvattantaṃ paṇāmetuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, paṇāmetabbo – paṇāmemi tanti vā, māyidha paṭikkamīti vā, nīhara te pattacīvaranti vā, nāhaṃ tayā upaṭṭhātabboti vā. Kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, paṇāmito hoti antevāsiko; na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na paṇāmito hoti antevāsikoti.
393那时,被遣离的弟子们不向老师求忏悔。比丘们把这件事报告了世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,允许他们求忏悔。”那些弟子还是不求忏悔。比丘们又把这件事报告了世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,被遣离的人不可以不求忏悔。如果他不求忏悔,就犯恶作。”
Tena kho pana samayena antevāsikā paṇāmitā na khamāpenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, khamāpetunti. Neva khamāpenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, paṇāmitena na khamāpetabbo. Yo na khamāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
394那时,老师们在被弟子求忏悔时,不接受忏悔。比丘们把这件事报告了世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,允许接受忏悔。”那些老师还是不接受忏悔。结果,弟子们有的离开了,有的还俗了,有的甚至投靠了外道。比丘们又把这件事报告了世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,当别人向你求忏悔时,不可以不接受。如果他不接受,就犯恶作。”
Tena kho pana samayena ācariyā khamāpiyamānā na khamanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, khamitunti. Neva khamanti. Antevāsikā pakkamantipi vibbhamantipi titthiyesupi saṅkamanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, khamāpiyamānena na khamitabbaṃ. Yo na khameyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
395那时,老师们遣离行为正确的弟子,却不遣离行为不正确的弟子。比丘们把这件事报告了世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,不应该遣离行为正确的弟子。如果谁遣离了,就犯恶作。而且,比丘们,也不可以不遣离行为不正确的弟子。如果谁不遣离,就犯恶作。”
Tena kho pana samayena ācariyā sammāvattantaṃ paṇāmenti, asammāvattantaṃ na paṇāmenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, sammāvattanto paṇāmetabbo. Yo paṇāmeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Na ca, bhikkhave, asammāvattanto na paṇāmetabbo. Yo na paṇāmeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
81“比丘们,具备五法的弟子,应该被遣离。他对老师没有深厚的爱,没有深厚的净信,没有深厚的惭耻心,没有深厚的敬意,没有深厚的个人修养——比丘们,具备这五法的弟子,应该被遣离。”
‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko paṇāmetabbo. Ācariyamhi nādhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko paṇāmetabbo.
397“比丘们,具备五法的弟子,不应该被遣离。他对老师有深厚的爱,有深厚的净信,有深厚的惭耻心,有深厚的敬意,有深厚的个人修养——比丘们,具备这五法的弟子,不应该被遣离。”
‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko na paṇāmetabbo. Ācariyamhi adhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko na paṇāmetabbo.
398“比丘们,具备五法的弟子,他有资格遣离老师。他对老师没有深厚的爱,没有深厚的净信,没有深厚的惭耻心,没有深厚的敬意,没有深厚的个人修养——比丘们,具备这五法的弟子,有资格遣离老师。”
‘‘Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko alaṃ paṇāmetuṃ. Ācariyamhi nādhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko alaṃ paṇāmetuṃ.
399“比丘们,具备五法的弟子,他没有资格遣离老师。他对老师有深厚的爱,有深厚的净信,有深厚的惭耻心,有深厚的敬意,有深厚的个人修养——比丘们,具备这五法的弟子,没有资格遣离老师。”
‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko nālaṃ paṇāmetuṃ. Ācariyamhi adhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko nālaṃ paṇāmetuṃ.
400“比丘们,对于具备这五法的弟子,老师如果不遣离他,就是有过的;如果遣离他,就是无过的。他对老师没有深厚的爱,没有深厚的净信,没有深厚的惭耻心,没有深厚的敬意,没有深厚的个人修养——比丘们,对于具备这五法的弟子,老师如果不遣离他,就是有过的;如果遣离他,就是无过的。”
‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṃ antevāsikaṃ appaṇāmento ācariyo sātisāro hoti, paṇāmento anatisāro hoti. Ācariyamhi nādhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ antevāsikaṃ appaṇāmento ācariyo sātisāro hoti, paṇāmento anatisāro hoti.
401“比丘们,如果弟子具足了五种特质,那么赶他走的老师是有过失的,不赶他走的老师没有过失。对老师有深厚的感情,有深厚的信心,有深厚的惭耻心,有深厚的尊敬心,有深厚的自我提升——比丘们,如果一个弟子具足了这五种特质,那么赶他走的老师是有过失的,不赶他走的老师没有过失。”
‘‘Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṃ antevāsikaṃ paṇāmento ācariyo sātisāro hoti, appaṇāmento anatisāro hoti. Ācariyamhi adhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ antevāsikaṃ paṇāmento ācariyo sātisāro hoti, appaṇāmento anatisāro hotī’’ti.
464逐出与请求原谅完
Paṇāmanā khamāpanā niṭṭhitā.
46521. 愚者与智者事
21. Bālaabyattavatthu
82那时,有些比丘,心想“要从戒腊十年以上的比丘那里取得依止”,便去依止那些愚蠢、不善巧的人。于是就出现了老师愚蠢、弟子聪明的现象;出现了老师不善巧、弟子善巧的现象;出现了老师寡闻、弟子多闻的现象;出现了老师智慧薄弱、弟子有智慧的现象。那些少欲的比丘……对此感到不满、批评、指责说:“为什么这些比丘,心想‘要从戒腊十年以上的比丘那里取得依止’,却去依止那些愚蠢、不善巧的人呢?出现老师愚蠢、弟子聪明,老师不善巧、弟子善巧,老师寡闻、弟子多闻,老师智慧薄弱、弟子有智慧,这怎么行呢?”于是,这些比丘把这件事报告给了世尊……“比丘们,听说有些比丘,心想‘要从戒腊十年以上的比丘那里取得依止’,却去依止那些愚蠢、不善巧的人……这是真的吗?”“是真的,世尊。”佛陀世尊呵责了……呵责之后……做了开示,对比丘们说:“比丘们,不应该由愚蠢、不善巧的人来给予依止。谁给了,犯恶作。比丘们,我允许一位善巧、有能力的比丘,具足十年戒腊或超过十年戒腊,才可以给予依止。”
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū, dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti, bālā abyattā nissayaṃ denti. Dissanti ācariyā bālā, antevāsikā paṇḍitā . Dissanti ācariyā abyattā, antevāsikā byattā. Dissanti ācariyā appassutā, antevāsikā bahussutā. Dissanti ācariyā duppaññā, antevāsikā paññavanto. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhū, dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti, bālā abyattā nissayaṃ dassanti. Dissanti ācariyā bālā antevāsikā paṇḍitā, dissanti ācariyā abyattā antevāsikā byattā, dissanti ācariyā appassutā antevāsikā bahussutā, dissanti ācariyā duppaññā antevāsikā paññavanto’’ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū, dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti, bālā abyattā nissayaṃ denti…pe… saccaṃ, bhagavāti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, bālena abyattena nissayo dātabbo. Yo dadeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena dasavassena vā atirekadasavassena vā nissayaṃ dātu’’nti.
467愚者与智者事完
Bālaabyattavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.
46822. 依止舍弃论
22. Nissayapaṭippassaddhikathā
83那时,比丘们不知道,当他们的戒师或依止师离开、还俗、去世或归附其他部派时,依止关系是否就解除了。他们把这件事报告给了世尊。
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ācariyupajjhāyesu pakkantesupi vibbhantesupi kālaṅkatesupi pakkhasaṅkantesupi nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo na jānanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
404“比丘们,这里有五种情况,与和尚的依止关系会解除:和尚离开了,或者还俗了,或者去世了,或者归属其他部派了,第五种就是[和尚的]明确指令。比丘们,这就是与和尚的依止关系解除的五种情况。”
‘‘Pañcimā, bhikkhave, nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo upajjhāyamhā – upajjhāyo pakkanto vā hoti, vibbhanto vā, kālaṅkato vā, pakkhasaṅkanto vā, āṇattiyeva pañcamī. Imā kho, bhikkhave, pañca nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo upajjhāyamhā.
405“比丘们,这里有六种情况,与老师的依止关系会解除:老师离开了,或者还俗了,或者去世了,或者归属其他部派了,第五种就是[老师的]明确指令,或者他归入了和尚的统管。比丘们,这就是与老师的依止关系解除的六种情况。”
‘‘Chayimā, bhikkhave, nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo ācariyamhā – ācariyo pakkanto vā hoti, vibbhanto vā, kālaṅkato vā, pakkhasaṅkanto vā, āṇattiyeva pañcamī, upajjhāyena vā samodhānagato hoti. Imā kho, bhikkhave, cha nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo ācariyamhā’’.
472依止舍弃论完
Nissapaṭippassaddhikathā niṭṭhitā.
47323. 应授达上五法
23. Upasampādetabbapañcakaṃ
84“比丘们,一个具足五种特质的比丘,不应该给人授具足戒,不应该给人依止,不应该让沙马内拉近身伺候。他自己不具足无学的戒蕴,不具足无学的定蕴,不具足无学的慧蕴,不具足无学的解脱蕴,不具足无学的解脱知见蕴——比丘们,一个具足这五种特质的比丘,不应该给人授具足戒,不应该给人依止,不应该让沙马内拉近身伺候。”
‘‘Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
407“比丘们,一个具足五种特质的比丘,可以给人授具足戒,可以给人依止,可以让沙马内拉近身伺候。他自己具足无学的戒蕴,具足无学的定蕴,具足无学的慧蕴,具足无学的解脱蕴,具足无学的解脱知见蕴——比丘们,一个具足这五种特质的比丘,可以给人授具足戒,可以给人依止,可以让沙马内拉近身伺候。”
‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
408“比丘们,再者,一个具足另外五种特质的比丘,不应该给人授具足戒,不应该给人依止,不应该让沙马内拉近身伺候。他自己不具足无学的戒蕴,也不能教导他人修习无学的戒蕴;他自己不具足无学的定蕴,也不能教导他人修习无学的定蕴;他自己不具足无学的慧蕴,也不能教导他人修习无学的慧蕴;他自己不具足无学的解脱蕴,也不能教导他人修习无学的解脱蕴;他自己不具足无学的解脱知见蕴,也不能教导他人修习无学的解脱知见蕴——比丘们,一个具足这五种特质的比丘,不应该给人授具足戒,不应该给人依止,不应该让沙马内拉近身伺候。”
‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Attanā na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā; attanā na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe samādhikkhandhe samādapetā; attanā na asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe paññākkhandhe samādapetā; attanā na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe vimuttikkhandhe samādapetā; attanā na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
409比丘们,具备五种素质的比丘,可以为人授具足戒,可以给予依止,可以让沙马内拉随侍。他自己具备了无学的戒蕴,并能引导他人修习无学的戒蕴;他自己具备了无学的定蕴,并能引导他人修习无学的定蕴;他自己具备了无学的慧蕴,并能引导他人修习无学的慧蕴;他自己具备了无学的解脱蕴,并能引导他人修习无学的解脱蕴;他自己具备了无学的解脱知见蕴,并能引导他人修习无学的解脱知见蕴。比丘们,具备这五种素质的比丘,可以为人授具足戒,可以给予依止,可以让沙马内拉随侍。
‘‘Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Attanā asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā; attanā asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe samādhikkhandhe samādapetā; attanā asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe paññākkhandhe samādapetā; attanā asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe vimuttikkhandhe samādapetā; attanā asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
410比丘们,另外,具备五种素质的比丘,不能为人授具足戒,不能给予依止,不能让沙马内拉随侍。他没有信,没有惭,没有愧,懈怠,失念。比丘们,具备这五种素质的比丘,不能为人授具足戒,不能给予依止,不能让沙马内拉随侍。
‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
411比丘们,具备五种素质的比丘,可以为人授具足戒,可以给予依止,可以让沙马内拉随侍。他有信,有惭,有愧,精进努力,正念现前。比丘们,具备这五种素质的比丘,可以为人授具足戒,可以给予依止,可以让沙马内拉随侍。
‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo , sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
412比丘们,另外,具备五种素质的比丘,不能为人授具足戒,不能给予依止,不能让沙马内拉随侍。他在增上戒上戒行有缺失,在正行上行仪有缺失,在邪见上见解有缺失,听闻少,智慧劣。比丘们,具备这五种素质的比丘,不能为人授具足戒,不能给予依止,不能让沙马内拉随侍。
‘‘Aparehipi , bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, appassuto hoti, duppañño hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
413比丘们,具备五种素质的比丘,可以为人授具足戒,可以给予依止,可以让沙马内拉随侍。他在增上戒上戒行没有缺失,在正行上行仪没有缺失,在邪见上见解没有缺失,多闻,有智慧。比丘们,具备这五种素质的比丘,可以为人授具足戒,可以给予依止,可以让沙马内拉随侍。
‘‘Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ , nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Na adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, na atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, bahussuto hoti, paññavā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
414比丘们,另外,具备五种素质的比丘,不能为人授具足戒,不能给予依止,不能让沙马内拉随侍。他没有能力亲自照顾或找人照顾生病的弟子或共住者;不能平息或让人平息不满的情绪;不能如法地消除生起的追悔;他不知道什么是犯戒,也不知道怎么从犯戒中出罪。比丘们,具备这五种素质的比丘,不能为人授具足戒,不能给予依止,不能让沙马内拉随侍。
‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ vā upaṭṭhāpetuṃ vā, anabhirataṃ vūpakāsetuṃ vā vūpakāsāpetuṃ vā, uppannaṃ kukkuccaṃ dhammato vinodetuṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ na jānāti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
415比丘们,具备五种素质的比丘,可以为人授具足戒,可以给予依止,可以让沙马内拉随侍。他有能力亲自照顾或找人照顾生病的弟子或共住者;有能力平息或让人平息不满的情绪;有能力如法地消除生起的追悔;他知道什么是犯戒,也知道怎么从犯戒中出罪。比丘们,具备这五种素质的比丘,可以为人授具足戒,可以给予依止,可以让沙马内拉随侍。
‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ vā upaṭṭhāpetuṃ vā, anabhirataṃ vūpakāsetuṃ vā vūpakāsāpetuṃ vā, uppannaṃ kukkuccaṃ dhammato vinodetuṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ jānāti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
416比丘们,另外,具备五种素质的比丘,不能为人授具足戒,不能给予依止,不能让沙马内拉随侍。他没有能力教导弟子或共住者学习关于基本行持的学处,没有能力教导他们初梵行的学处,没有能力教导阿毗达摩,没有能力教导阿毗律,没有能力如法地剖析生起的恶见。比丘们,具备这五种素质的比丘,不能为人授具足戒,不能给予依止,不能让沙马内拉随侍。
‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṃ, ādibrahmacariyakāya sikkhāya vinetuṃ, abhidhamme vinetuṃ, abhivinaye vinetuṃ, uppannaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ dhammato vivecetuṃ – imehi kho , bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
417比丘们,具备五支的比丘,可以给予具足戒,可以给予依止,可以照顾沙马内拉。他能教导自己的弟子或共住者增上戒学,能教导他们增上心学,能教导他们增上慧学,能教导他们论藏,能教导他们律藏,能依法辨析已生起的邪见——比丘们,具备这五支的比丘,就可以给予具足戒,可以给予依止,可以照顾沙马内拉。
‘‘Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṃ, ādibrahmacariyakāya sikkhāya vinetuṃ, abhidhamme vinetuṃ, abhivinaye vinetuṃ, uppannaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ dhammato vivecetuṃ – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
418比丘们,另外,如果比丘具备另外这五支,则不应给予具足戒,不应给予依止,不应照顾沙马内拉。他不知罪,不知非罪,不知轻罪,不知重罪,而且他的两部巴蒂摩卡经没有在经文和文句上详尽地善巧掌握、善分别、善通达、善判断——比丘们,具备这五支的比丘,就不应给予具足戒,不应给予依止,不应照顾沙马内拉。
‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Āpattiṃ na jānāti, anāpattiṃ na jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena na svāgatāni honti na suvibhattāni na suppavattīni na suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
419比丘们,具备五支的比丘,可以给予具足戒,可以给予依止,可以照顾沙马内拉。他能知罪,知非罪,知轻罪,知重罪,而且他的两部巴蒂摩卡经在经文和文句上详尽地善巧掌握、善分别、善通达、善判断——比丘们,具备这五支的比丘,就可以给予具足戒,可以给予依止,可以照顾沙马内拉。
‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Āpattiṃ jānāti, anāpattiṃ jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
420比丘们,另外,如果比丘具备另外这五支,则不应给予具足戒,不应给予依止,不应照顾沙马内拉。他不知罪,不知非罪,不知轻罪,不知重罪,且不足十腊——比丘们,具备这五支的比丘,就不应给予具足戒,不应给予依止,不应照顾沙马内拉。
‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Āpattiṃ na jānāti, anāpattiṃ na jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, ūnadasavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
421比丘们,具备五支的比丘,可以给予具足戒,可以给予依止,可以照顾沙马内拉。他能知罪,知非罪,知轻罪,知重罪,且满十腊或多于十腊——比丘们,具备这五支的比丘,就可以给予具足戒,可以给予依止,可以照顾沙马内拉。
‘‘Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Āpattiṃ jānāti, anāpattiṃ jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo’’ti.
490应授达上五法完
Upasampādetabbapañcakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
49124. 应授达上六法
24. Upasampādetabbachakkaṃ
85比丘们,具备六支的比丘,不应给予具足戒,不应给予依止,不应照顾沙马内拉。他不具备无学的戒蕴,不具备无学的定蕴,不具备无学的慧蕴,不具备无学的解脱蕴,不具备无学的解脱知见蕴,且不足十腊——比丘们,具备这六支的比丘,就不应给予具足戒,不应给予依止,不应照顾沙马内拉。
‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo . Na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, ūnadasavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
423比丘们,具备六支的比丘,可以给予具足戒,可以给予依止,可以照顾沙马内拉。他具备无学的戒蕴,具备无学的定蕴,具备无学的慧蕴,具备无学的解脱蕴,具备无学的解脱知见蕴,且满十腊或多于十腊——比丘们,具备这六支的比丘,就可以给予具足戒,可以给予依止,可以照顾沙马内拉。
‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
424比丘们,另外,如果比丘具备另外这六支,则不应给予具足戒,不应给予依止,不应照顾沙马内拉。他自己不具备无学的戒蕴,也不劝使他人安住于无学的戒蕴;他自己不具备无学的定蕴,也不劝使他人安住于无学的定蕴;他自己不具备无学的慧蕴,也不劝使他人安住于无学的慧蕴;他自己不具备无学的解脱蕴,也不劝使他人安住于无学的解脱蕴;他自己不具备无学的解脱知见蕴,也不劝使他人安住于无学的解脱知见蕴;而且他不足十腊——比丘们,具备这六支的比丘,就不应给予具足戒,不应给予依止,不应照顾沙马内拉。
‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Attanā na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā; attanā na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe samādhikkhandhe samādapetā; attanā na asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe paññākkhandhe samādapetā; attanā na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe vimuttikkhandhe samādapetā; attanā na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā; ūnadasavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
425“比丘们,具备六种条件的比丘,可以为人授具足戒,可以给予依止,可以接受沙马内拉侍奉。他自己已经具备了无学的戒蕴,也能引导他人具备无学的戒蕴;他自己已经具备了无学的定蕴,也能引导他人具备无学的定蕴;他自己已经具备了无学的慧蕴,也能引导他人具备无学的慧蕴;他自己已经具备了无学的解脱蕴,也能引导他人具备无学的解脱蕴;他自己已经具备了无学的解脱知见蕴,也能引导他人具备无学的解脱知见蕴;并且他的戒腊达到十年或超过十年。比丘们,具备这六种条件的比丘,可以为人授具足戒,可以给予依止,可以接受沙马内拉侍奉。”
‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Attanā asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā attanā asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe samādhikkhandhe samādapetā. Attanā asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe paññākkhandhe samādapetā. Attanā asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe vimuttikkhandhe samādapetā. Attanā asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā; dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
426“比丘们,具备另外这六种条件的比丘,不可以为人授具足戒,不可以给予依止,不可以接受沙马内拉侍奉。他没有信心、没有惭、没有愧、懈怠、忘失正念、戒腊不足十年。比丘们,具备这六种条件的比丘,不可以为人授具足戒,不可以给予依止,不可以接受沙马内拉侍奉。”
‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti, ūnadasavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
427“比丘们,具备六种条件的比丘,可以为人授具足戒,可以给予依止,可以接受沙马内拉侍奉。他有信心、有惭、有愧、精进努力、正念现前、戒腊达到十年或超过十年。比丘们,具备这六种条件的比丘,可以为人授具足戒,可以给予依止,可以接受沙马内拉侍奉。”
‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ , nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
428“比丘们,具备另外这六种条件的比丘,不可以为人授具足戒,不可以给予依止,不可以接受沙马内拉侍奉。他在增上戒上戒行有缺失,在增上行上行仪有缺失,在增上见上邪见有缺失,少闻、智慧不足、戒腊不足十年。比丘们,具备这六种条件的比丘,不可以为人授具足戒,不可以给予依止,不可以接受沙马内拉侍奉。”
‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, appassuto hoti, duppañño hoti, ūnadasavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
429“比丘们,具备六种条件的比丘,可以为人授具足戒,可以给予依止,可以接受沙马内拉侍奉。他在增上戒上戒行没有缺失,在增上行上行仪没有缺失,在增上见上邪见没有缺失,多闻、有智慧、戒腊达到十年或超过十年。比丘们,具备这六种条件的比丘,可以为人授具足戒,可以给予依止,可以接受沙马内拉侍奉。”
‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Na adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, na atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, bahussuto hoti, paññavā hoti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
430“比丘们,具备另外这六种条件的比丘,不可以为人授具足戒,不可以给予依止,不可以接受沙马内拉侍奉。他没有能力亲自照顾或安排人照顾生病的弟子或同住者;没有能力使对梵行不欢喜的人息除不欢喜,或使人被息除;没有能力依法去除生起的追悔;不知道罪;不知道出罪的方法;戒腊不足十年。比丘们,具备这六种条件的比丘,不可以为人授具足戒,不可以给予依止,不可以接受沙马内拉侍奉。”
‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ vā upaṭṭhāpetuṃ vā, anabhirataṃ vūpakāsetuṃ vā vūpakāsāpetuṃ vā, uppannaṃ kukkuccaṃ dhammato vinodetuṃ, āpattiṃ na jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ na jānāti, ūnadasavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
431“比丘们,具备六种条件的比丘,可以为人授具足戒,可以给予依止,可以接受沙马内拉侍奉。他有能力亲自照顾或安排人照顾生病的弟子或同住者;有能力使对梵行不欢喜的人息除不欢喜,或使人被息除;有能力依法去除生起的追悔;知道罪;知道出罪的方法;戒腊达到十年或超过十年。比丘们,具备这六种条件的比丘,可以为人授具足戒,可以给予依止,可以接受沙马内拉侍奉。”
‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ vā upaṭṭhāpetuṃ vā, anabhirataṃ vūpakāsetuṃ vā vūpakāsāpetuṃ vā, uppannaṃ kukkuccaṃ dhammato vinodetuṃ, āpattiṃ jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ jānāti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
432“比丘们,具备另外这六种条件的比丘,不可以为人授具足戒,不可以给予依止,不可以接受沙马内拉侍奉。他没有能力在增上善行学处上教导弟子或同住者,没有能力在初梵行学处上加以训导,没有能力教导阿毗达摩,没有能力教导阿毗律,没有能力依法辨析已生起的邪见;戒腊不足十年。比丘们,具备这六种条件的比丘,不可以为人授具足戒,不可以给予依止,不可以接受沙马内拉侍奉。”
‘‘Aparehipi , bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṃ, ādibrahmacariyakāya sikkhāya vinetuṃ, abhidhamme vinetuṃ , abhivinaye vinetuṃ, uppannaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ dhammato vivecetuṃ, ūnadasavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
433“比丘们,一个比丘如果具备六种条件,就可以为人授具足戒,可以做依止师,可以接受沙马内拉。他必须能够教导弟子或共住者在增上戒学上学习,能够引导他们在根本梵行学上修习;他必须能够教导阿毗达摩,能够教导阿毗律;他必须能够如法地开解已生起的邪见;他必须有十个戒腊,或者超过十个戒腊——比丘们,一个比丘就是具备了这六种条件,才可以为人授具足戒,才可以做依止师,才可以接受沙马内拉。”
‘‘Chahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṃ ādibrahmacariyakāya sikkhāya vinetuṃ, abhidhamme vinetuṃ, abhivinaye vinetuṃ, uppannaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ dhammato vivecetuṃ, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
434“比丘们,另外,一个比丘如果具备六种条件,就不可以为人授具足戒,不可以做依止师,不可以接受沙马内拉。他不了解什么是犯戒,不了解什么是不犯戒,不了解什么是轻戒,不了解什么是重戒,而且他对两部巴蒂摩卡在经文和注释层面,没有好好地学习、没有好好地分别、没有好好地掌握、没有好好地判定,他的戒腊不足十年——比丘们,一个比丘就是具备了这六种条件,就不可以为人授具足戒,不可以做依止师,不可以接受沙马内拉。”
‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Āpattiṃ na jānāti, anāpattiṃ na jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena na svāgatāni honti na suvibhattāni na suppavattīni na suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, ūnadasavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
435“比丘们,一个比丘如果具备六种条件,就可以为人授具足戒,可以做依止师,可以接受沙马内拉。他了解什么是犯戒,了解什么是不犯戒,了解什么是轻戒,了解什么是重戒,而且他对两部巴蒂摩卡在经文和注释层面,都好好地学习了、好好地分别了、好好地掌握了、好好地判定了,他有十个戒腊,或者超过十个戒腊——比丘们,一个比丘就是具备了这六种条件,才可以为人授具足戒,才可以做依止师,才可以接受沙马内拉。”
‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo , sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Āpattiṃ jānāti , anāpattiṃ jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo’’ti.
506应授达上六法完
Upasampādetabbachakkaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
50725. 外道先前论
25. Aññatitthiyapubbakathā
86那时候,有一个之前是外道出身的人,在被他自己的戒师以符合法义的话教导时,却把戒师的话当成攻击,结果跑回了他原来那个外道团体去了。后来他又回来,向比丘们请求受具足戒。比丘们就把这件事报告给了世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,如果一个之前是外道出身的人,被他的戒师以符合法义的话教导时,却把戒师的话当成攻击,并跑回了那个外道团体,那么他再回来就不应该给他受具足戒。至于其他之前是外道出身的人,如果希望在这个法、律中出家,希望受具足戒,那么应该给他四个月的别住期。比丘们,应该这样给:先让他剃掉须发,穿上袈裟衣,把上衣搭在一肩,然后让他顶礼比丘们的脚,让他蹲坐下来,让他合掌,然后应该告诉他要这样说:‘我归依佛,我归依法,我归依僧;第二次,我归依佛,第二次,我归依法,第二次,我归依僧;第三次,我归依佛,第三次,我归依法,第三次,我归依僧。’”
Tena kho pana samayena yo so aññatitthiyapubbo pajjhāyena sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno upajjhāyassa vādaṃ āropetvā taṃyeva titthāyatanaṃ saṅkami. So puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṃ yāci. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Yo so, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo upajjhāyena sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno upajjhāyassa vādaṃ āropetvā taṃyeva titthāyatanaṃ saṅkanto, so āgato na upasampādetabbo. Yo so, bhikkhave, aññopi aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjaṃ, ākaṅkhati upasampadaṃ, tassa cattāro māse parivāso dātabbo. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbo – paṭhamaṃ kesamassuṃ ohārāpetvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādāpetvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ kārāpetvā bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vandāpetvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīdāpetvā añjaliṃ paggaṇhāpetvā evaṃ vadehīti vattabbo – ‘‘buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi; dutiyampi buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyampi dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyampi saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi; tatiyampi buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyampi dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyampi saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmī’’ti.
437“比丘们,那位以前是外道出身的人,应当这样:去到僧团那里,把上衣搭在一肩,顶礼比丘们的脚,蹲坐下来,合掌,然后应该这样对他说:‘尊者,我以前是外道出身,希望在这个法、律中受具足戒。所以,尊者,我向僧团请求四个月的别住期。’这样请求第二次。这样请求第三次。然后,应该由一位贤能、有能力的比丘来向僧团宣告:”
Tena, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbena saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhāmi upasampadaṃ. Sohaṃ, bhante, saṅghaṃ cattāro māse parivāsaṃ yācāmī’’ti. Dutiyampi yācitabbo. Tatiyampi yācitabbo. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –
438“‘尊者们,请僧团听我说。这位名叫某某的人,以前是外道出身,希望在这个法、律中受具足戒。他正向僧团请求四个月的别住期。如果僧团认为时机合适,僧团可以给予这位名叫某某的、以前是外道出身的人四个月的别住期。这是动议。’”
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati upasampadaṃ. So saṅghaṃ cattāro māse parivāsaṃ yācati. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ saṅgho itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāsaṃ dadeyya. Esā ñatti.
439“‘尊者们,请僧团听我说。这位名叫某某的人,以前是外道出身,希望在这个法、律中受具足戒。他正向僧团请求四个月的别住期。僧团给予这位名叫某某的、以前是外道出身的人四个月的别住期。哪位尊者同意给予这位名叫某某的、以前是外道出身的人四个月的别住期,请保持沉默;哪位尊者不同意,请说出来。’”
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati upasampadaṃ. So saṅghaṃ cattāro māse parivāsaṃ yācati. Saṅgho itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāsaṃ deti. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāsassa dānaṃ, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
440“‘僧团已经给予这位名叫某某的、以前是外道出身的人四个月的别住期了。僧团同意,因此保持沉默。我这样记录这件事。’”
‘‘Dinno saṅghena itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāso. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.
87比丘们,一个之前是其他外道的人,像这样就是合适的,像这样就是不合适的。那么,比丘们,一个之前是其他外道的人,怎样是不合适的呢?比丘们,在此,一个之前是其他外道的人,过早地进入村庄,或过午才返回。比丘们,这样,这个之前是其他外道的人就是不合适的。
‘‘Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti, evaṃ anārādhako. Kathañca, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo atikālena gāmaṃ pavisati, atidivā paṭikkamati. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti.
442再者,比丘们,一个之前是其他外道的人,其行境包括妓女,或行境包括寡妇,或行境包括成年未婚女子,或行境包括黄门,或行境包括比丘尼。比丘们,这样,这个之前是其他外道的人就是不合适的。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo vesiyāgocaro vā hoti, vidhavāgocaro vā hoti, thullakumārikāgocaro vā hoti, paṇḍakagocaro vā hoti, bhikkhunigocaro vā hoti. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti.
443再者,比丘们,一个之前是其他外道的人,对于那些同梵行者们应做的各种或高或低的事务,他不擅长、不懈怠,不具备对此理应有的审察,没能力做,也没能力安排。比丘们,这样,这个之前是其他外道的人就是不合适的。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṃ uccāvacāni karaṇīyāni, tattha na dakkho hoti, na analaso, na tatrupāyāya vīmaṃsāya samannāgato, na alaṃ kātuṃ, na alaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti.
444再者,比丘们,一个之前是其他外道的人,在诵习、遍问、增上戒、增上心、增上慧方面,没有强烈的热忱。比丘们,这样,这个之前是其他外道的人就是不合适的。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo na tibbacchando hoti uddese, paripucchāya, adhisīle, adhicitte, adhipaññāya. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti.
445再者,比丘们,一个之前是其他外道的人,当他之前投靠的那个外道团体的导师、其见解、其堪忍、其喜好、其执受,被说坏话时,他生气、不高兴、不满意;而若佛、或法、或僧被说坏话时,他却高兴、兴奋、满意。或者,当他之前投靠的那个外道团体的导师、其见解、其堪忍、其喜好、其执受,被说好话时,他高兴、兴奋、满意;而若佛、或法、或僧被说好话时,他却生气、不高兴、不满意。比丘们,这是对于之前是其他外道的人,在其不合适的方面,一个强烈的、属于其外道团体的标志。比丘们,确实,这样,一个之前是其他外道的人就是不合适的。比丘们,像这样不合适的、之前是其他外道的人来了,不应该给予他具足戒。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo yassa titthāyatanā saṅkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa avaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṅghassa vā avaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho. Yassa vā pana titthāyatanā saṅkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa vaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṅghassa vā vaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhiraddho. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, saṅghātanikaṃ aññatitthiyapubbassa anārādhanīyasmiṃ. Evampi kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti. Evaṃ anārādhako kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo āgato na upasampādetabbo.
446那么,比丘们,一个之前是其他外道的人,怎样才是合适的呢?比丘们,在此,一个之前是其他外道的人,不会过早地进入村庄,也不会过午才返回。比丘们,这样,这个之前是其他外道的人就是合适的。
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo nātikālena gāmaṃ pavisati nātidivā paṭikkamati. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti.
447再者,比丘们,一个之前是其他外道的人,其行境不包括妓女,行境不包括寡妇,行境不包括成年未婚女子,行境不包括黄门,行境不包括比丘尼。比丘们,这样,这个之前是其他外道的人就是合适的。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo na vesiyāgocaro hoti, na vidhavāgocaro hoti, na thullakumārikāgocaro hoti, na paṇḍakagocaro hoti, na bhikkhunigocaro hoti. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti.
448再者,比丘们,一个之前是其他外道的人,对于那些同梵行者们应做的各种或高或低的事务,他擅长、不懈怠,具备对此理应有的审察,有能力做,也有能力安排。比丘们,这样,这个之前是其他外道的人就是合适的。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṃ uccāvacāni karaṇīyāni, tattha dakkho hoti, analaso, tatrupāyāya vīmaṃsāya samannāgato, alaṃ kātuṃ, alaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti.
449再者,比丘们,如果一位先前是外道的人,他对于诵习、遍问、增上戒、增上心、增上慧有着强烈的热忱。比丘们,即使是这样,一位先前是外道的人,也是能被接受的。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave , aññatitthiyapubbo tibbacchando hoti uddese, paripucchāya, adhisīle, adhicitte, adhipaññāya. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti.
450再者,比丘们,如果一位先前是外道的人,当他所转向的那个宗派的立场,其导师、其见解、其容忍、其喜好、其执取受到批评时,他感到满意、喜悦、极为欢喜;而当佛、法或僧受到批评时,他感到恼怒、不满意、不欢喜。反之,当他所转向的那个宗派的立场,其导师、其见解、其容忍、其喜好、其执取受到赞扬时,他感到恼怒、不满意、不欢喜;而当佛、法或僧受到赞扬时,他感到满意、喜悦、极为欢喜。比丘们,这是先前是外道的人在可被接受方面的凝聚性标志。比丘们,即使是这样,一位先前是外道的人,也是能被接受的。比丘们,一位先前是外道的人,若是这样能被接受的,来了之后,就应给予他具足戒。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo yassa titthāyatanā saṅkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa avaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṅghassa vā avaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhiraddho. Yassa vā pana titthāyatanā saṅkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa vaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṅghassa vā vaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, saṅghātanikaṃ aññatitthiyapubbassa ārādhanīyasmiṃ. Evampi kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti. Evaṃ ārādhako kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo āgato upasampādetabbo.
451比丘们,如果一位先前是外道的人裸体而来,应当为他寻找以戒师为来源的衣服。如果他留着长发而来,僧团应被征询为其举行剃发仪式。比丘们,那些拜火的结发外道们,他们来了就应给予具足戒,不应给他们别住。那是什么原因呢?比丘们,这些人是业论者、行为论者。比丘们,如果一位先前是外道的人,是出生于释迦族的,他来了就应给予具足戒,不应给他别住。比丘们,我将这特殊的优待赐予我的亲属们。
‘‘Sace, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo naggo āgacchati, upajjhāyamūlakaṃ cīvaraṃ pariyesitabbaṃ. Sace acchinnakeso āgacchati, saṅgho apaloketabbo bhaṇḍukammāya. Ye te, bhikkhave, aggikā jaṭilakā, te āgatā upasampādetabbā, na tesaṃ parivāso dātabbo. Taṃ kissa hetu? Kammavādino ete, bhikkhave, kiriyavādino. Sace, bhikkhave, jātiyā sākiyo aññatitthiyapubbo āgacchati , so āgato upasampādetabbo, na tassa parivāso dātabbo. Imāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ñātīnaṃ āveṇikaṃ parihāraṃ dammī’’ti.
524外道先前论完
Aññatitthiyapubbakathā niṭṭhitā.
525第七诵品
Sattamabhāṇavāro.
52626. 五障碍事
26. Pañcābādhavatthu
88那时,在摩揭陀国,有五种疾病盛行:麻风、疮、癣、肺痨和癫痫。染上这五种病的人们,就去拜访童子医王,对他这样说:'老师,请您为我们治疗吧。' '诸位贤者,我事务繁多,有很多事要做;我要侍奉摩揭陀国斯尼耶·频婆娑罗王,以及后宫和以佛为首的比丘僧团;我没有能力治疗。' '老师,所有财产都给您,我们也做您的仆人;老师,请您为我们治疗吧。' '诸位贤者,我事务繁多,有很多事要做;我要侍奉摩揭陀国斯尼耶·频婆娑罗王,以及后宫和以佛为首的比丘僧团;我没有能力治疗。' 那时,这些人心里想道:'这些释迦子的沙门们,习性安乐,行为安乐,吃了美味的食物后,睡在不受风侵袭的床铺上。我们何不在释迦子的沙门们中出家呢?在那里,比丘们会照顾我们,而童子医王也会为我们治疗。' 于是,这些人就去拜访比丘们,请求出家。那些比丘们就让他们出家,并给予了具足戒。比丘们就照顾他们,童子医王也给予治疗。那时,比丘们因为要照顾许多生病的比丘,所以经常乞求,经常讨要,说:'请给病比丘的食物,请给照顾病者比丘的食物,请给病比丘的药。' 而童子医王,也因为治疗许多生病的比丘,疏忽了某件国王的事务。
Tena kho pana samayena magadhesu pañca ābādhā ussannā honti – kuṭṭhaṃ, gaṇḍo, kilāso, soso, apamāro. Manussā pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭhā jīvakaṃ komārabhaccaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘sādhu no, ācariya, tikicchāhī’’ti. ‘‘Ahaṃ khvayyo, bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo; rājā ca me māgadho seniyo bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañca buddhappamukho ca bhikkhusaṅgho; nāhaṃ sakkomi tikicchitu’’nti. ‘‘Sabbaṃ sāpateyyañca te, ācariya, hotu; mayañca te dāsā; sādhu, no, ācariya, tikicchāhī’’ti. ‘‘Ahaṃ khvayyo, bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo rājā ca me māgadho seniyo bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañca buddhappamukho ca bhikkhusaṅgho; nāhaṃ sakkomi tikicchitu’’nti. Atha kho tesaṃ manussānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyāma. Tattha bhikkhū ceva upaṭṭhahissanti, jīvako ca komārabhacco tikicchissatī’’ti . Atha kho te manussā bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāciṃsu. Te bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ, upasampādesuṃ. Te bhikkhū ceva upaṭṭhahiṃsu jīvako ca komārabhacco tikicchi. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bahū gilāne bhikkhū upaṭṭhahantā yācanabahulā viññattibahulā viharanti – gilānabhattaṃ detha, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ detha, gilānabhesajjaṃ dethāti. Jīvakopi komārabhacco bahū gilāne bhikkhū tikicchanto aññataraṃ rājakiccaṃ parihāpesi.
89有一位染上五种疾病的人,去见童子医王,对他这样说:'老师,请您为我治疗吧。' '贤者,我事务繁多,有很多事要做;我要侍奉摩揭陀国斯尼耶·频婆娑罗王,以及后宫和以佛为首的比丘僧团;我没有能力治疗。' '老师,所有财产都给您,我也做您的仆人;老师,请您为我治疗吧。' '贤者,我事务繁多,有很多事要做;我要侍奉摩揭陀国斯尼耶·频婆娑罗王,以及后宫和以佛为首的比丘僧团;我没有能力治疗。' 那时,这个人心里想道:'这些释迦子的沙门们,习性安乐,行为安乐,吃了美味的食物后,睡在不受风侵袭的床铺上。我何不在释迦子的沙门们中出家呢?在那里,比丘们会照顾我,而童子医王也会为我治疗。等我病好了,我就逃离还俗。' 于是,这个人就去拜访比丘们,请求出家。比丘们就让他出家,并给予了具足戒。比丘们就照顾他,童子医王也给予治疗。他病好之后,就逃离还俗了。童子医王看见这个人还俗了,看见之后,对这个人说:'贤者,你不是在比丘们中出过家吗?' '是的,老师。' '贤者,你为什么要做这样的事呢?' 于是,这个人就把这件事的缘由告诉了童子医王。童子医王感到不满、责备、批评说:'为什么尊者们要允许一个染上五种疾病的人出家呢?' 于是,童子医王就去到世尊那里,到了之后,礼敬世尊,然后坐在一边。坐在一边的童子医王对世尊这样说:'尊者,愿大德们不要允许染上五种疾病的人出家。' 于是,世尊用佛法开示教导、劝勉、激励、令童子医王欢喜。然后,被世尊以佛法开示教导、劝勉、激励、令欢喜的童子医王,从座而起,礼敬世尊,右绕之后离开了。于是,世尊借着这个因缘,这个机会,做了佛法开示后,对比丘们宣布:'比丘们,不应允许染上五种疾病的人出家。如果允许出家,犯恶作罪。'
Aññataropi puriso pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭho jīvakaṃ komārabhaccaṃ upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca – ‘‘sādhu maṃ, ācariya, tikicchāhī’’ti. ‘‘Ahaṃ khvayyo, bahukicco, bahukaraṇīyo, rājā ca me māgadho seniyo bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañca buddhappamukho ca bhikkhusaṅgho; nāhaṃ sakkomi tikicchitu’’nti. ‘‘Sabbaṃ sāpateyyañca te, ācariya, hotu, ahañca te dāso; sādhu maṃ, ācariya, tikicchāhī’’ti. ‘‘Ahaṃ khvayyo, bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo, rājā ca me māgadho seniyo bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañca buddhappamukho ca bhikkhusaṅgho, nāhaṃ sakkomi tikicchitu’’nti. Atha kho tassa purisassa etadahosi – ‘‘ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṃ. Tattha bhikkhū ceva upaṭṭhahissanti, jīvako ca komārabhacco tikicchissati. Somhi arogo vibbhamissāmī’’ti . Atha kho so puriso bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Taṃ bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ, upasampādesuṃ. Taṃ bhikkhū ceva upaṭṭhahiṃsu, jīvako ca komārabhacco tikicchi. So arogo vibbhami. Addasā kho jīvako komārabhacco taṃ purisaṃ vibbhantaṃ, disvāna taṃ purisaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘nanu tvaṃ, ayyo, bhikkhūsu pabbajito ahosī’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, ācariyā’’ti. ‘‘Kissa pana tvaṃ, ayyo, evarūpamakāsī’’ti? Atha kho so puriso jīvakassa komārabhaccassa etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Jīvako komārabhacco ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhadantā pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭhaṃ pabbājessantī’’ti. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho jīvako komārabhacco bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sādhu, bhante, ayyā pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭhaṃ na pabbājeyyu’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā jīvakaṃ komārabhaccaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭho pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti.
529五障碍事完
Pañcābādhavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.
53027. 王兵事
27. Rājabhaṭavatthu
90那时,摩揭陀国斯尼耶·频婆娑罗王的一个边境地区发生了叛乱。于是,摩揭陀国斯尼耶·频婆娑罗王命令将军大臣们:'喂,去平定边境吧。' 将军大臣们回答摩揭陀国斯尼耶·频婆娑罗王:'是的,陛下。' 这时,一些非常著名的战士心里想道:'我们乐于战斗,但去打仗就会造恶,积累许多非福德。我们能有什么办法,既能停止造恶,又能做善事呢?' 于是,这些战士心里又想:'这些释迦子的沙门们,是行持正法者,行为正直者,修梵行者,说真实语者,具戒者,有善良法者。如果我们能在释迦子的沙门们中出家,这样我们就能停止造恶,而做善事了。' 于是,这些战士就去拜访比丘们,请求出家。那些比丘们就让他们出家,并给予了具足戒。将军大臣们问国王的差役们:'喂,怎么不见某某和某某战士了呢?' '大人,某某和某某战士在比丘们中出家了。' 将军大臣们感到不满、责备、批评说:'为什么释迦子的沙门们要允许国王的差役出家呢?' 将军大臣们把这件事禀告了摩揭陀国斯尼耶·频婆娑罗王。于是,摩揭陀国斯尼耶·频婆娑罗王询问法官大臣们:'喂,让国王的差役出家的人,他犯下了什么罪?' '陛下,应斩其戒师之首,拔其告知诵读者之舌,打断其团体一半的肋骨。' 于是,摩揭陀国斯尼耶·频婆娑罗王就去到世尊那里,到了之后,礼敬世尊,然后坐在一边。坐在一边的摩揭陀国斯尼耶·频婆娑罗王对世尊这样说:'尊者,有些国王无信、无净信,他们可能会因为极小的事就去伤害比丘们。尊者,愿大德们不要允许国王的差役出家。' 于是,世尊用佛法开示教导、劝勉、激励、令摩揭陀国斯尼耶·频婆娑罗王欢喜。然后,被世尊以佛法开示教导、劝勉、激励、令欢喜的摩揭陀国斯尼耶·频婆娑罗王,从座而起,礼敬世尊,右绕之后离开了。于是,世尊借着这个因缘,这个机会,做了佛法开示后,对比丘们宣布:'比丘们,不应允许国王的差役出家。如果允许出家,犯恶作罪。'
Tena kho pana samayena rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa paccanto kupito hoti. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro senānāyake mahāmatte āṇāpesi – ‘‘gacchatha, bhaṇe, paccantaṃ uccinathā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, devā’’ti kho senānāyakā mahāmattā rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa paccassosuṃ. Atha kho abhiññātānaṃ abhiññātānaṃ yodhānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘mayaṃ kho yuddhābhinandino gacchantā pāpañca karoma, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavāma. Kena nu kho mayaṃ upāyena pāpā ca virameyyāma kalyāṇañca kareyyāmā’’ti? Atha kho tesaṃ yodhānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā. Sace kho mayaṃ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyāma, evaṃ mayaṃ pāpā ca virameyyāma kalyāṇañca kareyyāmā’’ti. Atha kho te yodhā bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāciṃsu. Te bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ, upasampādesuṃ. Senānāyakā mahāmattā rājabhaṭe pucchiṃsu – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho, bhaṇe, itthannāmo ca itthannāmo ca yodhā na dissantī’’ti? ‘‘Itthannāmo ca itthannāmo ca, sāmi, yodhā bhikkhūsu pabbajitā’’ti. Senānāyakā mahāmattā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā rājabhaṭaṃ pabbājessantī’’ti. Senānāyakā mahāmattā rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro vohārike mahāmatte pucchi – ‘‘yo, bhaṇe, rājabhaṭaṃ pabbājeti, kiṃ so pasavatī’’ti? ‘‘Upajjhāyassa, deva, sīsaṃ chetabbaṃ, anussāvakassa jivhā uddharitabbā, gaṇassa upaḍḍhaphāsukā bhañjitabbā’’ti. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘santi, bhante, rājāno assaddhā appasannā. Te appamattakenapi bhikkhū viheṭheyyuṃ. Sādhu, bhante, ayyā rājabhaṭaṃ na pabbājeyyu’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ seniyaṃ bimbisāraṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, rājabhaṭo pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti.
532王兵事完
Rājabhaṭavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.
53328. 鸯掘魔罗盗贼事
28. Aṅgulimālacoravatthu
91那时,有个名叫「央掘魔罗」的盗贼在比丘僧团中出家了。人们看见他后,有的害怕,有的惊恐,有的逃跑,有的走别的路,有的把脸转开,有的甚至关上门。人们感到不满、责备、批评说:'为什么释迦子的沙门们要允许这个恶名昭彰的盗贼出家呢?' 那些比丘们听到了人们在表达不满、责备、批评。于是,那些比丘们就把这件事禀告了世尊……(省略)世尊说:'比丘们,不应允许恶名昭彰的盗贼出家。如果允许出家,犯恶作罪。'
Tena kho pana samayena coro aṅgulimālo bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. Manussā passitvā ubbijjantipi, uttasantipi, palāyantipi , aññenapi gacchanti, aññenapi mukhaṃ karonti, dvārampi thakenti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhajabandhaṃ coraṃ pabbājessantī’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… na, bhikkhave, dhajabandho coro pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
535鸯掘魔罗盗贼事完
Aṅgulimālacoravatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.
53629. 破狱盗贼事
29. Kārabhedakacoravatthu
92那时,摩揭陀国斯尼耶·频婆娑罗王曾做出这样的许可:'凡是在释迦子的沙门中出家的人,不得对他们采取任何行动;教法是善说的,让他们修行梵行,以正确地达到苦的终结吧。' 那时,有个人犯了盗窃罪,被关进了监狱。他破开监狱逃了出来,在比丘僧团中出家了。人们看见他后,这样说:'这就是那个越狱的贼。来吧,我们抓住他。' 有些人就这样说:'诸位贤者,不要这样说。摩揭陀国斯尼耶·频婆娑罗王已经许可:"凡是在释迦子的沙门中出家的人,不得对他们采取任何行动;教法是善说的,让他们修行梵行,以正确地达到苦的终结吧。"' 人们感到不满、责备、批评说:'这些释迦子的沙门们是免于惩罚的,对他们不能采取任何行动。为什么释迦子的沙门们要允许越狱的盗贼出家呢?' 这件事被禀告了世尊。世尊说:'比丘们,不应允许越狱的盗贼出家。如果允许出家,犯恶作罪。'
Tena kho pana samayena raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena anuññātaṃ hoti – ‘‘ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṃ; svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso corikaṃ katvā kārāya baddho hoti. So kāraṃ bhinditvā palāyitvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. Manussā passitvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘ayaṃ so kārabhedako coro. Handa, naṃ nemā’’ti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘māyyo, evaṃ avacuttha. Anuññātaṃ raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena – ‘‘ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṃ; svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘abhayūvarā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā, nayime labbhā kiñci kātuṃ. Kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā kārabhedakaṃ coraṃ pabbājessantī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, kārabhedako coro pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
538破狱盗贼事完
Kārabhedakacoravatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.
53930. 被标记盗贼事
30. Likhitakacoravatthu
93那时,有一个人犯了偷盗,逃跑后在比丘们那里出了家。而他的画像早已挂在王宫里,上面写着:见到此人,格杀勿论。人们见到他后说:这就是那个被通缉的盗贼。来,我们把他杀了。另一些人却说:诸位,别这么说。摩揭陀国色尼耶·频比沙罗王曾允许过:那些在释迦子沙门中出家的人,谁也不能对他们做什么;他所教导的法是善说的,让他们为了彻底灭尽痛苦而修持梵行吧。人们讥讽、抱怨、指责说:这些释迦子沙门真是无法无天,谁也不能拿他们怎么样。释迦子沙门怎么可以让一个被通缉的盗贼出家呢?比丘们把这件事禀告了世尊。世尊说:比丘们,被通缉的盗贼不可令其出家。若有人令其出家,犯恶作罪。
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso corikaṃ katvā palāyitvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. So ca rañño antepure likhito hoti – yattha passati, tattha hantabboti. Manussā passitvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘ayaṃ so likhitako coro. Handa, naṃ hanāmā’’ti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘māyyo, evaṃ avacuttha. Anuññātaṃ raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena ‘‘ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṃ, svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘abhayūvarā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā, nayime labbhā kiñci kātuṃ. Kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā likhitakaṃ coraṃ pabbājessantī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, likhitako coro pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
541被标记盗贼事完
Likhitakacoravatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.
54231. 被鞭打事
31. Kasāhatavatthu
94那时,有一个人因为受了鞭刑并被执行刑罚,在比丘们那里出了家。人们讥讽、抱怨、指责说:释迦子沙门怎么可以让一个受过鞭刑、被执行过刑罚的人出家呢?比丘们把这件事禀告了世尊。世尊说:比丘们,受过鞭刑、被执行过刑罚的人不可令其出家。若有人令其出家,犯恶作罪。
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso kasāhato katadaṇḍakammo bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā kasāhataṃ katadaṇḍakammaṃ pabbājessantī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na , bhikkhave, kasāhato katadaṇḍakammo pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
544被鞭打事完
Kasāhatavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.
54532. 被烙印事
32. Lakkhaṇāhatavatthu
95那时,有一个人因为受了烙印并被执行刑罚,在比丘们那里出了家。人们讥讽、抱怨、指责说:释迦子沙门怎么可以让一个受过烙印、被执行过刑罚的人出家呢?比丘们把这件事禀告了世尊。世尊说:比丘们,受过烙印、被执行过刑罚的人不可令其出家。若有人令其出家,犯恶作罪。
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso lakkhaṇāhato katadaṇḍakammo bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā lakkhaṇāhataṃ katadaṇḍakammaṃ pabbājessantī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, lakkhaṇāhato katadaṇḍakammo pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
547被烙印事完
Lakkhaṇāhatavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.
54833. 负债者事
33. Iṇāyikavatthu
96那时,有一个负债的人逃跑后,在比丘们那里出了家。债主们见到他后说:这就是欠我们钱的那个人。来,我们把他带回去。另一些人却说:诸位,别这么说。摩揭陀国色尼耶·频比沙罗王曾允许过:那些在释迦子沙门中出家的人,谁也不能对他们做什么;他所教导的法是善说的,让他们为了彻底灭尽痛苦而修持梵行吧。人们讥讽、抱怨、指责说:这些释迦子沙门真是无法无天,谁也不能拿他们怎么样。释迦子沙门怎么可以让一个负债的人出家呢?比丘们把这件事禀告了世尊。世尊说:比丘们,负债的人不可令其出家。若有人令其出家,犯恶作罪。
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso iṇāyiko palāyitvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. Dhaniyā passitvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘ayaṃ so amhākaṃ iṇāyiko. Handa, naṃ nemā’’ti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘māyyo, evaṃ avacuttha. Anuññātaṃ raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena – ‘‘ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṃ; svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘abhayūvarā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā. Nayime labbhā kiñci kātuṃ. Kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā iṇāyikaṃ pabbājessantī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ . Na, bhikkhave, iṇāyiko pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
550负债者事完
Iṇāyikavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.
55134. 奴隶事
34. Dāsavatthu
97那时,有一个奴隶逃跑后,在比丘们那里出了家。主人们见到他后说:这就是我们的那个奴隶。来,我们把他带回去。另一些人却说:诸位,别这么说。摩揭陀国色尼耶·频比沙罗王曾允许过:那些在释迦子沙门中出家的人,谁也不能对他们做什么;他所教导的法是善说的,让他们为了彻底灭尽痛苦而修持梵行吧。人们讥讽、抱怨、指责说:这些释迦子沙门真是无法无天,谁也不能拿他们怎么样。释迦子沙门怎么可以让一个奴隶出家呢?比丘们把这件事禀告了世尊。世尊说:比丘们,奴隶不可令其出家。若有人令其出家,犯恶作罪。
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro dāso palāyitvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. Ayyakā passitvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘ayaṃ so amhākaṃ dāso. Handa, naṃ nemā’’ti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘māyyo, evaṃ avacuttha, anuññātaṃ raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena ‘‘ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṃ, svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘abhayūvarā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā, nayime labbhā kiñci kātuṃ. Kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dāsaṃ pabbājessantī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, dāso pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
553奴隶事完
Dāsavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.
55435. 铁匠般度事
35. Kammārabhaṇḍuvatthu
98那时,有一个铁匠光头青年跟父母吵架后,跑到僧园在比丘们那里出了家。后来,那个铁匠光头青年的父母到处找他,来到僧园问比丘们:尊者,你们有没有见过这样一个孩子?比丘们确实不知道,就说:我们不知道。确实没看见,就说:我们没看见。随后,那个铁匠光头青年的父母继续寻找,发现他在比丘们那里出了家,就讥讽、抱怨、指责说:这些释迦子沙门真是无耻,行为恶劣,说谎骗人。明明知道却说不知道,明明看见了却说没看见。这个孩子就在比丘们那里出了家。比丘们听到了那个铁匠光头青年的父母在讥讽、抱怨、指责,就把这件事禀告了世尊。世尊说:比丘们,我允许为了剃度之事而征求僧团同意。
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro kammārabhaṇḍu mātāpitūhi saddhiṃ bhaṇḍitvā ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. Atha kho tassa kammārabhaṇḍussa mātāpitaro taṃ kammārabhaṇḍuṃ vicinantā ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhū pucchiṃsu – ‘‘api, bhante, evarūpaṃ dārakaṃ passeyyāthā’’ti? Bhikkhū ajānaṃyeva āhaṃsu – ‘‘na jānāmā’’ti, apassaṃyeva āhaṃsu – ‘‘na passāmā’’ti. Atha kho tassa kammārabhaṇḍussa mātāpitaro taṃ kammārabhaṇḍuṃ vicinantā bhikkhūsu pabbajitaṃ disvā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘alajjino ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā, dussīlā musāvādino. Jānaṃyeva āhaṃsu – ‘na jānāmā’ti, passaṃyeva āhaṃsu – ‘na passāmā’ti. Ayaṃ dārako bhikkhūsu pabbajito’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tassa kammārabhaṇḍussa mātāpitūnaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, saṅghaṃ apaloketuṃ bhaṇḍukammāyāti.
556铁匠般度事完
Kammārabhaṇḍuvatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.
55736. 优波离童子事
36. Upālidārakavatthu
99那时,在王舍城有十七个孩子是好朋友,优波离童子是他们当中的头儿。优波离的父母心里想:有什么办法能让优波离在我们去世后过得舒服,不用吃苦呢?接着又想:如果优波离学写字,那在我们去世后,他就能过得舒服,不用吃苦了。转念又想:可是,学写字手指会疼的。如果优波离学算术,那在我们去世后,他就能过得舒服,不用吃苦了。又想:可是,学算术胸口会疼的。如果优波离学绘画,那在我们去世后,他就能过得舒服,不用吃苦了。又想:可是,学绘画眼睛会疼的。再一想,这些释迦子沙门习性安乐、举止安乐,吃好饭食,睡在避风的床铺上。如果优波离在释迦子沙门中出家,那在我们去世后,他就能过得舒服,不用吃苦了。
Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe sattarasavaggiyā dārakā sahāyakā honti. Upālidārako tesaṃ pāmokkho hoti. Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kena nu kho upāyena upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā’’ti? Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘sace kho upāli lekhaṃ sikkheyya, evaṃ kho upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā’’ti. Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘sace kho upāli lekhaṃ sikkhissati, aṅguliyo dukkhā bhavissanti. Sace kho upāli gaṇanaṃ sikkheyya, evaṃ kho upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā’’ti. Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘sace kho upāli gaṇanaṃ sikkhissati, urassa dukkho bhavissati. Sace kho upāli rūpaṃ sikkheyya, evaṃ kho upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā’’ti. Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘sace kho upāli rūpaṃ sikkhissati, akkhīni dukkhā bhavissanti. Ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti . Sace kho upāli samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyya, evaṃ kho upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā’’ti.
464优波离童子听到了父母的这番对话。他就来到那些孩子那里,对他们说:伙伴们,我们去释迦子沙门那里出家吧。那些孩子说:老大,如果你出家,我们也出家。于是,那些孩子们各自去跟自己的父母说:请允许我从在家生活走向无家生活而出家吧。那些孩子的父母心想:这些孩子的想法都一样,心思也挺好的,于是全都同意了。孩子们来到比丘们那里请求出家。比丘们就为他们剃度,并给予了具足戒。但到了后半夜天快亮时,孩子们爬起来哭闹着:给我粥!给我饭!给我点心!比丘们对他们说:贤友们,等一等,等天亮了再说。如果有粥,你就喝粥;如果有饭,你就吃饭;如果有点心,你就吃点心。如果没有粥、没有饭、也没有点心,那就去托钵乞食之后再吃吧。虽然比丘们这样劝说,那些孩子还是照样哭闹:给我粥!给我饭!给我点心!而且还把住处弄得又尿又拉。
Assosi kho upālidārako mātāpitūnaṃ imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ. Atha kho upālidārako yena te dārakā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā te dārake etadavoca – ‘‘etha mayaṃ, ayyā, samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Sace kho tvaṃ, ayya, pabbajissasi, evaṃ mayampi pabbajissāmā’’ti. Atha kho te dārakā ekamekassa mātāpitaro upasaṅkamitvā etadavocuṃ – ‘‘anujānātha maṃ agārasmā anāgāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā’’ti. Atha kho tesaṃ dārakānaṃ mātāpitaro – ‘‘sabbepime dārakā samānacchandā kalyāṇādhippāyā’’ti – anujāniṃsu. Te bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāciṃsu. Te bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ upasampādesuṃ . Te rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya rodanti – ‘‘yāguṃ detha, bhattaṃ detha, khādanīyaṃ dethā’’ti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘āgametha, āvuso, yāva ratti vibhāyati. Sace yāgu bhavissati pivissatha, sace bhattaṃ bhavissati bhuñjissatha, sace khādanīyaṃ bhavissati khādissatha; no ce bhavissati yāgu vā bhattaṃ vā khādanīyaṃ vā, piṇḍāya caritvā bhuñjissathā’’ti. Evampi kho te bhikkhū bhikkhūhi vuccamānā rodantiyeva ‘‘yāguṃ detha, bhattaṃ detha, khādanīyaṃ dethā’’ti; senāsanaṃ uhadantipi ummihantipi.
465那时,世尊在破晓时分起床,听到一个小孩的声音。听过后,他对具寿阿难说:“阿难,这小孩的声音是怎么回事?”于是,具寿阿难把这件事禀告给了世尊……世尊说:“诸比丘,难道真有这样的事,比丘们明知有人未满二十岁,还为他授具足戒?”“确实有,世尊。”佛陀世尊进行了严厉呵责……“诸比丘,这些愚昧的人怎么能明知一个人未满二十岁,还为他授具足戒呢?诸比丘,未满二十岁的人,无法忍受冷、热、饥、渴,无法忍受蚊虫、风、热、蛇虫的侵袭,无法忍受恶语恶言的刺激;对于身体上生起的痛苦、剧烈、粗糙、刺骨、不舒服、不愉快、乃至危及生命的感受,他天生就没有耐力。只有满了二十岁的人,才能忍受冷、热、饥、渴,才能忍受蚊虫、风、热、蛇虫的侵袭,才能忍受恶语恶言的刺激;对于身体上生起的痛苦、剧烈、粗糙、刺骨、不舒服、不愉快、乃至危及生命的感受,他天生才有忍耐力。这样做,既不能让不信的人生起信心,也不能让已信的人增长信心……经过呵责……做过相关法义的开示后,佛陀对诸比丘说:‘诸比丘,不应明知一个人未满二十岁而为他授具足戒。若有人这样做,应按律法处理。’”
Assosi kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya dārakasaddaṃ. Sutvāna āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho so, ānanda, dārakasaddo’’ti? Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū jānaṃ ūnavīsativassaṃ puggalaṃ upasampādentī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… ‘‘kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā jānaṃ ūnavīsativassaṃ puggalaṃ upasampādessanti. Ūnavīsativasso, bhikkhave, puggalo akkhamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṃ duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ anadhivāsakajātiko hoti. Vīsativassova kho, bhikkhave, puggalo khamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṃ duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ, uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsakajātiko hoti. Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya, pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, jānaṃ ūnavīsativasso puggalo upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo’’ti.
561优波离童子事完
Upālidārakavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.
56237. 蛇风病事
37. Ahivātakarogavatthu
100那时,有一户人家因瘟疫而全家死亡,只剩下一对父子。他们俩在比丘们那里出家后,一起出去乞食。那时,那个小男孩在父亲得到食物后,会跑上前说:“爸爸,也给我一点儿;爸爸,也给我一点儿。”人们纷纷讥嫌抱怨:“这些沙门释子不是修梵行的,这个小孩分明就是比丘尼生下来的。”比丘们听到了那些人的讥嫌抱怨,于是就把这件事禀告世尊。世尊说:“诸比丘,不得令未满十五岁的孩童出家。若令其出家者,犯恶作罪。”
Tena kho pana samayena aññataraṃ kulaṃ ahivātakarogena kālaṅkataṃ hoti. Tassa pitāputtakā sesā honti. Te bhikkhūsu pabbajitvā ekatova piṇḍāya caranti. Atha kho so dārako pituno bhikkhāya dinnāya upadhāvitvā etadavoca – ‘‘mayhampi, tāta, dehi; mayhampi , tāta, dehī’’ti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘abrahmacārino ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā. Ayampi dārako bhikkhuniyā jāto’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, ūnapannarasavasso dārako pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
467那时,具寿阿难的一个护持家庭,虔诚而深信,因瘟疫而全家死去了,仅剩下两个男孩。他们按着以往的习惯,看到比丘们,就跑上前去。比丘们则把他们赶开。这两个男孩被比丘们赶开,就哭了起来。这时,具寿阿难心里想:“世尊已经立下了‘不得令未满十五岁的孩童出家’的学处。这两个孩子都不满十五岁,有什么方便办法,不让这两个孩子就这样沦为不幸呢?”于是,具寿阿难把这件事禀告世尊。“阿难,这两个孩子有没有能力驱赶乌鸦呢?”“有能力,世尊。”于是,世尊以这件事为因缘、以这件事为话题,做过相关的法义开示后,对诸比丘说:“诸比丘,我允许让未满十五岁但有能力驱赶乌鸦的男孩出家。”
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato ānandassa upaṭṭhākakulaṃ saddhaṃ pasannaṃ ahivātakarogena kālaṅkataṃ hoti, dve ca dārakā sesā honti. Te porāṇakena āciṇṇakappena bhikkhū passitvā upadhāvanti. Bhikkhū apasādenti. Te bhikkhūhi apasādiyamānā rodanti. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘na ūnapannarasavasso dārako pabbājetabbo’ti. Ime ca dārakā ūnapannarasavassā. Kena nu kho upāyena ime dārakā na vinasseyyu’’nti? Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ussahanti pana te, ānanda, dārakā kāke uḍḍāpetunti? Ussahanti, bhagavāti. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ūnapannarasavassaṃ dārakaṃ kākuḍḍepakaṃ pabbājetu’’nti.
565蛇风病事完
Ahivātakarogavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.
56638. 刺事
38. Kaṇṭakavatthu
101那时,具寿释子优波难陀有两个沙马内拉,一个叫甘德格,一个叫摩诃格。他们两人互相发生了不净行。比丘们讥嫌抱怨:“沙马内拉怎么可以做出这种不如法的行为呢?”他们把这件事禀告了世尊。世尊说:“诸比丘,一个比丘不应令两个沙马内拉服侍。若令其服侍者,犯恶作罪。”
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato upanandassa sakyaputtassa dve sāmaṇerā honti – kaṇṭako ca mahako ca. Te aññamaññaṃ dūsesuṃ. Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma sāmaṇerā evarūpaṃ anācāraṃ ācarissantī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, ekena dve sāmaṇerā upaṭṭhāpetabbā. Yo upaṭṭhāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
568刺事完
Kaṇṭakavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.
56939. 阿混德利咖事
39. Āhundarikavatthu
102那时,世尊就在王舍城那里度过了雨季,也过了冬天,又过了夏天。人们讥嫌抱怨:“沙门释子的四面八方是一片漆黑的,他们根本分不清方向。”比丘们听到了那些人的讥嫌抱怨,于是就把这件事禀告世尊。这时,世尊就对具寿阿难说:“阿难,你拿着门钥匙,到每一处僧房去通知比丘们:‘诸位贤友,世尊想要前往南山游行。哪位贤友有意,就请过来吧。’”“好的,尊者。”具寿阿难答应了世尊,便拿着门钥匙,到每一处僧房去通知比丘们:“诸位贤友,世尊想要前往南山游行。哪位贤友有意,就请过来吧。”比丘们这样回答说:“阿难贤友,世尊制定过:‘十年内,应当依止师而住;并要为人提供十年的依止。’如果我们去那里,就要去,又要找依止师,又只是短暂的逗留,不久又得回来,回来后又要再找依止师。如果我们的教授师、戒师去,我们也就去;如果我们的教授师、戒师不去,我们也不去。阿难贤友,我们这样会被认为太轻浮了。”于是,世尊只带着一小群比丘僧团,前往南山游行去了。
Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā tattheva rājagahe vassaṃ vasi, tattha hemantaṃ, tattha gimhaṃ. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘āhundarikā samaṇānaṃ sakyaputtiyānaṃ disā andhakārā, na imesaṃ disā pakkhāyantī’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gacchānanda, avāpuraṇaṃ ādāya anupariveṇiyaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ārocehi – ‘‘icchatāvuso bhagavā dakkhiṇāgiriṃ cārikaṃ pakkamituṃ. Yassāyasmato attho, so āgacchatū’’ti. Evaṃ, bhante, ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā avāpuraṇaṃ ādāya anupariveṇiyaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesi – ‘icchatāvuso bhagavā dakkhiṇāgiriṃ cārikaṃ pakkamituṃ. Yassāyasmato attho, so āgacchatū’’’ti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘bhagavatā, āvuso ānanda, paññattaṃ dasavassāni nissāya vatthuṃ, dasavassena nissayaṃ dātuṃ. Tattha ca no gantabbaṃ bhavissati, nissayo ca gahetabbo bhavissati, ittaro ca vāso bhavissati, puna ca paccāgantabbaṃ bhavissati, puna ca nissayo gahetabbo bhavissati. Sace amhākaṃ ācariyupajjhāyā gamissanti, mayampi gamissāma; no ce amhākaṃ ācariyupajjhāyā gamissanti, mayampi na gamissāma. Lahucittakatā no, āvuso ānanda, paññāyissatī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā ogaṇena bhikkhusaṅghena dakkhiṇāgiriṃ cārikaṃ pakkāmi.
571阿混德利咖事完
Āhundarikavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.
57240. 依止舍弃论
40. Nissayamuccanakakathā
103那时,世尊在南山随心所欲地住了一段时间后,再次回到了王舍城。这时,世尊对具寿阿难说:“阿难,为什么如来只带着一小群比丘僧团前往南山游行呢?”于是,具寿阿难把这件事禀告了世尊。于是,世尊以这件事为因缘、以这件事为话题,做过相关的法义开示后,对诸比丘说:“诸比丘,我允许一位聪明、有能力的比丘只需依止五年而住;没有能力的,则终生都需要依止。”
Atha kho bhagavā dakkhiṇāgirismiṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā punadeva rājagahaṃ paccāgacchi. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho, ānanda, tathāgato ogaṇena bhikkhusaṅghena dakkhiṇāgiriṃ cārikaṃ pakkanto’’ti? Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena pañcavassāni nissāya vatthuṃ, abyattena yāvajīvaṃ.
471诸比丘,具备五法的比丘,不应过无依止的生活。哪五种呢?他还不具备无学戒蕴,还不具备无学定蕴,还不具备无学慧蕴,还不具备无学解脱蕴,还不具备无学解脱知见蕴。诸比丘,这就是具备这五法的比丘,不应过无依止的生活。
‘‘Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena, na asekkhena paññākkhandhena na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
472诸比丘,具备另外五法的比丘,可以过无依止的生活。哪五种呢?他已具备无学戒蕴,已具备无学定蕴,已具备无学慧蕴,已具备无学解脱蕴,已具备无学解脱知见蕴。诸比丘,这就是具备这五法的比丘,可以过无依止的生活。
‘‘Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti asekkhena samādhikkhandhena. Asekkhena paññākkhandhena… asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena… asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
473比丘们,还有,具备另外五法的比丘,不可不依止而住。他没有信心,不知羞耻,没有愧意,懈怠,忘失正念——比丘们,具备这五法的比丘,不可不依止而住。
‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
474比丘们,具备五法的比丘,可以不依止而住。他有信心,有羞耻心,有愧意,精进不懈,正念现前——比丘们,具备这五法的比丘,可以不依止而住。
‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Saddho hoti , hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
475比丘们,还有,具备另外五法的比丘,不可不依止而住。他在增上戒学上戒德欠缺,在增上行学上行为欠缺,在增上见上见地欠缺,少闻,智慧低劣——比丘们,具备这五法的比丘,不可不依止而住。
‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, appassuto hoti, duppañño hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
476比丘们,具备五法的比丘,可以不依止而住。他在增上戒学上戒德不欠缺,在增上行学上行为不欠缺,在增上见上见地不欠缺,多闻,有智慧——比丘们,具备这五法的比丘,可以不依止而住。
‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Na adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, na atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, bahussuto hoti, paññavā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
477比丘们,还有,具备另外五法的比丘,不可不依止而住。他不知道犯戒,不知道不犯戒,不知道轻的犯戒,不知道重的犯戒,对他而言,两部巴蒂摩卡在广说上都不通晓、不熟悉、不掌握、不善辨析,既不了然条文,也不通达细节——比丘们,具备这五法的比丘,不可不依止而住。
‘‘Aparehipi , bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Āpattiṃ na jānāti, anāpattiṃ na jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena na svāgatāni honti na suvibhattāni na suppavattīni na suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
478比丘们,具备五法的比丘,可以不依止而住。他知道犯戒,知道不犯戒,知道轻的犯戒,知道重的犯戒,对他而言,两部巴蒂摩卡在广说上都通晓、熟悉、掌握、善辨析,了知条文,通达细节——比丘们,具备这五法的比丘,可以不依止而住。
‘‘Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Āpattiṃ jānāti, anāpattiṃ jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
479比丘们,还有,具备另外五法的比丘,不可不依止而住。他不知道犯戒,不知道不犯戒,不知道轻的犯戒,不知道重的犯戒,戒腊不足五年——比丘们,具备这五法的比丘,不可不依止而住。
‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Āpattiṃ na jānāti, anāpattiṃ na jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, ūnapañcavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
480比丘们,具备五法的比丘,可以不依止而住。他知道犯戒,知道不犯戒,知道轻的犯戒,知道重的犯戒,戒腊满五年或超过五年——比丘们,具备这五法的比丘,可以不依止而住。
‘‘Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Āpattiṃ jānāti, anāpattiṃ jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, pañcavasso vā hoti atireka pañcavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
584依止舍弃论完
Nissayamuccanakakathā niṭṭhitā.
585五五十结合类完
Pañcakadasavāro niṭṭhito.
104比丘们,具足六法的比丘不应无依止而住。他不具备无学的戒蕴,不具备无学的定蕴,不具备无学的慧蕴,不具备无学的解脱蕴,不具备无学的解脱知见蕴,而且戒腊不满五年。比丘们,具足这六法的比丘不应无依止而住。
‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena, na asekkhena paññākkhandhena, na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena, na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, ūnapañcavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
482比丘们,具足六法的比丘可以无依止而住。他具备无学的戒蕴,具备无学的定蕴,具备无学的慧蕴,具备无学的解脱蕴,具备无学的解脱知见蕴,而且戒腊满五年或超过五年。比丘们,具足这六法的比丘可以无依止而住。
‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena samādhikkhandhena, asekkhena paññākkhandhena, asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena, asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
483再者,比丘们,具足另外六法的比丘不应无依止而住:他没有信心,没有惭,没有愧,懈怠,失去正念,戒腊不满五年。比丘们,具足这六法的比丘不应无依止而住。
‘‘Aparehipi , bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti, ūnapañcavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
484比丘们,具足六法的比丘可以无依止而住:他有信心,有惭,有愧,精进努力,正念现前,戒腊满五年或超过五年。比丘们,具足这六法的比丘可以无依止而住。
‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
485再者,比丘们,具足另外六法的比丘不应无依止而住:在增上戒上戒行有缺陷,在增上行为上行为有缺陷,在增上知见上见解有缺陷,少闻,愚钝无慧,戒腊不满五年。比丘们,具足这六法的比丘不应无依止而住。
‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, appassuto hoti, duppañño hoti, ūnapañcavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
486比丘们,具足六法的比丘可以无依止而住:在增上戒上戒行没有缺陷,在增上行为上行为没有缺陷,在增上知见上见解没有缺陷,多闻,智慧,戒腊满五年或超过五年。比丘们,具足这六法的比丘可以无依止而住。
‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Na adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, na atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, bahussuto hoti, paññavā hoti, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
487再者,比丘们,具足另外六法的比丘不应无依止而住:他不知道什么是犯,不知道什么是不犯,不知道什么是轻犯,不知道什么是重犯;而且两种巴蒂摩卡在文句和随文句上,并没有被他详尽地学好、分辨好、掌握好、审决好;戒腊不满五年。比丘们,具足这六法的比丘不应无依止而住。
‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Āpattiṃ na jānāti, anāpattiṃ na jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena na svāgatāni honti na suvibhattāni na suppavattīni na suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, ūnapañcavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
488比丘们,具足六法的比丘可以无依止而住:他知道什么是犯,知道什么是不犯,知道什么是轻犯,知道什么是重犯;而且两种巴蒂摩卡在文句和随文句上,被他详尽地学好、分辨好、掌握好、审决好;戒腊满五年或超过五年。比丘们,具足这六法的比丘可以无依止而住。
‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Āpattiṃ jānāti, anāpattiṃ jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabba’’nti.
594阿巴伍瓦拉巴那结合类完,第八
Abhayūvarabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito aṭṭhamo.
595第八诵品
Aṭṭhamabhāṇavāro.
59641. 罗睺罗事
41. Rāhulavatthu
105那时,世尊在王舍城随心住了一段时间后,便向着迦毗罗卫的方向起程游行。沿途次第游行,到达了迦毗罗卫。世尊就住在迦毗罗卫释迦族的尼拘律园里。一天上午,世尊穿了下衣,拿了衣钵,前往净饭王释迦的住所,到了之后,在铺好的座位上坐下。这时,罗睺罗母妃对王子罗睺罗说:‘罗睺罗,这是你的父亲。去吧,向他请求你的应得之份。’于是,王子罗睺罗走到世尊面前,站定之后说:‘沙门,你的影子真是安乐啊。’世尊便从座位起身,离开了。王子罗睺罗就紧跟在世尊后面,边走边说:‘沙门,请给我应得之份吧;沙门,请给我应得之份吧。’于是,世尊告诉具寿舍利弗:‘舍利弗,既然如此,你就让罗睺罗王子出家吧。’‘尊师,我具体要如何让罗睺罗王子出家呢?’于是,世尊以此因缘、就此事件作了法语开示之后,告诉比丘们:‘诸比丘,我允许通过归依三宝的方式举行沙弥出家。而且,诸比丘,应当这样为他出家:先让他剃掉须发,穿上袈裟色的衣服,将上衣偏袒一肩,让他向比丘们顶礼足下,再让他蹲坐下来,合起双掌,这样教他说:“我归依佛,我归依法,我归依僧;第二次,我归依佛,第二次我归依法,第二次我归依僧;第三次,我归依佛,第三次我归依法,第三次我归依僧。”诸比丘,我允许用这种三归依的方式让沙弥出家。’接着,具寿舍利弗便让罗睺罗王子出了家。
Atha kho bhagavā rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena kapilavatthu tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena kapilavatthu tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena suddhodanassa sakkassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho rāhulamātā devī rāhulaṃ kumāraṃ etadavoca – ‘‘eso te, rāhula, pitā. Gacchassu , dāyajjaṃ yācāhī’’ti. Atha kho rāhulo kumāro yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato purato, aṭṭhāsi – ‘‘sukhā te, samaṇa, chāyā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho rāhulo kumāro bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi – ‘‘dāyajjaṃ me, samaṇa, dehi; dāyajjaṃ me, samaṇa, dehī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘tena hi tvaṃ, sāriputta, rāhulaṃ kumāraṃ pabbājehī’’ti. ‘‘Kathāhaṃ, bhante, rāhulaṃ kumāraṃ pabbājemī’’ti? Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tīhi saraṇagamanehi sāmaṇerapabbajjaṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, pabbājetabbo – paṭhamaṃ kesamassuṃ ohārāpetvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādāpetvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ kārāpetvā bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vandāpetvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīdāpetvā añjaliṃ paggaṇhāpetvā evaṃ vadehīti vattabbo – buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi; dutiyampi buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyampi dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyampi saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi; tatiyampi buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyampi dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyampi saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmīti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi tīhi saraṇagamanehi sāmaṇerapabbajja’’nti. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto rāhulaṃ kumāraṃ pabbājesi.
490那时,净饭王释迦来到世尊那里,顶礼世尊后,坐在一边。坐定后,净饭王释迦对世尊说:‘尊师,我想向世尊请求一个恩惠。’‘乔达摩,如来们已经超越了任何私人请求。’‘尊师,只要这请求是合适的、没有过咎的。’‘说吧,乔达摩。’‘尊师,当世尊您出家的时候,我感到不小的痛苦;在难陀出家时也是如此,而在罗睺罗出家时,痛苦更是深重。尊师,对儿子的爱,真是能割裂皮肤,割裂皮肤后割裂肉,割裂肉后割裂筋,割裂筋后割裂骨头,割裂骨头后直接触及骨髓。善哉,尊师,愿圣者们不要再让未经父母允许的儿子出家。’于是,世尊以法语教导、劝勉、激励、令净饭王释迦心生喜悦。净饭王释迦接受了世尊法语的开导、劝勉、激励、喜悦之后,从座起身,顶礼世尊,右绕一圈,便离开了。接着,世尊以此因缘、就此事件作了法语开示之后,告诉比丘们:‘诸比丘,不得让未经父母允许的儿子出家。如果让这样的人出家,犯恶作。’
Atha kho suddhodano sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho suddhodano sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ekāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ varaṃ yācāmī’’ti. ‘‘Atikkantavarā kho, gotama, tathāgatā’’ti. ‘‘Yañca, bhante, kappati, yañca anavajja’’nti. ‘‘Vadehi, gotamā’’ti. ‘‘Bhagavati me, bhante, pabbajite anappakaṃ dukkhaṃ ahosi, tathā nande, adhimattaṃ rāhule. Puttapemaṃ , bhante, chaviṃ chindati, chaviṃ chetvā cammaṃ chindati, cammaṃ chetvā maṃsaṃ chindati, maṃsaṃ chetvā nhāruṃ chindati, nhāruṃ chetvā aṭṭhiṃ chindati, aṭṭhiṃ chetvā aṭṭhimiñjaṃ āhacca tiṭṭhati. Sādhu, bhante, ayyā ananuññātaṃ mātāpitūhi puttaṃ na pabbājeyyu’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā suddhodanaṃ sakkaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho suddhodano sakko bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, ananuññāto mātāpitūhi putto pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti.
491那时,世尊在迦毗罗卫随心住了一段时间后,便向着舍卫城的方向起程游行。沿途次第游行,到达了舍卫城。世尊就住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园中。就在这时,具寿舍利弗的一个护持家庭,派了一个孩子到具寿舍利弗那里,意思是:‘请长老让这个孩子出家。’于是,具寿舍利弗心里想:‘世尊曾制定过“不允许一个比丘让两个沙弥随侍”的学处。而我现在身边已经有罗睺罗沙弥了。我到底该怎么办呢?’他把这件事禀告了世尊。‘诸比丘,我允许有能力、能胜任的比丘,一个人让两位沙弥随侍;乃至,他能够教导、训诫多少人,就可以让多少位沙弥随侍。’
Atha kho bhagavā kapilavatthusmiṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena sāvatthi tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato sāriputtassa upaṭṭhākakulaṃ āyasmato sāriputtassa santike dārakaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘imaṃ dārakaṃ thero pabbājetū’’ti. Atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassa etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘na ekena dve sāmaṇerā upaṭṭhāpetabbā’ti. Ayañca me rāhulo sāmaṇero. Kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena ekena dve sāmaṇere upaṭṭhāpetuṃ, yāvatake vā pana ussahati ovadituṃ anusāsituṃ tāvatake upaṭṭhāpetunti.
600罗睺罗事完
Rāhulavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.
60142. 学处论
42. Sikkhāpadakathā
106那时,沙弥们心里生起了这个念头:‘我们到底有多少条学处?我们又该在哪些方面修学呢?’他们把这事情禀告了世尊……(中略)……‘诸比丘,我允许为沙弥们制定十学处,沙弥们应当在这些方面修学:离杀生,离不与取,离非梵行,离妄语,离饮酒等导致放逸的因缘,离非时食,离观听歌舞伎乐,离佩戴花鬘、涂香、香油、装饰打扮,离高广大床,离接受金银钱币。诸比丘,我允许这十条学处为沙弥学处,沙弥们应该在此中修学。’
Atha kho sāmaṇerānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kati nu kho amhākaṃ sikkhāpadāni, kattha ca amhehi sikkhitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sāmaṇerānaṃ dasa sikkhāpadāni, tesu ca sāmaṇerehi sikkhituṃ – pāṇātipātā veramaṇī , adinnādānā veramaṇī, abrahmacariyā veramaṇī, musāvādā veramaṇī, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇī, vikālabhojanā veramaṇī, naccagītavāditavisūkadassanā veramaṇī, mālāgandhavilepanadhāraṇamaṇḍanavibhūsanaṭṭhānā veramaṇī , uccāsayanamahāsayanā veramaṇī, jātarūparajatapaṭiggahaṇā veramaṇī. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sāmaṇerānaṃ imāni dasa sikkhāpadāni, imesu ca sāmaṇerehi sikkhitunti.
603学处论完
Sikkhāpadakathā niṭṭhitā.
60443. 杖业事
43. Daṇḍakammavatthu
107就在那时,沙弥们对比丘们表现出不恭敬、不顺从、行为不合正理。比丘们不满、讥嫌、批评说:‘沙弥们怎么可以对比丘们不恭敬、不顺从、行为不合正理呢?’他们把这事禀告了世尊……(中略)……‘诸比丘,我允许对具足五种因素的沙弥施加处罚:他为使比丘不得利养而奔走,他为损害比丘利益而奔走,他为使比丘失去住处而奔走,他辱骂诽谤比丘,他离间比丘之间的关系。诸比丘,我允许对具足这五种因素的沙弥施加处罚。’
Tena kho pana samayena sāmaṇerā bhikkhūsu agāravā appatissā asabhāgavuttikā viharanti. Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma sāmaṇerā bhikkhūsu agāravā appatissā asabhāgavuttikā viharissantī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatassa sāmaṇerassa daṇḍakammaṃ kātuṃ. Bhikkhūnaṃ alābhāya parisakkati, bhikkhūnaṃ anatthāya parisakkati, bhikkhūnaṃ avāsāya parisakkati, bhikkhū akkosati paribhāsati, bhikkhū bhikkhūhi bhedeti – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatassa sāmaṇerassa daṇḍakammaṃ kātunti.
494接着,比丘们心里想:‘具体应施以怎样的处罚呢?’他们把这事禀告了世尊。‘诸比丘,我允许作遮止处理。’
Atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho daṇḍakammaṃ kātabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āvaraṇaṃ kātunti.
495那时,比丘们对沙弥们禁止进入整个僧团园林。沙弥们因为得不到进入园林的许可,有的就离开远走了,有的还俗了,有的甚至转投到外道中去了。他们把这事禀告了世尊。‘诸比丘,不可以禁止进入整个僧团园林。如果那样做,犯恶作。诸比丘,我允许,只在他平时居住的地方,或他平时回来休息的地方,施加遮止。’
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū sāmaṇerānaṃ sabbaṃ saṅghārāmaṃ āvaraṇaṃ karonti. Sāmaṇerā ārāmaṃ pavisituṃ alabhamānā pakkamantipi , vibbhamantipi, titthiyesupi saṅkamanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, sabbo saṅghārāmo āvaraṇaṃ kātabbo. Yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yattha vā vasati, yattha vā paṭikkamati, tattha āvaraṇaṃ kātunti.
496那时,比丘们对沙弥们禁止了送入嘴里的食物。有些施主在准备粥品或僧团膳食时,对沙弥们这样说:‘来吧,尊者,请喝粥;来吧,尊者,请吃饭。’沙弥们却回答说:‘朋友,不行,比丘们对我们作了遮止。’施主们不满、讥嫌、批评说:‘这些尊者们怎么能对沙弥们禁止送入嘴里的食物呢?’他们把这事禀告了世尊。‘诸比丘,不可以禁止送入嘴里的食物。如果那样做,犯恶作。’
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū sāmaṇerānaṃ mukhadvārikaṃ āhāraṃ āvaraṇaṃ karonti. Manussā yāgupānampi saṅghabhattampi karontā sāmaṇere evaṃ vadenti – ‘‘etha, bhante, yāguṃ pivatha; etha, bhante, bhattaṃ bhuñjathā’’ti. Sāmaṇerā evaṃ vadenti – ‘‘nāvuso, labbhā. Bhikkhūhi āvaraṇaṃ kata’’nti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhadantā sāmaṇerānaṃ mukhadvārikaṃ āhāraṃ āvaraṇaṃ karissantī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, mukhadvāriko āhāro āvaraṇaṃ kātabbo. Yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
609杖业事完
Daṇḍakammavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.
61044. 不问遮难事
44. Anāpucchāvaraṇavatthu
108那时,六群比丘在未征得戒师同意的情况下,就擅自给那些沙马内拉设置障碍。戒师们到处寻找,心想:‘我们的沙马内拉怎么都不见了?’比丘们告诉他们:‘贤友们,是六群比丘给他们设置了障碍。’戒师们就抱怨、批评、指责说:‘这些六群比丘,怎么能不跟我们说一声,就给我们那些沙马内拉设置障碍呢?’比丘们将这件事报告了世尊。世尊说:‘比丘们,在未征得戒师同意的情况下,不可以给沙马内拉设置障碍。如果谁做了,那就犯恶作罪。’
Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū upajjhāye anāpucchā sāmaṇerānaṃ āvaraṇaṃ karonti. Upajjhāyā gavesanti – kathaṃ nu kho amhākaṃ sāmaṇerā na dissantīti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘chabbaggiyehi, āvuso, bhikkhūhi āvaraṇaṃ kata’’nti. Upajjhāyā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū amhe anāpucchā amhākaṃ sāmaṇerānaṃ āvaraṇaṃ karissantī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, upajjhāye anāpucchā āvaraṇaṃ kātabbaṃ. Yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
612不问遮难事完
Anāpucchāvaraṇavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.
61345. 不抚育事
45. Apalāḷanavatthu
498那时,六群比丘把上座比丘们的沙马内拉给拉拢走了。那些上座们只好自己去拿刷牙的木片和漱口水,弄得很辛苦。比丘们将这件事报告了世尊。世尊说:‘比丘们,不可以拉拢别人的随从。如果谁拉拢了,那就犯恶作罪。’
Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sāmaṇere apalāḷenti. Therā sāmaṃ dantakaṭṭhampi mukhodakampi gaṇhantā kilamanti . Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, aññassa parisā apalāḷetabbā. Yo apalāḷeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā ti.
615不抚育事完
Apalāḷanavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.
61646. 刺沙玛内拉事
46. Kaṇṭakasāmaṇeravatthu
499那时,具寿优波难陀·释迦子有个叫甘德格的沙马内拉,他玷污了名叫甘德基的比丘尼。比丘们抱怨、批评、指责说:‘一个沙马内拉,怎么能做出这种不符规矩的行为?’比丘们将这件事报告了世尊。世尊说:‘比丘们,我允许你们把一个具足十项条件的沙马内拉驱逐出去。他杀生、他不给而取、他行非梵行、他说谎话、他饮酒、他说佛陀的坏话、他说法的坏话、他说僧团的坏话、他持有邪见、他玷污比丘尼——比丘们,我允许你们把具足这十项条件的沙马内拉驱逐出去。’
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato upanandassa sakyaputtassa kaṇṭako nāma sāmaṇero kaṇṭakiṃ nāma bhikkhuniṃ dūsesi. Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma sāmaṇero evarūpaṃ anācāraṃ ācarissatī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ sāmaṇeraṃ nāsetuṃ. Pāṇātipātī hoti, adinnādāyī hoti, abrahmacārī hoti, musāvādī hoti, majjapāyī hoti, buddhassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, dhammassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, saṅghassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, micchādiṭṭhiko hoti, bhikkhunidūsako hoti – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi dasahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ sāmaṇeraṃ nāsetunti.
61847. 般哒咖事
47. Paṇḍakavatthu
109那时,有一个黄门在比丘们当中出家了。他去找那些年轻的、年纪小的比丘,对他们说:‘来吧,尊者们,来玷污我吧。’比丘们呵斥他:‘滚,黄门!消失,黄门!谁跟你有关系!’他遭到比丘们呵斥后,又去找那些块头大的、在放牛处干活的沙马内拉,对他们说:‘来吧,朋友们,来玷污我吧。’沙马内拉们也呵斥他:‘滚,黄门!消失,黄门!谁跟你有关系!’他遭到沙马内拉们呵斥后,又去找那些照看象群、照看马群的人,对他们说:‘来吧,朋友们,来玷污我吧。’那些照看象群和照看马群的人就玷污了他。他们抱怨、批评、指责说:‘这些释迦子沙门,都是些黄门。就算他们当中有人不是黄门,他们也去玷污那个黄门。这么说来,他们所有人全都是不行梵行的。’比丘们听到了那些照看象群和照看马群的人在抱怨、批评、指责。于是,那些比丘把这件事报告了世尊。世尊说:‘比丘们,黄门,如果还没受具足戒,不能给他授;如果已经受了具足戒,那就得把他驱逐出去。’
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro paṇḍako bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. So dahare dahare bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘etha, maṃ āyasmanto dūsethā’’ti. Bhikkhū apasādenti – ‘‘nassa, paṇḍaka, vinassa, paṇḍaka, ko tayā attho’’ti. So bhikkhūhi apasādito mahante mahante moḷigalle sāmaṇere upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘etha, maṃ āvuso dūsethā’’ti. Sāmaṇerā apasādenti – ‘‘nassa, paṇḍaka, vinassa, paṇḍaka, ko tayā attho’’ti. So sāmaṇerehi apasādito hatthibhaṇḍe assabhaṇḍe upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘etha, maṃ, āvuso , dūsethā’’ti. Hatthibhaṇḍā assabhaṇḍā dūsesuṃ. Te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘paṇḍakā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā. Yepi imesaṃ na paṇḍakā, tepi ime paṇḍake dūsenti. Evaṃ ime sabbeva abrahmacārino’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ hatthibhaṇḍānaṃ assabhaṇḍānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Paṇḍako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.
62048. 贼住事
48. Theyyasaṃvāsakavatthu
110那时,有个没落旧家子弟,家道中落,人却生得很娇贵。当时,那个家道中落的旧家子弟心里想:‘我这人娇贵得很,既没本事去挣没到手的钱财,也没本事让到手的钱财增长。我有什么办法,既能过得舒服,又不用受累呢?’接着,那个家道中落的旧家子弟又想:‘这些释迦子沙门,习惯好、行为好,吃了好的食物,睡在避风的床铺上。我何不自己准备好衣钵,剃掉须发,穿上袈裟,到寺院里去,跟那些比丘们一起住呢?’于是,那个家道中落的旧家子弟就自己准备好了衣钵,剃掉须发,穿上袈裟,去了寺院,向比丘们顶礼。比丘们问他:‘贤友,你出家多少年了?’他问:‘贤友,你说的“出家多少年”是什么意思?’比丘们又问:‘贤友,那你的戒师是谁?’他问:‘贤友,你说的“戒师”又是什么意思?’比丘们就对具寿优波离说:‘喂,优波离贤友,你来查问一下这个出家的人吧。’于是,那个家道中落的旧家子弟在具寿优波离的查问下,把事情的原委说了出来。具寿优波离把这件事告诉了比丘们。比丘们将这件事报告了世尊。世尊说:‘比丘们,盗住者,如果还没受具足戒,不能给他授;如果已经受了具足戒,那就得把他驱逐出去。比丘们,投靠外道后又回来的人,如果还没受具足戒,不能给他授;如果已经受了具足戒,那就得把他驱逐出去。’
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro purāṇakulaputto khīṇakolañño sukhumālo hoti. Atha kho tassa purāṇakulaputtassa khīṇakolaññassa etadahosi – ‘‘ahaṃ kho sukhumālo, na paṭibalo anadhigataṃ vā bhogaṃ adhigantuṃ, adhigataṃ vā bhogaṃ phātiṃ kātuṃ. Kena nu kho ahaṃ upāyena sukhañca jīveyyaṃ, na ca kilameyya’’nti? Atha kho tassa purāṇakulaputtassa khīṇakolaññassa etadahosi – ‘‘ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ sāmaṃ pattacīvaraṃ paṭiyādetvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ saṃvaseyya’’nti. Atha kho so purāṇakulaputto khīṇakolañño sāmaṃ pattacīvaraṃ paṭiyādetvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhū abhivādeti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kativassosi tvaṃ, āvuso’’ti? Kiṃ etaṃ, āvuso, kativasso nāmāti? Ko pana te, āvuso, upajjhāyoti? Kiṃ etaṃ , āvuso, upajjhāyo nāmāti? Bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘iṅghāvuso upāli, imaṃ pabbajitaṃ anuyuñjāhī’’ti. Atha kho so purāṇakulaputto khīṇakolañño āyasmatā upālinā anuyuñjiyamāno etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Āyasmā upāli bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Theyyasaṃvāsako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti. Titthiyapakkantako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.
62249. 畜生趣事
49. Tiracchānagatavatthu
111那时,有一条龙,对自己身为龙类的生命感到厌烦、羞耻、厌恶。这时,那条龙心里想:‘我有什么办法,既能从龙类中解脱出来,又能尽快得到人身呢?’接着,那条龙又想:‘这些释迦子沙门,依法而行,行为端正,修持梵行,说真实语,持守戒律,有善好的品质。如果我在这些释迦子沙门中出家,这样我就能从龙类中解脱,也能尽快得到人身了。’于是,那条龙化作一个年轻人的模样,去见比丘们,请求出家。比丘们就让他出家了,也给他受了具足戒。那时,那条龙跟另一位比丘一起,住在一个边远的住处。一天,那位比丘在夜里、天快亮的时候起来,到露天处去经行。就在那位比丘出去之后,这条龙放心大胆地睡着了。结果,整个住处都被蛇身填满了,蛇身都从窗户探了出去。接着,那位比丘想要走进住处,推门的时候,看到整个住处都被蛇身填满,蛇身从窗户探了出来。看到这情景,他吓坏了,惊叫了一声。比丘们跑过来,问那位比丘:‘贤友,你为什么惊叫?’他回答:‘贤友们,整个住处都被蛇身填满了,蛇身都从窗户探了出来!’这时,那条龙被这声音吵醒了,又坐回到了自己的座位上。比丘们问他:‘贤友,你是什么人?’他说:‘尊者,我是龙。’‘贤友,你为什么做出这种事情来?’于是,那条龙就把事情的原委告诉了比丘们。比丘们将这件事报告了世尊。于是,世尊以这件事为缘起、为因由,召集了比丘僧团,对那条龙说:‘你们这些龙,在这样法和律中,生命是无法增长成熟的。你走吧,龙,就在那里,每逢半月的十四日、十五日和初八日,去守持布萨戒。这样,你就能从龙类中解脱,也能尽快得到人身了。’那条龙听说自己在这样的法和律中生命无法增长成熟,心里苦闷、忧愁,流着泪,号啕大哭着离开了。接着,世尊对比丘们说:‘比丘们,有两件事,能让龙显露它本来的形态。哪两件呢?一,跟同类发生交配行为的时候;二,放心大胆睡着的时候。比丘们,这就是能让龙显露本貌的两件事。比丘们,畜牲,如果还没受具足戒,不可以给他授;如果已经受了具足戒,那就得把他驱逐出去。’
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro nāgo nāgayoniyā aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati. Atha kho tassa nāgassa etadahosi – ‘‘kena nu kho ahaṃ upāyena nāgayoniyā ca parimucceyyaṃ khippañca manussattaṃ paṭilabheyya’’nti. Atha kho tassa nāgassa etadahosi – ‘‘ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā. Sace kho ahaṃ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṃ, evāhaṃ nāgayoniyā ca parimucceyyaṃ, khippañca manussattaṃ paṭilabheyya’’nti. Atha kho so nāgo māṇavakavaṇṇena bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Taṃ bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ, upasampādesuṃ. Tena kho pana samayena so nāgo aññatarena bhikkhunā saddhiṃ paccantime vihāre paṭivasati. Atha kho so bhikkhu rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya ajjhokāse caṅkamati. Atha kho so nāgo tassa bhikkhuno nikkhante vissaṭṭho niddaṃ okkami. Sabbo vihāro ahinā puṇṇo, vātapānehi bhogā nikkhantā honti. Atha kho so bhikkhu vihāraṃ pavisissāmīti kavāṭaṃ paṇāmento addasa sabbaṃ vihāraṃ ahinā puṇṇaṃ, vātapānehi bhoge nikkhante, disvāna bhīto vissaramakāsi. Bhikkhū upadhāvitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kissa tvaṃ, āvuso, vissaramakāsī’’ti? ‘‘Ayaṃ, āvuso, sabbo vihāro ahinā puṇṇo, vātapānehi bhogā nikkhantā’’ti. Atha kho so nāgo tena saddena paṭibujjhitvā sake āsane nisīdi. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kosi tvaṃ, āvuso’’ti? ‘‘Ahaṃ, bhante, nāgo’’ti. ‘‘Kissa pana tvaṃ, āvuso, evarūpaṃ akāsī’’ti? Atha kho so nāgo bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā taṃ nāgaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘tumhe khottha nāgā aviruḷhidhammā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye. Gaccha tvaṃ, nāga, tattheva cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa uposathaṃ upavasa, evaṃ tvaṃ nāgayoniyā ca parimuccissasi, khippañca manussattaṃ paṭilabhissasī’’ti. Atha kho so nāgo aviruḷhidhammo kirāhaṃ imasmiṃ dhammavinayeti dukkhī dummano assūni pavattayamāno vissaraṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘dveme, bhikkhave, paccayā nāgassa sabhāvapātukammāya. Yadā ca sajātiyā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevati, yadā ca vissaṭṭho niddaṃ okkamati – ime kho, bhikkhave, dve paccayā nāgassa sabhāvapātukammāya . Tiracchānagato, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo’’ti.
62450. 杀母者事
50. Mātughātakavatthu
112那时,有个年轻人杀死了自己的母亲。他对自己做的这桩恶业感到厌烦、羞耻、厌恶。这时,这个年轻人心里想:‘我有什么办法,能让我从这桩恶业中解脱出来呢?’接着,这个年轻人又想:‘这些释迦子沙门,依法而行,行为端正,修持梵行,说真实语,持守戒律,有善好的品质。如果我在这些释迦子沙门中出家,这样我就能从这桩恶业中解脱出来了。’于是,这个年轻人去见比丘们,请求出家。比丘们对具寿优波离说:‘优波离贤友,先前就有一条龙化作年轻人的模样,在比丘们当中出家了。喂,优波离贤友,你来查问一下这个年轻人吧。’那个年轻人在具寿优波离的查问下,把事情的原委说了出来。具寿优波离把这件事告诉了比丘们。比丘们将这件事报告了世尊……(世尊说:)‘比丘们,杀母者,如果还没受具足戒,不能给他授;如果已经受了具足戒,那就得把他驱逐出去。’
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro māṇavako mātaraṃ jīvitā voropesi. So tena pāpakena kammena aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati . Atha kho tassa māṇavakassa etadahosi – ‘‘kena nu kho ahaṃ upāyena imassa pāpakassa kammassa nikkhantiṃ kareyya’’nti? Atha kho tassa māṇavakassa etadahosi – ‘‘ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā. Sace kho ahaṃ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṃ, evāhaṃ imassa pāpakassa kammassa nikkhantiṃ kareyya’’nti. Atha kho so māṇavako bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘pubbepi kho, āvuso upāli, nāgo māṇavakavaṇṇena bhikkhūsu pabbajito. Iṅghāvuso upāli, imaṃ māṇavakaṃ anuyuñjāhī’’ti. Atha kho so māṇavako āyasmatā upālinā anuyuñjīyamāno etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Āyasmā upāli bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… mātughātako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.
62651. 杀父者事
51. Pitughātakavatthu
113那时,有个年轻人杀死了自己的父亲。他对自己做的这桩恶业感到厌烦、羞耻、厌恶。这时,这个年轻人心里想:‘我有什么办法,能让我从这桩恶业中解脱出来呢?’接着,这个年轻人又想:‘这些释迦子沙门,依法而行,行为端正,修持梵行,说真实语,持守戒律,有善好的品质。如果我在这些释迦子沙门中出家,这样我就能从这桩恶业中解脱出来了。’于是,这个年轻人去见比丘们,请求出家。比丘们对具寿优波离说:‘优波离贤友,先前就有一条龙化作年轻人的模样,在比丘们当中出家了。喂,优波离贤友,你来查问一下这个年轻人吧。’那个年轻人在具寿优波离的查问下,把事情的原委说了出来。具寿优波离把这件事告诉了比丘们。比丘们将这件事报告了世尊。世尊说:‘比丘们,杀父者,如果还没受具足戒,不能给他授;如果已经受了具足戒,那就得把他驱逐出去。’
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro māṇavako pitaraṃ jīvitā voropesi. So tena pāpakena kammena aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati. Atha kho tassa māṇavakassa etadahosi ‘‘kena nu kho ahaṃ upāyena imassa pāpakassa kammassa nikkhantiṃ kareyya’’nti. Atha kho tassa māṇavakassa etadahosi ‘‘ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā, sace kho ahaṃ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṃ, evāhaṃ imassa pāpakassa kammassa nikkhantiṃ kareyya’’nti. Atha kho so māṇavako bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘pubbepi kho, āvuso upāli, nāgo māṇavakavaṇṇena bhikkhūsu pabbajito, iṅghāvuso, upāli, imaṃ māṇavakaṃ anuyuñjāhī’’ti. Atha kho so māṇavako āyasmatā upālinā anuyuñjīyamāno etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Āyasmā upāli bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Pitughātako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.
62852. 杀阿拉汉者事
52. Arahantaghātakavatthu
114那时,有许多比丘正从萨给达城前往舍卫城城,走在中途的路上。半路上,一伙强盗跑出来,抢了其中一些比丘的东西,还杀了其中一些比丘。从舍卫城城来了一些官差,抓到了部分强盗,剩下的强盗逃跑了。那些逃掉的强盗,后来在比丘们当中出家了;而那些被抓到的,则被押去处决。这些逃走后出了家的强盗,看见那些被押去处决的同伙,便这样说道:“幸好我们逃了,如果我们当时被抓住,也会像这样被杀。”比丘们问道:“道友们,你们当时到底做了什么?”于是,这些出了家的人就把事情的经过告诉了比丘们。比丘们将这件事情报告了世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,这些人是阿拉汉。比丘们,一个杀害阿拉汉的人,如果还没受具足戒,就不应该给他受具足戒;如果已经受了具足戒,就应当灭摈。”
Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū sāketā sāvatthiṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Antarāmagge corā nikkhamitvā ekacce bhikkhū acchindiṃsu, ekacce bhikkhū haniṃsu. Sāvatthiyā rājabhaṭā nikkhamitvā ekacce core aggahesuṃ, ekacce corā palāyiṃsu. Ye te palāyiṃsu te bhikkhūsu pabbajiṃsu, ye te gahitā te vadhāya oniyyanti . Addasaṃsu kho te palāyitvā pabbajitā te core vadhāya oniyyamāne, disvāna evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘sādhu kho mayaṃ palāyimhā, sacā ca mayaṃ gayheyyāma , mayampi evameva haññeyyāmā’’ti . Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kiṃ pana tumhe, āvuso, akatthā’’ti? Atha kho te pabbajitā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Arahanto ete, bhikkhave, bhikkhū. Arahantaghātako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.
63053. 污比丘尼者事
53. Bhikkhunīdūsakavatthu
115那时,有许多比丘尼正从萨给达城前往舍卫城城,走在中途的路上。半路上,一伙强盗跑出来,抢了其中一些比丘尼的东西,还侵犯了其中一些比丘尼。从舍卫城城来了一些官差,抓到了部分强盗,剩下的强盗逃跑了。那些逃掉的强盗,后来在比丘们当中出家了;而那些被抓到的,则被押去处决。这些逃走后出了家的强盗,看见那些被押去处决的同伙,便这样说道:“幸好我们逃了,如果我们当时被抓住,也会像这样被杀。”比丘们问道:“道友们,你们当时到底做了什么?”于是,这些出了家的人就把事情的经过告诉了比丘们。比丘们将这件事情报告了世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,一个侵犯比丘尼的人,如果还没受具足戒,就不应该给他受具足戒;如果已经受了具足戒,就应当灭摈。一个分裂僧团的人,如果还没受具足戒,就不应该给他受具足戒;如果已经受了具足戒,就应当灭摈。一个恶意使如来流血的人,如果还没受具足戒,就不应该给他受具足戒;如果已经受了具足戒,就应当灭摈。”
Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhuniyo sāketā sāvatthiṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Antarāmagge corā nikkhamitvā ekaccā bhikkhuniyo acchindiṃsu, ekaccā bhikkhuniyo dūsesuṃ. Sāvatthiyā rājabhaṭā nikkhamitvā ekacce core aggahesuṃ, ekacce corā palāyiṃsu. Ye te palāyiṃsu, te bhikkhūsu pabbajiṃsu. Ye te gahitā, te vadhāya oniyyanti. Addasaṃsu kho te palāyitvā pabbajitā te core vadhāya oniyyamāne, disvāna evamāhaṃsu ‘‘sādhu kho mayaṃ palāyimhā, sacā ca mayaṃ gayheyyāma, mayampi evameva haññeyyāmā’’ti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu ‘‘kiṃ pana tumhe, āvuso, akatthā’’ti. Atha kho te pabbajitā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhunidūsako, bhikkhave , anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti. Saṅghabhedako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti. Lohituppādako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.
63254. 二根者事
54. Ubhatobyañjanakavatthu
116那时,有一个双性人在比丘们当中出家了。他自己行淫,也叫别人做。比丘们将这件事情报告了世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,一个双性人,如果还没受具足戒,就不应该给他受具足戒;如果已经受了具足戒,就应当灭摈。”
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro ubhatobyañjanako bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. So karotipi kārāpetipi. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Ubhatobyañjanako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.
63455. 无戒师等事
55. Anupajjhāyakādivatthūni
117那时,比丘们给一个没有戒师的人授具足戒。比丘们将这件事情报告了世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,不应该给一个没有戒师的人授具足戒。如果谁给这样的人授了,就犯恶作罪。”
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū anupajjhāyakaṃ upasampādenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, anupajjhāyako upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
509那时,比丘们以整个僧团作为戒师来授具足戒。比丘们将这件事情报告了世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,不应该以整个僧团作为戒师来授具足戒。如果谁这样做了,就犯恶作罪。”
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū saṅghena upajjhāyena upasampādenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, saṅghena upajjhāyena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
510那时,比丘们以一个团体作为戒师来授具足戒。比丘们将这件事情报告了世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,不应该以一个团体作为戒师来授具足戒。如果谁这样做了,就犯恶作罪。”
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū gaṇena upajjhāyena upasampādenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, gaṇena upajjhāyena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
511那时,比丘们以一个黄门作为戒师来授具足戒……以贼住者作为戒师来授具足戒……以归依外道者作为戒师来授具足戒……以畜生作为戒师来授具足戒……以弑母者作为戒师来授具足戒……以弑父者作为戒师来授具足戒……以杀害阿拉汉者作为戒师来授具足戒……以侵犯比丘尼者作为戒师来授具足戒……以分裂僧团者作为戒师来授具足戒……以恶意使如来流血者作为戒师来授具足戒……以双性人作为戒师来授具足戒……比丘们将这件事情报告了世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,不应该以一个黄门作为戒师来授具足戒……比丘们,不应该以一个贼住者作为戒师来授具足戒……比丘们,不应该以一个归依外道者作为戒师来授具足戒……比丘们,不应该以一个畜生作为戒师来授具足戒……比丘们,不应该以一个弑母者作为戒师来授具足戒……比丘们,不应该以一个弑父者作为戒师来授具足戒……比丘们,不应该以一个杀害阿拉汉者作为戒师来授具足戒……比丘们,不应该以一个侵犯比丘尼者作为戒师来授具足戒……比丘们,不应该以一个分裂僧团者作为戒师来授具足戒……比丘们,不应该以一个恶意使如来流血者作为戒师来授具足戒……比丘们,不应该以一个双性人作为戒师来授具足戒。如果谁这样做了,就犯恶作罪。”
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū paṇḍakupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… theyyasaṃvāsakupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… titthiyapakkantakupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe… tiracchānagatupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… mātughātakupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… pitughātakupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… arahantaghātakupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… bhikkhunidūsakupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… saṅghabhedakupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… lohituppādakupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… ubhatobyañjanakupajjhāyena upasampādenti bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, paṇḍakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, theyyasaṃvāsakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, titthiyapakkantakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, tiracchānagatupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, mātughātakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe… na, bhikkhave, pitughātakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, arahantaghātakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, bhikkhunidūsakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe… na, bhikkhave, saṅghabhedakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, lohituppādakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, ubhatobyañjanakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
63956. 无钵等事
56. Apattakādivatthu
118那时,比丘们给一个没有钵的人授具足戒。这个人只能用手掌去托钵乞食。人们因此讥嫌、批评、抱怨说:“这简直跟那些外道一样。”比丘们将这件事情报告了世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,不应该给一个没有钵的人授具足戒。如果谁给这样的人授了,就犯恶作罪。”
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū apattakaṃ upasampādenti. Hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – seyyathāpi titthiyāti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, apattako upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
513那时,比丘们给没有衣袍的人受具足戒。那些人光着身子去乞食。人们就讥讽、抱怨、指责说:“简直像外道一样。”比丘们把这件事报告给世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,不应给没有衣袍的人受具足戒。如果谁给受了,犯恶作罪。”
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū acīvarakaṃ upasampādenti . Naggā piṇḍāya caranti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – seyyathāpi titthiyāti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, acīvarako upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
514那时,比丘们给没有钵和外衣的人受具足戒。那些人光着身子,用手捧着去乞食。人们就讥讽、抱怨、指责说:“简直像外道一样。”比丘们把这件事报告给世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,不应给没有钵和外衣的人受具足戒。如果谁给受了,犯恶作罪。”
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū apattacīvarakaṃ upasampādenti. Naggā hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – seyyathāpi titthiyāti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, apattacīvarako upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
515那时,比丘们用借来的钵给人受具足戒。受戒之后,钵就被还回去了。那些人只好用手捧着去乞食。人们就讥讽、抱怨、指责说:“简直像外道一样。”比丘们把这件事报告给世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,不应用借来的钵给人受具足戒。如果谁给受了,犯恶作罪。”
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū yācitakena pattena upasampādenti. Upasampanne pattaṃ paṭiharanti. Hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – seyyathāpi titthiyāti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, yācitakena pattena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
516那时,比丘们用借来的衣袍给人受具足戒。受戒之后,衣袍就被还回去了。那些人光着身子去乞食。人们就讥讽、抱怨、指责说:“简直像外道一样。”比丘们把这件事报告给世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,不应用借来的衣袍给人受具足戒。如果谁给受了,犯恶作罪。”
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū yācitakena cīvarena upasampādenti. Upasampanne cīvaraṃ paṭiharanti. Naggā piṇḍāya caranti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – seyyathāpi titthiyāti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, yācitakena cīvarena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
517那时,比丘们用借来的钵和衣袍给人受具足戒。受戒之后,钵和衣袍就都被还回去了。那些人光着身子,用手捧着去乞食。人们就讥讽、抱怨、指责说:“简直像外道一样。”比丘们把这件事报告给世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,不应用借来的钵和衣袍给人受具足戒。如果谁给受了,犯恶作罪。”
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū yācitakena pattacīvarena upasampādenti. Upasampanne pattacīvaraṃ paṭiharanti. Naggā hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – seyyathāpi titthiyāti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, yācitakena pattacīvarena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
646不应授达上二十一结合类完
Naupasampādetabbekavīsativāro niṭṭhito.
64757. 不应出家三十二结合类
57. Napabbājetabbadvattiṃsavāro
119那时,比丘们让断手的人出家……让断脚的人出家……让断手断脚的人出家……让耳朵被割掉的人出家……让鼻子被割掉的人出家……让耳朵鼻子都被割掉的人出家……让手指被切断的人出家……让脚拇趾被切断的人出家……让肌腱被切断的人出家……让手像蛇头一样张开的人出家……让驼背的人出家……让侏儒出家……让脖子上长瘤的人出家……让身上有烙印的人出家……让受过鞭刑的人出家……让被通缉的罪犯出家……让象皮病的人出家……让有重病的人出家……让败坏团体名誉的人出家……让独眼的人出家……让手弯曲的人出家……让跛脚的人出家……让半身不遂的人出家……让行动不便的人出家……让年迈体弱的人出家……让盲人出家……让哑巴出家……让聋子出家……让又盲又哑的人出家……让又盲又聋的人出家……让又哑又聋的人出家……让盲哑聋俱全的人出家。比丘们把这件事报告给世尊……世尊说:“比丘们,断手的人不应出家……比丘们,断脚的人不应出家……比丘们,断手断脚的人不应出家……比丘们,耳朵被割掉的人不应出家……比丘们,鼻子被割掉的人不应出家……比丘们,耳朵鼻子都被割掉的人不应出家……比丘们,手指被切断的人不应出家……比丘们,脚拇趾被切断的人不应出家……比丘们,肌腱被切断的人不应出家……比丘们,手像蛇头一样张开的人不应出家……比丘们,驼背的人不应出家……比丘们,侏儒不应出家……比丘们,脖子上长瘤的人不应出家……比丘们,身上有烙印的人不应出家……比丘们,受过鞭刑的人不应出家……比丘们,被通缉的罪犯不应出家……比丘们,象皮病的人不应出家……比丘们,有重病的人不应出家……比丘们,败坏团体名誉的人不应出家……比丘们,独眼的人不应出家……比丘们,手弯曲的人不应出家……比丘们,跛脚的人不应出家……比丘们,半身不遂的人不应出家……比丘们,行动不便的人不应出家……比丘们,年迈体弱的人不应出家……比丘们,盲人不应出家……比丘们,哑巴不应出家……比丘们,聋子不应出家……比丘们,又盲又哑的人不应出家……比丘们,又盲又聋的人不应出家……比丘们,又哑又聋的人不应出家……比丘们,盲哑聋俱全的人不应出家。如果谁让这些人出家了,犯恶作罪。”
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū hatthacchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… pādacchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… hatthapādacchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… kaṇṇacchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… nāsacchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… kaṇṇanāsacchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… aṅgulicchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… aḷacchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… kaṇḍaracchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… phaṇahatthakaṃ pabbājenti…pe… khujjaṃ pabbājenti…pe… vāmanaṃ pabbājenti…pe… galagaṇḍiṃ pabbājenti…pe… lakkhaṇāhataṃ pabbājenti…pe… kasāhataṃ pabbājenti…pe… likhitakaṃ pabbājenti…pe… sīpadiṃ pabbājenti…pe… pāparogiṃ pabbājenti…pe… parisadūsakaṃ pabbājenti…pe… kāṇaṃ pabbājenti…pe… kuṇiṃ pabbājenti…pe… khañjaṃ pabbājenti…pe… pakkhahataṃ pabbājenti…pe… chinniriyāpathaṃ pabbājenti…pe… jarādubbalaṃ pabbājenti…pe… andhaṃ pabbājenti…pe… mūgaṃ pabbājenti…pe… badhiraṃ pabbājenti…pe… andhamūgaṃ pabbājenti…pe… andhabadhiraṃ pabbājenti…pe… mūgabadhiraṃ pabbājenti…pe… andhamūgabadhiraṃ pabbājenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… na, bhikkhave, hatthacchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, pādacchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, hatthapādacchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, kaṇṇacchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, nāsacchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, kaṇṇanāsacchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, aṅgulicchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, aḷacchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, kaṇḍaracchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, phaṇahatthako pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, khujjo pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, vāmano pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, galagaṇḍī pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, lakkhaṇāhato pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, kasāhato pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, likhitako pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, sīpadī pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, pāparogī pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, parisadūsako pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, kāṇo pabbājetabbo…pe… na , bhikkhave, kuṇī pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, khañjo pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, pakkhahato pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, chinniriyāpatho pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, jarādubbalo pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, andho pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, mūgo pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, badhiro pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, andhamūgo pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, andhabadhiro pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, mūgabadhiro pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, andhamūgabadhiro pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
649不应出家三十二结合类完
Napabbājetabbadvattiṃsavāro niṭṭhito.
650达亚迦巴那结合类完,第九
Dāyajjabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito navamo.
65158. 无惭依止事
58. Alajjīnissayavatthūni
120那时,六群比丘给那些没有羞耻心的人授依止。比丘们把这件事报告给世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,不应该把依止授给没有羞耻心的人。如果谁授了,犯恶作罪。”
Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū alajjīnaṃ nissayaṃ denti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, alajjīnaṃ nissayo dātabbo. Yo dadeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
520那时,有些比丘依止那些没有羞耻心的人居住。没过多久,他们自己也都变成了没有羞耻心的、品行不好的比丘。比丘们把这件事报告给世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,不应该依止没有羞耻心的人居住。如果谁依止了,犯恶作罪。”
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū alajjīnaṃ nissāya vasanti. Tepi nacirasseva alajjino honti pāpakābhikkhū. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, alajjīnaṃ nissāya vatthabbaṃ. Yo vaseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
521那时,比丘们心里想:“世尊规定了‘不能给没有惭耻心的人依止,不能依止没有惭耻心的人而住。’可是,我们要怎样才能知道谁是有惭耻心的、谁是没有惭耻心的呢?”他们把这件事报告了世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,我允许你们等待四五天,直到了解那位比丘的习性为止。”
Atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘na alajjīnaṃ nissayo dātabbo, na alajjīnaṃ nissāya vatthabba’nti. Kathaṃ nu kho mayaṃ jāneyyāma lajjiṃ vā alajjiṃ vā’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, catūhapañcāhaṃ āgametuṃ yāva bhikkhusabhāgataṃ jānāmīti.
65559. 游行者等依止事
59. Gamikādinissayavatthūni
121那时,有一位比丘正在憍萨罗国的地方上赶路。这位比丘心里想:“世尊规定了‘不能在没有依止的情况下而住’。而我是需要依止的,现在又在赶路,我该怎么办呢?”他们把这件事报告了世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,我允许赶路的比丘,如果找不到依止,可以在没有依止的情况下而住。”
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu kosalesu janapade addhānamaggappaṭipanno hoti. Atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘na anissitena vatthabba’nti. Ahañcamhi nissayakaraṇīyo addhānamaggappaṭipanno, kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, addhānamaggappaṭipannena bhikkhunā nissayaṃ alabhamānena anissitena vatthunti.
523那时,有两位比丘在憍萨罗国的地方上赶路。他们到了一处住所。那里有一位比丘生病了。那位生病的比丘心里想:“世尊规定了‘不能在没有依止的情况下而住’。而我是需要依止的,又生着病,我该怎么办呢?”他们把这件事报告了世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,我允许生病的比丘,如果找不到依止,可以在没有依止的情况下而住。”
Tena kho pana samayena dve bhikkhū kosalesu janapade addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Te aññataraṃ āvāsaṃ upagacchiṃsu. Tattha eko bhikkhu gilāno hoti. Atha kho tassa gilānassa bhikkhuno etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘na anissitena vatthabba’nti. Ahañcamhi nissayakaraṇīyo gilāno, kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānena bhikkhunā nissayaṃ alabhamānena anissitena vatthunti.
524那时,那位照顾病人的比丘心里想:“世尊规定了‘不能在没有依止的情况下而住’。而我是需要依止的,这位比丘又生病了,我该怎么办呢?”他们把这件事报告了世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,我允许照顾病人的比丘,如果找不到依止,在病人请求照顾的情况下,可以在没有依止的情况下而住。”
Atha kho tassa gilānupaṭṭhākassa bhikkhuno etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘na anissitena vatthabba’nti. Ahañcamhi nissayakaraṇīyo, ayañca bhikkhu gilāno, kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānupaṭṭhākena bhikkhunā nissayaṃ alabhamānena yāciyamānena anissitena vatthunti.
525那时,有一位比丘住在森林里。他在那个住处住得很安稳。这位比丘心里想:“世尊规定了‘不能在没有依止的情况下而住’。而我是需要依止的,又住在森林里,而且我对这个住处感到很安稳,我该怎么办呢?”他们把这件事报告了世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,我允许住在森林里的比丘,如果考虑到有一个安稳的住处,却找不到依止,可以在没有依止的情况下而住,并这样想:‘等有合适的能给予依止的人来了,我就依止他而住。’”
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu araññe viharati. Tassa ca tasmiṃ senāsane phāsu hoti. Atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘na anissitena vatthabba’nti. Ahañcamhi nissayakaraṇīyo araññe viharāmi, mayhañca imasmiṃ senāsane phāsu hoti, kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āraññikena bhikkhunā phāsuvihāraṃ sallakkhentena nissayaṃ alabhamānena anissitena vatthuṃ – yadā patirūpo nissayadāyako āgacchissati, tadā tassa nissāya vasissāmīti.
66060. 以姓随诵允许
60. Gottena anussāvanānujānanā
122那时,有一位想在大迦叶尊者座下受具足戒的人。大迦叶尊者就派人到阿难尊者那里传话说:“请阿难过来,为他做羯磨宣告吧。”阿难尊者这样说:“我不敢直呼长老的名讳,长老是我所敬重的。”他们把这件事报告了世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,我允许你们用姓氏来做羯磨宣告。”
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato mahākassapassa upasampadāpekkho hoti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmato ānandassa santike dūtaṃ pāhesi – āgacchatu ānando imaṃ anussāvessatūti . Āyasmā ānando evamāha – ‘‘nāhaṃ ussahāmi therassa nāmaṃ gahetuṃ, garu me thero’’ti . Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gottenapi anussāvetunti.
66261. 二达上期待等事
61. Dveupasampadāpekkhādivatthu
123那时,有两位想在大迦叶尊者座下受具足戒的人。他们争吵起来,一个说:“我要先受具足戒!”另一个也说:“我要先受具足戒!”他们把这件事报告了世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,我允许你们在同一次羯磨宣告中,为两个人授戒。”
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato mahākassapassa dve upasampadāpekkhā honti. Te vivadanti – ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ upasampajjissāmi, ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ upasampajjissāmīti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dve ekānussāvane kātunti.
528那时,有好几位想在一些长老座下受具足戒的人。他们争吵起来,一个说:“我要先受具足戒!”另一个也说:“我要先受具足戒!”那些长老这样说:“喂,贤友们,那我们干脆在同一次羯磨宣告中,为大家一起授戒吧。”他们把这件事报告了世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,我允许你们在同一次羯磨宣告中,为两个或三个人授戒,但必须是由同一位戒师授,绝对不能由不同的戒师授予。”
Tena kho pana samayena sambahulānaṃ therānaṃ upasampadāpekkhā honti. Te vivadanti – ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ upasampajjissāmi, ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ upasampajjissāmīti. Therā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘handa, mayaṃ, āvuso, sabbeva ekānussāvane karomā’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dve tayo ekānussāvane kātuṃ, tañca kho ekena upajjhāyena, na tveva nānupajjhāyenāti.
66562. 胎二十达上允许
62. Gabbhavīsūpasampadānujānanā
124那时,正好具寿童子迦叶在母胎中待满时间,受了具足戒。接着,具寿童子迦叶心里这么想:“世尊制定了‘年纪不满二十岁的人不应受具足戒’这条规矩。而我在母胎中待满时间就受了具足戒。我到底是算受了具足戒呢,还是不算受了具足戒呢?”于是,他们把这件事报告给了世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,当在母胎中最初产生心念、最初出现意识的那个时刻,那就算是他的出生了。比丘们,我允许待满母胎时间的人受具足戒。”
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā kumārakassapo gabbhavīso upasampanno ahosi. Atha kho āyasmato kumārakassapassa etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘na ūnavīsativasso puggalo upasampādetabbo’ti. Ahañcamhi gabbhavīso upasampanno. Upasampanno nu khomhi, nanu kho upasampanno’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Yaṃ, bhikkhave, mātukucchismiṃ paṭhamaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ, paṭhamaṃ viññāṇaṃ pātubhūtaṃ , tadupādāya sāvassa jāti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gabbhavīsaṃ upasampādetunti.
66763. 达上仪式
63. Upasampadāvidhi
125那时,人们看到一些受具足戒的人患有麻风、痈疮、白癜风、肺痨、癫痫这类疾病。于是把这件事报告给世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,我允许在给人受具足戒的时候,询问这十三种障碍法。而且,比丘们,应该这样问:‘你有没有这类疾病,比如麻风、痈疮、白癜风、肺痨、癫痫?你是人吗?是男子吗?是自由身吗?没有债务吗?不是国王的差役吧?父母允许你了吗?你年满二十岁了吗?你的钵和袈裟都齐备吗?你叫什么名字?你的戒师叫什么名字?’”
Tena kho pana samayena upasampannā dissanti kuṭṭhikāpi gaṇḍikāpi kilāsikāpi sosikāpi apamārikāpi. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upasampādentena terasa antarāyike dhamme pucchituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, pucchitabbo – ‘‘santi te evarūpā ābādhā – kuṭṭhaṃ, gaṇḍo, kilāso, soso, apamāro? Manussosi ? Purisosi? Bhujissosi? Aṇaṇosi? Nasi rājabhaṭo? Anuññātosi mātāpitūhi? Paripuṇṇavīsativassosi? Paripuṇṇaṃ te pattacīvaraṃ? Kiṃnāmosi? Konāmo te upajjhāyo’’ti?
531那时,比丘们在没有事先教导的情况下,就直接向求受具足戒的人询问那些障碍法。结果求戒的人慌张起来,觉得尴尬,没法好好回答。于是把这件事报告给世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,我允许先进行教导,然后再询问障碍法。”
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ananusiṭṭhe upasampadāpekkhe antarāyike dhamme pucchanti. Upasampadāpekkhā vitthāyanti, maṅkū honti, na sakkonti vissajjetuṃ. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ anusāsitvā pacchā antarāyike dhamme pucchitunti.
532他们就在僧团的集会中间进行教导。求受具足戒的人同样慌张起来,觉得尴尬,没法好好回答。于是把这件事报告给世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,我允许先把他带到一边去教导,然后再在僧团集会的中间询问障碍法。而且,比丘们,应该这样教导他:”
Tattheva saṅghamajjhe anusāsanti. Upasampadāpekkhā tatheva vitthāyanti, maṅkū honti, na sakkonti vissajjetuṃ. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ekamantaṃ anusāsitvā saṅghamajjhe antarāyike dhamme pucchituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, anusāsitabbo –
126首先要让他选定戒师。选定戒师之后,要向他说明衣钵:“这是你的钵,这是你的僧伽梨衣,这是你的上衣,这是你的下衣。去吧,就站到那个地方去。”
Paṭhamaṃ upajjhaṃ gāhāpetabbo. Upajjhaṃ gāhāpetvā pattacīvaraṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ – ayaṃ te patto, ayaṃ saṅghāṭi, ayaṃ uttarāsaṅgo, ayaṃ antaravāsako. Gaccha, amumhi okāse tiṭṭhāhīti.
534一些笨拙、没有能力的比丘去进行教导。结果求受具足戒的人得不到好的教导,慌张起来,觉得尴尬,没法好好回答。于是把这件事报告给世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,不应该让笨拙、没有能力的比丘去教导。谁这样做了,就犯恶作。比丘们,我允许让一位有能力、有智慧的比丘去教导。”
Bālā abyattā anusāsanti. Duranusiṭṭhā upasampadāpekkhā vitthāyanti, maṅkū honti, na sakkonti vissajjetuṃ. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, bālena abyattena anusāsitabbo. Yo anusāseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena anusāsitunti.
535一些没有被僧团认可的比丘去进行教导。于是把这件事报告给世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,不应该让没有被僧团认可的比丘去教导。谁这样做了,就犯恶作。比丘们,我允许由被僧团认可的比丘去教导。而且,比丘们,应该这样来认可:可以通过自己认可自己,或者通过别人认可别人。”
Asammatā anusāsanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, asammatena anusāsitabbo. Yo anusāseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi , bhikkhave, sammatena anusāsituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, sammannitabbo – attanā vā attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ, parena vā paro sammannitabbo.
536那怎么通过自己来认可自己呢?那位有能力、有智慧的比丘应该向僧团宣告:‘尊者僧团,请听我说。这位叫某某名字的人,是某某尊者的求受具足戒者。如果僧团认为时机合适,我就去教导这位某某名字的人。’这就是通过自己来认可自己的方法。”
Kathañca attanāva attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ? Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo – ‘‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ itthannāmaṃ anusāseyya’’nti. Evaṃ attanāva attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ.
537那么,该如何由另一位比丘来任命某人呢?应由一位有能力、贤能的比丘向僧团宣告:‘大德僧团,请听我说。某甲是尊者某乙的具足戒求戒者。如果僧团认为时机合适,就让某甲(教授师)教导某乙(求戒者)。’就是这样,由另一位比丘来任命某人。
Kathañca pana parena paro sammannitabbo? Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo – ‘‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, itthannāmo itthannāmaṃ anusāseyyā’’ti . Evaṃ parena paro sammannitabbo.
538这位被任命的比丘应前去找到具足戒申请者,这样对他说:‘你听好,某甲,这是你该说实话、该如实陈述的时候。等一会儿在僧团中被问到的事,如果有,你就说‘有’;如果没有,你就说‘没有’。别慌张,也别难堪。他们会这样问你:“你有这样的病吗——麻风、痈、白斑病、肺痨、癫痫?你是人吗?你是男人吗?你是自由人吗?你没有债务吧?你不是王家公务人员吧?你已得到父母的允许吧?你年满二十了吗?你的衣钵具足吗?你叫什么名字?你的戒师叫什么名字?”'
Tena sammatena bhikkhunā upasampadāpekkho upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘suṇasi, itthannāma, ayaṃ te saccakālo bhūtakālo. Yaṃ jātaṃ taṃ saṅghamajjhe pucchante santaṃ atthīti vattabbaṃ, asantaṃ natthī’’ti vattabbaṃ. Mā kho vitthāyi, mā kho maṅku ahosi. Evaṃ taṃ pucchissanti – ‘‘santi te evarūpā ābādhā – kuṭṭhaṃ, gaṇḍo, kilāso, soso, apamāro? Manussosi? Purisosi? Bhujissosi? Aṇaṇosi? Nasi rājabhaṭo? Anuññātosi mātāpitūhi? Paripuṇṇavīsativassosi? Paripuṇṇaṃ te pattacīvaraṃ? Kiṃnāmosi? Konāmo te upajjhāyo’’ti?
539他们正一起过来。各位比丘,不应该一起过来。教授师应先到,向僧团宣告:‘大德僧团,请听我说。这位名叫某甲的,是尊者某乙的具足戒申请者。他已由我教导过了。如果僧团认为时机合适,就让某甲前来吧。’然后应说:‘你前来吧。’
Ekato āgacchanti. Na, bhikkhave, ekato āgantabbaṃ. Anusāsakena paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā saṅgho ñāpetabbo – ‘‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho . Anusiṭṭho so mayā. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, itthannāmo āgaccheyyā’’ti. Āgacchāhīti vattabbo.
540让申请者把上衣偏袒一肩,礼比丘们的足,蹲坐,合掌,然后应教他乞请具足戒:‘大德僧团,我乞请具足戒。大德僧团,请出于慈悯而接济我,超拔我。第二次,大德僧团,我乞请具足戒。大德僧团,请出于慈悯而接济我,超拔我。第三次,大德僧团,我乞请具足戒。大德僧团,请出于慈悯而接济我,超拔我。’接着,应由一位有能力、贤能的比丘向僧团宣告:
Ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ kārāpetvā bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vandāpetvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīdāpetvā añjaliṃ paggaṇhāpetvā upasampadaṃ yācāpetabbo – ‘‘saṅghaṃ, bhante, upasampadaṃ yācāmi. Ullumpatu maṃ, bhante, saṅgho anukampaṃ upādāya. Dutiyampi, bhante, saṅghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācāmi. Ullumpatu maṃ, bhante, saṅgho anukampaṃ upādāya. Tatiyampi, bhante, saṅghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācāmi. Ullumpatu maṃ , bhante, saṅgho anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –
541‘大德僧团,请听我说。这位名叫某甲的,是尊者某乙的具足戒申请者。如果僧团认为时机合适,我想请问某甲关于障碍法的问题。’‘你听好,某甲,这是你该说实话、该如实陈述的时候。我现在问你发生的事。如果有,你就说“有”;如果没有,你就说“没有”。你有这样的病吗——麻风、痈、白斑病、肺痨、癫痫?你是人吗?你是男人吗?你是自由人吗?你没有债务吧?你不是王家公务人员吧?你已得到父母的允许吧?你年满二十了吗?你的衣钵具足吗?你叫什么名字?你的戒师叫什么名字?’然后,应由一位有能力、贤能的比丘向僧团宣告:
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ itthannāmaṃ antarāyike dhamme puccheyya’’nti? Suṇasi, itthannāma, ayaṃ te saccakālo bhūtakālo. Yaṃ jātaṃ taṃ pucchāmi. Santaṃ atthīti vattabbaṃ, asantaṃ natthīti vattabbaṃ. Santi te evarūpā ābādhā – kuṭṭhaṃ gaṇḍo kileso soso apamāro, manussosi, purisosi, bhujissosi, aṇaṇosi, nasi rājabhaṭo, anuññātosi mātāpitūhi, paripuṇṇavīsativassosi, paripuṇṇaṃ te pattacīvaraṃ, kiṃnāmosi, konāmo te upajjhāyoti? Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –
127‘大德僧团,请听我说。这位名叫某甲的,是尊者某乙的具足戒申请者,他在障碍法方面是清净的,他的衣钵是具足的。某甲以某乙为戒师,乞请僧团授予具足戒。如果僧团认为时机合适,僧团应以某乙为戒师,给某甲授具足戒。这是动议。’
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho, parisuddho antarāyikehi dhammehi, paripuṇṇassa pattacīvaraṃ. Itthannāmo saṅghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeyya itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Esā ñatti.
543‘大德僧团,请听我说。这位名叫某甲的,是尊者某乙的具足戒申请者,他在障碍法方面是清净的,他的衣钵是具足的。某甲以某乙为戒师,乞请僧团授予具足戒。僧团以某乙为戒师,给某甲授具足戒。哪位尊者同意以某乙为戒师给某甲授具足戒,请默然;哪位不同意,请说出来。’
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho, parisuddho antarāyikehi dhammehi, paripuṇṇassa pattacīvaraṃ. Itthannāmo saṅghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena . Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
544‘我第二次说这个事:大德僧团,请听我说。这位名叫某甲的,是尊者某乙的具足戒申请者,他在障碍法方面是清净的,他的衣钵是具足的。某甲以某乙为戒师,乞请僧团授予具足戒。僧团以某乙为戒师,给某甲授具足戒。哪位尊者同意以某乙为戒师给某甲授具足戒,请默然;哪位不同意,请说出来。’
‘‘Dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi – suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho, parisuddho antarāyikehi dhammehi, paripuṇṇassa pattacīvaraṃ. Itthannāmo saṅghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
545“我第三次说明这个意思:尊者们,请僧团听我说。这位叫作某某的人,希望依止某某长老受具足戒,他已清净无有障碍法,并且衣钵齐全。这位某某以某某长老为戒师,向僧团请求受具足戒。僧团以某某长老为戒师,为这位某某授具足戒。同意以某某长老为戒师、为这位某某授具足戒的尊者,请保持沉默;不同意的,请说出来。”
‘‘Tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi – suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho, parisuddho antarāyikehi dhammehi, paripuṇṇassa pattacīvaraṃ. Itthannāmo saṅghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
546“这位某某已由僧团以某某长老为戒师授具足戒。这是僧团同意的,因此沉默,我这样记录于心。”
‘‘Upasampanno saṅghena itthannāmo itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.
685达上羯磨完
Upasampadākammaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
68664. 四依止
64. Cattāro nissayā
128这时就要告诉对方影子的长短,告诉他季节的时令,告诉他一天的时刻,告诉他诵戒的安排,还要告诉他四种依止:
Tāvadeva chāyā metabbā, utuppamāṇaṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ, divasabhāgo ācikkhitabbo, saṅgīti ācikkhitabbā , cattāro nissayā ācikkhitabbā –
548“出家应依止托钵乞食为生。在这方面,你应当终生努力。额外的获益有:僧团食、指定食、邀请食、签筹食、半月食、布萨食、初日食。”
‘‘Piṇḍiyālopabhojanaṃ nissāya pabbajjā. Tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo. Atirekalābho – saṅghabhattaṃ, uddesabhattaṃ, nimantanaṃ, salākabhattaṃ, pakkhikaṃ, uposathikaṃ, pāṭipadikaṃ.
549“出家应依止粪扫衣。在这方面,你应当终生努力。额外的获益有:亚麻布、棉布、绢布、毛布、麻布、粗麻布。”
‘‘Paṃsukūlacīvaraṃ nissāya pabbajjā. Tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo. Atirekalābho – khomaṃ, kappāsikaṃ, koseyyaṃ, kambalaṃ, sāṇaṃ, bhaṅgaṃ.
550“出家应依止树下坐为住处。在这方面,你应当终生努力。额外的获益有:精舍、平房、楼阁、大厦、石窟。”
‘‘Rukkhamūlasenāsanaṃ nissāya pabbajjā. Tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo. Atirekalābho – vihāro, aḍḍhayogo, pāsādo, hammiyaṃ, guhā.
551“出家应依止陈弃药。在这方面,你应当终生努力。额外的获益有:熟酥、生酥、油、蜂蜜、糖浆。”
‘‘Pūtimuttabhesajjaṃ nissāya pabbajjā. Tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo. Atirekalābho – sappi, navanītaṃ, telaṃ, madhu, phāṇita’’nti.
692四依止完
Cattāro nissayā niṭṭhitā.
69365. 四不应作
65. Cattāri akaraṇīyāni
129就在那个时候,比丘们为某位比丘授了具足戒后,就把他一个人留下,自己离开了。他后来独自一人赶路,半路上遇到了他出家前的妻子。那女人对他说:‘你现在出家了吗?’他回答:‘是的,我出家了。’那女人又说:‘对于出家人来说,交合之法是很难得到的。来吧,我们一起行交合之法吧。’于是他就跟她行了交合之法,耽搁了很久才回来。比丘们问他:‘贤友,你为什么去了这么久?’于是这位比丘就把事情原委告诉了比丘们。比丘们又把这件事禀告了世尊。‘比丘们,我允许你们在授具足戒后,给人配一个同伴,并告诉他四件不该做的事。’
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ upasampādetvā ekakaṃ ohāya pakkamiṃsu. So pacchā ekakova āgacchanto antarāmagge purāṇadutiyikāya samāgañchi. Sā evamāha – ‘‘kiṃdāni pabbajitosī’’ti? ‘‘Āma, pabbajitomhī’’ti. ‘‘Dullabho kho pabbajitānaṃ methuno dhammo; ehi, methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevā’’ti. So tassā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitvā cirena agamāsi. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kissa tvaṃ, āvuso, evaṃ ciraṃ akāsī’’ti? Atha kho so bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ . Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upasampādetvā dutiyaṃ dātuṃ, cattāri ca akaraṇīyāni ācikkhituṃ –
553“受了具足戒的比丘,不可从事淫欲法,哪怕是对雌性动物也不可以。若比丘从事淫欲法,他就不是沙门,不是释子。就像一个人被砍掉头颅,不可能靠那副身躯继续活下去;同样,比丘从事淫欲法之后,就不是沙门,不是释子。这件事,你终其一生都不得做。”
‘‘Upasampannena bhikkhunā methuno dhammo na paṭisevitabbo, antamaso tiracchānagatāyapi. Yo bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevati, assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Seyyathāpi nāma puriso sīsacchinno abhabbo tena sarīrabandhanena jīvituṃ, evameva bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Taṃ te yāvajīvaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ.
554“受了具足戒的比丘,不可拿取别人未给的、算作偷盗的东西,哪怕是一根草叶。若比丘以偷盗的意图,拿取价值一巴陀或相当于一巴陀的物品,或超过一巴陀的物品,他就不是沙门,不是释子。就像枯黄的树叶从茎上脱落,不可能再变回绿色;同样,比丘以偷盗的意图拿取价值一巴陀或相当于一巴陀的物品,或超过一巴陀的物品之后,就不是沙门,不是释子。这件事,你终其一生都不得做。”
‘‘Upasampannena bhikkhunā adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ na ādātabbaṃ, antamaso tiṇasalākaṃ upādāya. Yo bhikkhu pādaṃ vā pādārahaṃ vā atirekapādaṃ vā adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyati, assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Seyyathāpi nāma paṇḍupalāso bandhanā pamutto abhabbo haritatthāya, evameva bhikkhu pādaṃ vā pādārahaṃ vā atirekapādaṃ vā adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyitvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Taṃ te yāvajīvaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ.
555“受了具足戒的比丘,不可故意夺取众生的性命,哪怕是一只小昆虫。若比丘故意夺取人的生命,哪怕是通过堕胎,他就不是沙门,不是释子。就像一块大石头碎成两半,不可能再重新复合;同样,比丘故意夺取人的生命之后,就不是沙门,不是释子。这件事,你终其一生都不得做。”
‘‘Upasampannena bhikkhunā sañcicca pāṇo jīvitā na voropetabbo, antamaso kunthakipillikaṃ upādāya. Yo bhikkhu sañcicca manussaviggahaṃ jīvitā voropeti, antamaso gabbhapātanaṃ upādāya, assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Seyyathāpi nāma puthusilā dvedhā bhinnā appaṭisandhikā hoti, evameva bhikkhu sañcicca manussaviggahaṃ jīvitā voropetvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo . Taṃ te yāvajīvaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ.
556“受了具足戒的比丘,不可妄说超人法,哪怕是说‘我乐于住在空屋中’。若比丘怀着邪恶的欲望、被欲望所驱使,将不存在的、不真实的上人法妄加宣称,比如禅那、解脱、定、等至、道或果,他就不是沙门,不是释子。就像棕榈树被砍掉树梢,不可能再继续生长;同样,比丘怀着邪恶的欲望,将不存在的、不真实的上人法妄加宣称之后,就不是沙门,不是释子。这件事,你终其一生都不得做。”
‘‘Upasampannena bhikkhunā uttarimanussadhammo na ullapitabbo, antamaso ‘suññāgāre abhiramāmī’ti. Yo bhikkhu pāpiccho icchāpakato asantaṃ abhūtaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapati jhānaṃ vā vimokkhaṃ vā samādhiṃ vā samāpattiṃ vā maggaṃ vā phalaṃ vā, assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Seyyathāpi nāma tālo matthakacchinno abhabbo puna viruḷhiyā, evameva bhikkhu pāpiccho icchāpakato asantaṃ abhūtaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapitvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Taṃ te yāvajīvaṃ akaraṇīya’’nti.
699四不应作完
Cattāri akaraṇīyāni niṭṭhitāni.
70066. 于罪不见举罪事
66. Āpattiyā adassane ukkhittakavatthūni
130就在那时,有一位因对违犯不见而被举罪的比丘还俗了。他后来又回到僧团向比丘们请求具足戒。比丘们把这件事报告给了世尊。
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu āpattiyā adassane ukkhittako vibbhami. So puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṃ yāci. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
558在此,比丘们,有一位因对违犯不见而被举罪的比丘还俗了。他后来又回来向比丘们请求具足戒。对他应当这样说:‘你会看见那个违犯吗?’如果他说‘我会看见’,可以让他出家。如果他说‘我不会看见’,不可让他出家。让他出家后,应当说:‘你会看见那个违犯吗?’如果他说‘我会看见’,可以给他具足戒。如果他说‘我不会看见’,不可给他具足戒。给他具足戒之后,应当说:‘你会看见那个违犯吗?’如果他说‘我会看见’,可以让他解罪。如果他说‘我不会看见’,不可让他解罪。让他解罪后,应当说:‘你看见那个违犯吗?’如果他看见了,这样是好的。如果没有看见,在可以取得和合的情况下,应当再次举他的罪。在无法取得和合的情况下,他仍可以共同受用与共住,这不犯。
Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āpattiyā adassane ukkhittako vibbhamati. So puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṃ yācati. So evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘passissasi taṃ āpatti’’nti? Sacāhaṃ passissāmīti, pabbājetabbo. Sacāhaṃ na passissāmīti, na pabbājetabbo. Pabbājetvā vattabbo – ‘‘passissasi taṃ āpatti’’nti? Sacāhaṃ passissāmīti, upasampādetabbo. Sacāhaṃ na passissāmīti, na upasampādetabbo. Upasampādetvā vattabbo – ‘‘passissasi taṃ āpatti’’nti? Sacāhaṃ passissāmīti , osāretabbo. Sacāhaṃ na passissāmīti, na osāretabbo. Osāretvā vattabbo – ‘‘passasi taṃ āpatti’’nti? Sace passati, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce passati, labbhamānāya sāmaggiyā puna ukkhipitabbo. Alabbhamānāya sāmaggiyā anāpatti sambhoge saṃvāse.
559在此,比丘们,有一位因对违犯不忏悔而被举罪的比丘还俗了。他后来又回来向比丘们请求具足戒。对他应当这样说:‘你会忏悔那个违犯吗?’如果他说‘我会忏悔’,可以让他出家。如果他说‘我不会忏悔’,不可让他出家。让他出家后,应当说:‘你会忏悔那个违犯吗?’如果他说‘我会忏悔’,可以给他具足戒。如果他说‘我不会忏悔’,不可给他具足戒。给他具足戒之后,应当说:‘你会忏悔那个违犯吗?’如果他说‘我会忏悔’,可以让他解罪。如果他说‘我不会忏悔’,不可让他解罪。让他解罪后,应当说:‘你忏悔那个违犯吧。’如果他忏悔了,这样是好的。如果他不忏悔,在可以取得和合的情况下,应当再次举他的罪。在无法取得和合的情况下,他仍可以共同受用与共住,这不犯。
Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhittako vibbhamati. So puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṃ yācati. So evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘paṭikarissasi taṃ āpatti’’nti? Sacāhaṃ paṭikarissāmīti, pabbājetabbo . Sacāhaṃ na paṭikarissāmīti, na pabbājetabbo. Pabbājetvā vattabbo – ‘‘paṭikarissasi taṃ āpatti’’nti? Sacāhaṃ paṭikarissāmīti, upasampādetabbo. Sacāhaṃ na paṭikarissāmīti, na upasampādetabbo. Upasampādetvā vattabbo – ‘‘paṭikarissasi taṃ āpatti’’nti? Sacāhaṃ paṭikarissāmīti, osāretabbo. Sacāhaṃ na paṭikarissāmīti, na osāretabbo. Osāretvā vattabbo – ‘‘paṭikarohi taṃ āpatti’’nti. Sace paṭikaroti, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce paṭikaroti labbhamānāya sāmaggiyā puna ukkhipitabbo. Alabbhamānāya sāmaggiyā anāpatti sambhoge saṃvāse.
560在此,比丘们,有一位因不舍弃邪恶成见而被举罪的比丘还俗了。他后来又回来向比丘们请求具足戒。对他应当这样说:‘你会舍弃那个邪恶成见吗?’如果他说‘我会舍弃’,可以让他出家。如果他说‘我不会舍弃’,不可让他出家。让他出家后,应当说:‘你会舍弃那个邪恶成见吗?’如果他说‘我会舍弃’,可以给他具足戒。如果他说‘我不会舍弃’,不可给他具足戒。给他具足戒之后,应当说:‘你会舍弃那个邪恶成见吗?’如果他说‘我会舍弃’,可以让他解罪。如果他说‘我不会舍弃’,不可让他解罪。让他解罪后,应当说:‘你舍弃那个邪恶成见吧。’如果他舍弃了,这样是好的。如果他不舍弃,在可以取得和合的情况下,应当再次举他的罪。在无法取得和合的情况下,他仍可以共同受用与共住,这不犯。
Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittako vibbhamati. So puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṃ yācati. So evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘paṭinissajjissasi taṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhi’’nti? Sacāhaṃ paṭinissajjissāmīti, pabbājetabbo. Sacāhaṃ na paṭinissajjissāmīti, na pabbājetabbo. Pabbājetvā vattabbo – ‘‘paṭinissajjissasi taṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhi’’nti? Sacāhaṃ paṭinissajjissāmīti, upasampādetabbo. Sacāhaṃ na paṭinissajjissāmīti, na upasampādetabbo. Upasampādetvā vattabbo – ‘‘paṭinissajjissasi taṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhi’’nti? Sacāhaṃ paṭinissajjissāmīti, osāretabbo. Sacāhaṃ na paṭinissajjissāmīti, na osāretabbo. Osāretvā vattabbo – ‘‘paṭinissajjehi taṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhi’’nti. Sace paṭinissajjati, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce paṭinissajjati, labbhamānāya sāmaggiyā puna ukkhipitabbo. Alabbhamānāya sāmaggiyā anāpatti sambhoge saṃvāseti.
705大篇集第一
Mahākhandhako paṭhamo.
70667. 彼摄颂
67. Tassuddānaṃ
561在律藏诸大典之中,能给精进者带来安乐;
Vinayamhi mahatthesu, pesalānaṃ sukhāvahe;
562也给那些恶欲的人带来惩治,同时策励具惭愧心的人。
Niggahānañca pāpicche, lajjīnaṃ paggahesu ca.
563这正是教法住世的承载,是遍知者、胜利者所行的领域;
Sāsanādhāraṇe ceva, sabbaññujinagocare;
564它不为他人所共行,安稳,被善巧地制定,没有含糊不清之处。
Anaññavisaye kheme, supaññatte asaṃsaye.
565在《犍度》《律分别》以及《附随》和《论母》中,
Khandhake vinaye ceva, parivāre ca mātike;
566那些如实而行、善巧通达的人,能以正确的方式修习践行。
Yathātthakārī kusalo, paṭipajjati yoniso.
567一个不懂得牛性的人,便无法看护好牛群;
Yo gavaṃ na vijānāti, na so rakkhati gogaṇaṃ;
568同样,不了解戒律的人,又怎能守护得了律仪呢?
Evaṃ sīlaṃ ajānanto, kiṃ so rakkheyya saṃvaraṃ.
569如果经藏和论藏已经散失遗忘,但只要律藏还没有毁坏,佛陀的教法就仍然能够存续。
Pamuṭṭhamhi ca suttante, abhidhamme ca tāvade;
570律未被破坏时,教法仍然存续。
Vinaye avinaṭṭhamhi, puna tiṭṭhati sāsanaṃ.
571因此,为了便于记诵和掌握,我将按照次第把总摄的纲要说出来。你们仔细听好我说的内容。
Tasmā saṅgāhaṇāhetuṃ , uddānaṃ anupubbaso;
572我将如所知而说,请听我所说。
Pavakkhāmi yathāñāyaṃ, suṇātha mama bhāsato.
573事缘、因缘、罪、方法以及复述,
Vatthu nidānaṃ āpatti, nayā peyyālameva ca;
574难以完全详述,应依方法了知。
Dukkaraṃ taṃ asesetuṃ, nayato taṃ vijānathāti.
575菩提、王舍城、阿迦巴喇、娑婆主;
Bodhi rājāyatanañca, ajapālo sahampati;
576梵天、阿喇喇、伍达咖、比丘及伍巴咖仙人。
Brahmā āḷāro udako, bhikkhu ca upako isi.
577憍陈如、跋波、跋提、摩诃男和阿说示;
Koṇḍañño vappo bhaddiyo, mahānāmo ca assaji;
578耶舍与五十四人,他派遣他们到各方。
Yaso cattāro paññāsa, sabbe pesesi so disā.
579以魔众的三十事端,以及优楼频螺的三位结发苦行者;
Vatthu mārehi tiṃsā ca, uruvelaṃ tayo jaṭī;
580火屋、大王、帝释天和梵天等等全部;
Agyāgāraṃ mahārājā, sakko brahmā ca kevalā.
581粪扫衣、莲池、石头以及峰顶石;
Paṃsukūlaṃ pokkharaṇī, silā ca kakudho silā;
582阎浮树、芒果树与阿摩勒,还有周遍花也取来。
Jambu ambo ca āmalo, pāripupphañca āhari.
583愿破裂,愿燃烧,愿穿透,迦叶!
Phāliyantu ujjalantu, vijjhāyantu ca kassapa;
584云沉没,伽耶杖与摩揭陀人。
Nimujjanti mukhī megho, gayā laṭṭhi ca māgadho.
585优波帝须与拘利陀,这两位知名的尊者出家了;
Upatisso kolito ca, abhiññātā ca pabbajuṃ;
586穿着不整、低头顺从,那婆罗门瘦弱又粗糙。
Dunnivatthā paṇāmanā, kiso lūkho ca brāhmaṇo.
587一群年轻人在行不当之行,放纵口腹之欲;
Anācāraṃ ācarati, udaraṃ māṇavo gaṇo;
588与愚痴者共住雨安居,十年的依止就此离去。
Vassaṃ bālehi pakkanto, dasa vassāni nissayo.
589愚痴者们的行为不如法,不应摈出,五六人却见到了清净;
Na vattanti paṇāmetuṃ, bālā passaddhi pañca cha;
590还有另一个裸体者,以及被割断发髻的外道行者。
Yo so añño ca naggo ca, acchinnajaṭilasākiyo.
591在摩揭陀国有五种灾难,还有一位指鬘王;
Magadhesu pañcābādhā, eko rājā ca aṅguli;
592摩揭陀王准许了,鞭打之后写下了那些文字。
Māgadho ca anuññāsi, kārā likhi kasāhato.
593相、负债者、奴隶、理发师优波离、蛇,
Lakkhaṇā iṇā dāso ca, bhaṇḍuko upāli ahi;
594有信心家族者、障碍者、水肿病者,
Saddhaṃ kulaṃ kaṇṭako ca, āhundarikameva ca.
595在这事上,童子学处,他们如何安住呢?
Vatthumhi dārako sikkhā, viharanti ca kiṃ nu kho;
596所有口对和尚,不调伏者是障碍。
Sabbaṃ mukhaṃ upajjhāye, apalāḷana kaṇṭako.
597黄门、贼住者、蛇,以及弑母弑父者,
Paṇḍako theyyapakkanto, ahi ca mātarī pitā;
598杀阿拉汉、分裂比丘尼僧、出佛身血,还有两性特征者,
Arahantabhikkhunībhedā, ruhirena ca byañjanaṃ.
599无和尚由僧团受戒、一群黄门得戒者,
Anupajjhāyasaṅghena, gaṇapaṇḍakapattako;
600无衣、那两者,以及即使请求也不得的那三种人。
Acīvaraṃ tadubhayaṃ, yācitenapi ye tayo.
601手、脚、手脚,耳、鼻,及那两者。
Hatthā pādā hatthapādā, kaṇṇā nāsā tadūbhayaṃ;
602耳朵不对鼻子不对,这些双根不全的,
Aṅguliaḷakaṇḍaraṃ, phaṇaṃ khujjañca vāmanaṃ.
603手指不全筋脉有问题,长着蛇头或是佝偻或侏儒的,
Galagaṇḍī lakkhaṇā ceva, kasā likhitasīpadī;
604脖子上长着大瘤子的,身上有烙印、鞭痕或象皮病的,
Pāpaparisadūsī ca, kāṇaṃ kuṇi tatheva ca.
605混迹黑帮、行为恶劣的,独眼、手残了的,同样这样,
Khañjaṃ pakkhahatañceva, sacchinnairiyāpathaṃ;
606跛脚的、半身不遂的,走道都困难的,
Jarāndhamūgabadhiraṃ, andhamūgañca yaṃ tahiṃ.
607老到瞎、老到聋的,在那个地方又瞎又哑的,
Andhabadhiraṃ yaṃ vuttaṃ, mūgabadhirameva ca;
608说到那又瞎又聋的,单聋单哑的也是一样,
Andhamūgabadhirañca, alajjīnañca nissayaṃ.
609应被说明如此长久的时间,由请求者所具的特征;
Vatthabbañca tathāddhānaṃ, yācamānena lakkhaṇā ;
610“让他来”,他们争论着,乃同一位亲教师座下的迦叶。
Āgacchatu vivadanti, ekupajjhāyena kassapo.
611可见那些受了具足戒的人,被疾病所折磨;
Dissanti upasampannā, ābādhehi ca pīḷitā;
612未被教诫者却详加发挥,教诫就应当在当场直接给予。
Ananusiṭṭhā vitthenti, tattheva anusāsanā.
613僧团中也有那些愚人,未被认可却凑在一处;
Saṅghepi ca atho bālā, asammatā ca ekato;
614让他去救拔那具足戒,依止独住,你们(该如此)。”
Ullumpatupasampadā, nissayo ekako tayoti.
761此篇集中有一百七十二事
Imamhi khandhake vatthūni ekasatañca dvāsattati.
762大篇集完
Mahākhandhako niṭṭhito.